IN  MEMOl 
A.   F#    Lange 


jiLducation  Departraent 


V 


/^n' 


/{^^ 


/r?-^ 


ay.O^.^^. 


JJ^  '   '^■/^- 


tL^aA^    :      <- 


XJ' 


A 


\. 


\ 


^  .^\ 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2008  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/allenlatinOOjonerich 


FIRST  LE880N8  IN  LATIN: 


ADAPTED   TO   THE 


LATIN  GRAMMARS 


ALLEN  AND  GREENOUGH,  ANDREWS  AND  STODDARD,  BARTHOLOMEW, 

BULLIONS  AND  MORRIS,  CHASE  AND  STUART, 

GILDERSLEEVE,  AND  HARKNESS, 

AND  PREPARED  AS  AN 

INTRODUCTION  TO  CESAR'S  COMMENTARIES 
ON  THE  GALLIC  WAR. 


BY 

ELISHA  JONES,  M.  A., 

AUTHOR   OF   "  EXERCISES   IN  LATIN   PROSE  COMPOSITION  "  AND    *'  EXERCISES   IN 
GREEK   PROSE  COMPOSITION." 


CHICAGO: 
S.  C.   GRIGGS    AND    COMPANY. 

1892 


Copyright,  1877, 
By  S.  C.  GRIGGS  AND  COMPANT. 


University  Press  :  John   Wilson  &  Sow 
Cambridge. 


PREFACE 


These  Lessons  are  intended  as  a  practical  drill-book  for  the 
beginner  in  Latin.  They  aim  to  make  him  familiar  with  the 
ordinary  Latin  inflections  and  the  simpler  principles  of  Latin 
syntax;  to  teach  him  as  many  words  and  expressions  from 
Caesar's  Commentaries  as  he  can  learn  with  profit,  and  thus 
prepare  him  for  the  successful  study  of  that  work. 

References  are  made  to  seven  of  our  best  Latin  grammars,  with 
any  one  of  which  the  book  may  be  used.  In  the  part  devoted 
to  inflection,  the  learner's  attention  is  directed,  as  far  as  thought ' 
practicable,  to  the  elements  of  words  declined  and  conjugated, 
—  to  stems,  endings,  signs,  and  connecting  vowels.  The  root 
and  formation  of  stems  are  not  referred  to ;  these  subjects  be- 
long more  properly  to  a  later  stage  of  the  study.  In  syntax, 
the  principal  rules  only  are  introduced,  and  these  are  illustrated 
by  numerous  examples.  Of  the  latter,  translations  are  given 
which  the  learner  may  imitate  in  rendering  the  parallel  exer- 
cises that  follow  ;  these  exercises  are  taken  chiefly  from  the 
Commentaries  and  accompanied  by  explanatory  notes.  English 
exercises  to  be  turned  into  Latin  are  also  added;  these  are  so 
formed  that  the  Latin  sentences  immediately  preceding  furnish 
models  for  their  construction: 


562547 


IV  PREFACE. 

A  few  pages  of  fables  and  selections  from  early  Eoman  his- 
tory, together  with  the  necessary  annotations,  follow  the  lessons. 
Complete  vocabularies  are  added;  in  the  Latin-English  part, 
such  derivations  of  Latin  words  as  can  be  most  readily  under- 
stood are  given,  and  also  some  English  derivatives.  Of  these 
others  will  suggest  themselves.  With  neither,  however,  should 
the  mind  of  the  beginner  be  much  burdened.  Their  main  use 
at  this  time  is  to  aid  him  in  fixing  the  meanings  of  words. 
The  chief  worh  of  the  first  year  in  Latin  is  to  master  the  inflec- 
tions and  build  up  a  vocabulary. 

The  order  of  the  grammars  has  not  been  followed.  The  verb 
is  introduced  early  and  made  to  alternate  with  the  declensions, 
so  as  to  give  gTeater  variety  to  the  character  of  the  sentences. 
No  effort  has  been  made  to  adapt  the  length  of  the  lessons  to 
the  capacity  of  all  classes ;  such  an  attempt  would  be  futile. 
It  will  often  be  found  necessary  to  devote  two  or  more  recita- 
tions to  a  single  lesson.  Some  teachers  may  think  it  expedient 
to  omit  a  few  sentences  from  many  of  the  exercises.  To  in- 
sure a  good  preparation  for  Csesar,  however,  nothing  should  be 
omitted.  It  is  believed  that  for  classes  in  general  the  book  con- 
tains matter  sufficient  for  a  year's  labor. 

The  use  of  blackboards  sufficiently  extensive  for  an  entire 
class  cannot  be  too  urgently  recommended.  The  practice  of 
requiring  inflections  and  translations  to  be  written  every  day 
upon  the  blackboard,  and  subjected  to  the  criticism  of  the  class, 
is  most  excellent.  It  not  only  adds  great  interest  to  the  recita- 
tion, but  also  secures  an  accuracy  and  readiness  which  cannot  be 
as  easily  attained,  perhaps,  by  any  other  means. 

The  plan  of  the  book  was  formed  for  the  most  part  during  a 
seven  years'  experience  with  beginners.     It  does  not  seem  to  me 


PREFACE.  V 

necessary  to  give  a  list  of  the  introductory  books,  grammars,  edi- 
tions of  Caesar,  and  lexicons  —  American,  English,  and  German 
—  which  have  been  consulted  in  its  preparation.  Some  things 
which  appear  to  be  common  property  have  been  adopted  without 
credit.  I  may  here  express  my  sincere  thanks  to  kind  friends 
for  encouragement  and  practical  suggestions ;  to  the  University 
Press  of  Cambridge  for  great  patience  and  pains  in  securing  typo- 
graphical excellence ;  and  especially  to  my  publishers,  Messrs. 
S.  C.  Griggs  &  Co.  of  Chicago,  for  sparing  no  expense  to  produce 
a  school-book  unsurpassed  in  mechanical  execution. 

These  Lessons  are  offered  to  the  public  with  much  hesitation, 
but  with  the  hope  that  they  may  prove  serviceable  to  some 

teachers  and  beginners. 

ELISHA  JONES. 

University  of  Michigan,  August,  1877. 


CONTENTS. 


Paob 
ABBREYIATIONS xU 

INTRODUCTORY  PRINCIPLES  AND  DEFINITIONS  .        .  1 

LESSON  I.  —Nouns  :  First  Declension 3 

LESSON  II.  —  Nouns  :  First  Declension.  —  Prepositions     .  4 

Declension  of  de&  and  fill^. 

LESSON  III.  —  Nouns  :  Second  Declension        ....      6 
Nonns  in  tls ;  Gender. 

LESSON  IV.  —  Nouns  :  Second  Declension.  —  Prepositions  7 

Nouns  in  r  and  iim,  —  Prepositions  used  with  tlie  Ablative. 

LESSON  V.  —  Nouns  :  Second  Declension.  —  Prepositions       .      9 

Genitive  Singular  of  Nouns  in  liis  or  iiint ;  Vocative  of  flliiis  and 

proper  names  in  iiis. ;  Declension  of  deus.  —  Use  of  in  and  siib. 

LESSON  VI.  —  Adjectives  :  First  and  Second  Declensions     .     11 
Declension  and  Agreement  of  Adjectivea 

LESSON  VII.  — Adjectives  :   First  and   Second   Declensions 

(continued) 12 

Genitive  in  iiis  and  Dative  in  i. 

LESSON  VIII.  —  Additional  Exercises.  —  Apposition  .        .         14 

LESSON   IX.  —  Verbs  :  Preliminary  Definitions      .        .        .15 

LESSON  X.  —  Verbs  :  First  Conjugation      ....         16 
Personal  Endings  of  the  Active  Voice  ;  Present  Stem;  Present  Indica- 
tive Active  of  &Bi5> 

LESSON  XI.  —  The  Simple  Sentence 18 

Subject  Nominativa  —Agreement  of  Verb.  —  Direct  Object 

LESSON   XII.  —  Verbs  :  First  Conjugation JcoTi^mwecO      .        .     19 
Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative  Active  of  3jiio* 

LESSON  XIII.  —  Modifiers   of   the   Subject  and  Predicate  ; 
Dative  of  Indirect  Object  ;  Genitive  with  Nouns       .        .     21 

LESSON  XIV. — Verbs:  First  Conjugation  ;  Perfect,  Pluper- 
fect, AND  Future  Perfect  Tenses  ;  the  Perfect  Stem  .        .     23 

LESSON  XV.  —  Verbs  :  First  Conjugation  :  Imperative  Mood  ; 
Use  of  the  Imperative 25 

LESSON  XVI.  —  Verbs  :  Infinitives,  Participles,  Gerund,  and 
Supine 26 


VIU  CONTENTS. 

LESSON  XVII.  —  Use  of  the  Infinitive        ....  27 
Infinitive  as  Object ;  Subject  of  the  Infinitive. 

LESSON  XVIII.  —  General  Exercise.      Ablative  op  Means  .  29 

LESSON  XIX.  —  Third  Declension  :  Nouns   ....  31 

LESSON  XX.  —  Third  Declension  (continued)     .        .        .        .32 

LESSON  XXI.  —  Third  Declension  {cmtinued)        ...  33 
Two  Accusatives  of  the  same  Person  or  Thing. 

LESSON  XXII.  —  Third  Declension  {contiwaed)  .        .        .        .35 

LESSON  XXIII. — Third  Declension  (co?i^m2^e6?)     ...  36 

LESSON  XXIV.  —  Conjugation  of  the  Verb  Sum     .        .        .38 

LESSON  XXV.  —  Predicate  Noun  and  Adjective         .        .  38 

LESSON  XX VL— The  Subjunctive  Mood 40 

LESSON  XXVII.  —  Compounds    of    Sum. — Dative  with    Com- 
pounds            41 

LESSON  XXVIII.  —  Conjugation    of    Possum.  —  Use    of    the 

Infinitive    . 43 

Infijiitive  without  Subject  Accusative. 

LESSON  XXIX.  —  Subjunctive  Mood  of  Amo        ...  44 

LESSON  XXX.  —  Review  of  Amo.  —  Two  Accusatives      .        .  46 

LESSON  XXXI.  —  Passive  Voice  of  Amo       ....  48 
Definitions  and  Personal  Endings  of  the  Passive  Voice. 

LESSON  XXXII. —Passive  Voice  of  Auo  {continued)         .        .  49 

LESSON  XXXIII.  —  Passive  Voice  of  Amo  (continued)  .        .  51 

LESSON  XXXIV.  —  Subjunctive  Passive  of  Amo      ...  52 

LESSON  XXXV.  —  Deponent  Verbs  :   First  Conjugation     .  53 

LESSON  XXXVI. — Ablative  of  Cause. — Complex  and  Com- 
pound Sentences 55 

LESSON  XXXVII.  —  Adjectives  :  Third  Declension    .        .  56 

LESSON  XXXVIII.  —  Adjectives  :     Third    Declension    (con- 
tinued) ............  58 

LESSON  XXXIX.  —  Comparison  of  Adjectives      ...  59 
Declension  of  Comparatives. 

LESSON  XL. — Comparison  OF  Adjectives  (c(w^MmccO         .        .  61 

LESSON  XLI.  —  Dative  with  Adjectives      ....  62 

LESSON  XLIL— Adverbs .  64 

Definition ;  Derivation ;  Classification ;  S3nitax. 

LESSON  XLIII. — Verbs:  Second  Conjugation:  Active  Voice  66 

LESSON  XLIV.— Additional  Exercises 67 

Accusative  of  Time. 


CONTENTS.  IX 

LESSON  XLV.  —  Verbs  :  Second  Conjugation  :  Passive  Voice    69 

LESSON  XLVL  —  Deponent  Verbs  :  Second  Conjugation        .     70 

LESSON  XLVn.  —  Fourth  Declension 72 

Declension  of  ddmiis. 

LESSON  XLVIIL  —  Fifth  Declension 73 

LESSON  XLIX.  —  Verbs  :  Third  Conjugation  :  Active  Voice    74 

LESSON  L.  —  Verbs  :   Third  Conjugation  :  Passive  Voice      .     76 

LESSON  LL  —  Verbs  :    Fourth    Conjugation  :    Active    and 
Passive  Voices 78 

LESSON  LIL  —  Third  Conjugation  :  Verbs  in  io         .        .         79 

LESSON  LIIL — Deponent  Verbs  :  Third  and  Fourth  Conju- 
gations          80 

Ablative  with  certain  Deponents. 

LESSON  LIV.  —  General  Exercise  :  Place    .        .        .        .        82 
Place  to  which ;  Place  at  or  in  which ;  Place  from  which. 

LESSON  LV.  —  Numerals.  —  Extent  in  Space  .        .        .        .84 

LESSON  LVL  —  Compound  Nouns.  —  Ablative  of  Time        .       86 

LESSON  LVn.  —  Pronouns  :    Personal,    Possessive,  and   Re- 
flexive         87 

LESSON   LVIIL  —  Pronouns  (continued)  :  Demonstrative      .         89 

LESSON  LIX.  —  Pronouns  {continued)  :  Relative        .        .        .90 
Declension ;  Agreement. 

LESSON  LX.  —  Pronouns  (continued)  :  Interrogative  and  In- 
definite        92 

Declension  of  Sllquis. 

LESSON  LXI.  —  Conjunctions 93 

LESSON  LXII.  —  Classification  of  Sentences  .        .        .        .95 

LESSON  LXin.  —  Participles 96 

Definitions ;  Distinctions  of  Tense ;  Used  for  a  Subordinate  Clause. 

LESSON  LXIV.  —  Ablative  Absolute 98 

LESSON  LXV.  —  Irregular  Verbs  :  Fero       ....       100 

LESSON  LXVI.  —  Compounds  of   Fero.  —  Ablative  of  Speci- 
fication        ,101 

LESSON  LXVI  I.  —  Irregular  Verbs  (continued)  :  Volo  and  its 
Compounds 103 

LESSON  LXVIII.  —  Irregular  Vrrbs  (continued)  :  Eo  and  Fio  105 

LESSON  LXIX.  —  Defective  and  Impersonal  Verbs        .        .  106 
Infinitive  as  Subject 

LESSON  LXX.  —  The    Periphrastic    Conjugations.  —  Dative 
OF  Agent 108 


X  CONTENTS. 

LESSON  LXXI.  —  Use  OF  THE  Dative    .        .        .        .        .       110 
Dative  with  Intransitive  Verba. 

LESSON  LXXII.  —  Use  of  the  Ablative  and  SrBJTJNCTiVE      .  112 
Ablative  with  Comparatives.  —  Subjunctive   expressing  a  Wish   or 
Command. 

LESSON  LXXIII.  —  Sequence    of    Tenses.  —  Subjunctive    in 
Final  Clauses 114 

LESSON  LXXIV.  —  Use  of  the  Dative  (continued)        .        .       116 
Dative  of  the  Person  possessing ;  Two  Datives. 

LESSON  LXXV. — Subjunctive  in  Consecutive  Clauses  .        .118 

LESSON  LXXVL  —  Use  of  the  Genitive       ....       120 
Genitive  with  Adjectives ;  Genitive  in  Predicate ;  Grenitive  with  cer- 
tain Verbs. 

LESSON  LXXVIL  —  Conditional  Sentences      .        .        .        .122 

LESSON  LXXVIII.  —  Use  of  the  Ablative   ....       124 
Ablative  expressing  Measure  of  Difference ;  Ablative  of  Quality. 

LESSON   LXXIX.  —  Concessive  Clauses 126 

LESSON  LXXX.  —  Use  of  the  Ablative  {coTdinued)      .        .       128 
Ablative  of  Price ;  Ablative  of  Distance ;  Ablative  with  Adjectives. 

LESSON  LXXXI.  —  Causal  Clauses 130 

LESSON  LXXXII.  —  Temporal  Clauses  .        .        .        .        .132 

LESSON  LXXXin.  —  Subjunctive  in  Indirect  Questions        .  134 

LESSON  LXXXI V.  —  Oratio  Obliqua.  —  Indirect  Discourse      136 

LESSON  LXXXV.  —  Indirect  Discourse  (continued)  .        .        .138 

LESSON  LXXXVI.  —  Indirect  Discourse  (continued)      .        .       139 

LESSON  LXXXVIL— The  Gerund 140 

LESSON  LXXXYIII.  —The  Gerundive 142 

LESSON  LXXXIX.— The  Supine 144 

LESSON  XC. — The  Roman  Calendar. — Abbreviations      .       146 

LESSON  XCL— General  Exercise 148 

LESSON  XCII.  —  General  Exercise 150 

SELECTIONS  FOR  READING. 

I.   Fables 153 

II.   Stories  from  Early  Roman  History    ....       156 
GENERAL  VOCABULARY. 

I.   Latin-English 167 

II.   English-Latin 211 


TABLE  showing  the  Changes  made  in  Moods  and  Tenses  when 
Direct  Discourse  becomes  Indirect. 

I.    Moods. 

1.    Principal  Clauses  :   Statements. 
DmECT  Discourse.  Indirect  Discourse. 

Indtcative becomes     Infinitive. 

Active  Subjunctive  in  the  apod- 1  {Future  Active  Participle  with 

osis  of  a  conditional  sentence  J  \     esse  or  fuisse. 

Passive  Subjunctive  in  the  apod- 1  f  fore,  or  futurum  esse  or  fuisse, 

osis  of  a  conditional  sentence  j  \     \vith  ut  and  the  subjunctive. 

2.    Principal  Clauses  :  Questions. 
Indicative^  1st  or  3d  person,     .     becomes  Infinitive. 

Indicative^  2d  person,     .     .     .     becomes  Subjunctive, 

Subjunctive remains  Subjunctive, 

3.    Principal  Clauses  :   Commands  or  Prohibitions. 

Imperative becomes  Subjunctive. 

Subjunctive remains  Subjunctive. 

4.   Subordinate  Clauses  of  All  Kinds. 

Indicative becomes  Subjunctive, 

Subjunctive remains  Subjunctive. 

II*   Tenses. 

1.  When  an  Indicative  or  a  Subjunctive  of  Direct  Discourse  passes  into  a 

Subjunctive  of  Indirect  Discourse. 

Present,  oiten  Imperfect,  when  made  dependent 
upon   a   Principal  Tense  ;    Imperfect,    some- 
times Present,  when  made  dependent  upon 
un  Historical  Tense. 
..  f  Perfect,  often  Pluperfect,  when  made  dependent 

rr  /       t>..«^  M  1    1^^^^^^  "*      wpon  a   Principal   Tense ;  Pluperfect,   some- 
times Perfect,  after  an  Historical  Tense. 

Imperfect remains      '  Imperfect. 

Pluperfect remains         Pluperfect, 

2.  When  an  Indicative  of  Direct  Discourse  passes  into  an  Infinitive  of 

Indirect  Discourse. 

Present remains         Present, 

Future  or  Future- Perfect      .     ,     becomes        Future  Participle  with  esse. 
Perfect        \ 

Imperfect   > become  Perfect, 

Pluperfect  ) 


Present]^     .     .     become- 
Future  j 


ABBEEVIATIONS. 


A.   &   G.,   Allen    and  Greenough's 
Latin  Grammar,  revised  edition. 

A.  &  S.,  Andrews  and  Stoddard's 
Latin  Grammar,  revised  edition. 

abl.,  ablative. 

ace,  accusative. 

act.,  active. 

adj.,  adjective. 

B.,  Bartholomew's  Latin  Grammar. 

B.  &  M.,  Bullions  and  Morris's  Latin 
Grammar. 

C.  Chase's  Latin  Grammar. 
of.,  confer^  compare, 
comp.,  comparative. 

conj.,  conjunction, 
dat.,  dative, 
dem.,  demonstrative, 
dep.,  deponent. 
Ex.,  Example, 
f.,  feminine, 
fr.,  from. 

G.,  Gildersleeve's  Latin  Grammar, 
gen.,  genitive. 

H.,  Harkness's  Latin  Grammar,  re- 
vised edition  of  1881. 
ind.,  indicative. 


indecl.,  indeclinable, 
indef.,  indefinite, 
interrog.,  interrogative, 
lit.,  literal,  literally. 
Ln.,  Lesson, 
m.,  masculine, 
n.,  neuter, 
num.,  numeral, 
part.,  participle, 
pass.,  passive, 
perf.,  perfect, 
pers.,  person. 
pL,  plural, 
poss.,  possessive, 
prep.,  preposition, 
pres.,  present, 
pron.,  pronoun. 
Ref.,  Reference, 
rel.,  relative, 
sc,  scilicet,  understand, 
sing.,  singular, 
subst.,  substantive, 
voc,  vocative. 
Yy.,  Vocabulary, 
w.,  with. 


N.  B. — The  different  sections  of  this  book  are  marked  by  italicized  numerals. 
The  numerals  in  the  notes  printed  thus  (4)  refer  to  such  sections. 

References  to  the  revised  edition  of  Allen  and  Greenough's  Latin  Gnunmar 
are  now  given  in  the  body  of  the  book. 

The  references  to  the  Grammars  of  Harkness,  Gildersleeve,  Allen  and 
Greenough,  and  Andrews  and  Stoddard,  have  been  adapted  to  the  latest  edi- 
tions, and  references  to  Chase  and  Stuart's  Latin  Grammar  have  been  added. 


April  20,  1889. 


INTRODUCTORY  PRINCIPLES  AND  DEFINITIONS. 

The  following  numerals  and  letters  refer  to  such  portions  of 
the  grammar  as  are  to  be  committed  to  memory.  When  two 
are  joined  by  a  dash  the  intermediate  sections  or  paragraphs 
are  also  included :  e.  g.  2  -  4  or  a  -  c  signifies  that  the  parts 
designated  by  2,  3,  and  4,  or  by  a,  b,  and  c  are  to  be  committed 
to  memory.  Only  the  coarse  print  is  to  be  learned  unless  a 
special  reference  is  made  to  the  fine. 

1.  Alphabet.      A.  &  G.  1,  a;   2 ;  3 :    A.  &  S.  3-T;    9-12: 

B.  3-10,  w.  fine  print  under  6  and  7:  B.  &  M.  3;  5;  6;  7:  G.  1; 
2;  6:  H.  2-4,  w.  fine  print  under  3  aiid  4:  C.  1,  2. 

2.  Pronunciation  and  Syllables,  (a)  Roman  Method.  A.&G. 
l^,a-d;  16:  A.  &  S.  15-22:  B.  11-15;  16-21:  G.3;  4;  7;  8; 
9:  H.  5-8:  C.  3,  I.  ;  4;  5. 

(6)  English  Method.  A.  &  G.  17,  a-c,  and  Note  :  B.  377,  the 
whole:  B.  &  M.  11;  12;  IS,  1-6:  H.  9  - 14,  w,  fine  print :  C.  3, 
II.  ;  5. 

(c)   Continental  Method.     B.  &   M.  14,  1-5;  13,  1-6:  H.  15: 

C.  3,  III.  ;  5. 

3.  Quantity.  A.  &  G.  18,  a-f;  ^'^ne print:  A.  &  S.  26-29; 
37  Note  1  :  38-44:  B.  12,  a-c;  B.  &  M.  S;  16-19:  G.  2,  2  ; 
10-13,  Remark  1:  H.  16, 1. -III.,  and  Notes  2-4  :  C.  7;  8. 

4.  Accent.  A.  &  G.  19,  a-c,  w,  Def. :  A.  &  S.  25  Note  1  ; 
30-35:  B.  22-25:  B.  &  M.  20,  w.  fine  print :  G.  14 :  H.  17;  18: 
C.  9;  11. 

5*  Parts  of  Speech  and  Inflection.  A.  &  G.  20  ;  21  ;  25, 
a-i;  26;  27:  A.  &  S.  54;  55;  73;  74:  B.  26-33;  34-40; 
115:  B.  &  M.  24;  25,  1,  2  ;  26,  1,  2,  Obs.  1-2;  27-SO:  G.  15 
-17,  the  whole:  H.  37-40:  C.  12. 

6.  Gender.  A.  &  G.  28,  a,  b ;  29  ;  30  :  A.  &  S.  78-83:  B. 
116-118,  I.-III.  :  B.  &  M.  32-35:  G.  18;  19,  I.-III.  ;  20, 
1-3:  H.  41;  42,1.,  II.  :  C.  13. 


2  FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

7»  Person,  Number,  and  Case.  A.  &  G.  31,  a-g.  Note,  h: 
A.  &  S.  85-88,  a:  B.  119-120,  iv.  fine  print:  B.  &  M.  31,  42,  4. 
Case ;  4:3,  w.  fine  print :  G.  21  -24  :  H.  44  ;  45, 2/^.  ^ine  p'in^ ;  C.14. 

8.  Declension.  A.  &  G.  32,  a,  h;  33,  a-g :  A.  &  S.  89 ;  90, 
6;  B.  121;  122,  Rem.  1-5  ;  123:  B.  &  M.  44-46,  w.  fine  print; 
47;  50,  Dec.  I.:  G.  25-26,  the  wMe:  H.  46,  w.  fim.e  print;  47, 
with  Note  3  :  C.  15 ;  IT. 

Note. 

The  division  of  the  above  introductory  matter  into  suitable  lessons  is  left 
to  the  teacher.  He  may  find  it  necessary  at  first  to  go  over  each  lesson  in 
advance  with  the  class  and  point  out  the  portions  designated.  The  follow- 
ing suggestion  is  offered.  Each  definition  should  be  made  practical  by 
application.  E.  g.,  as  soon  as  the  learner  has  committed  to  memory  the 
portions  of  grammar  referred  to  under  *'Jt.  Alphabet,'*  he  should  turn  to 
"Lesson  I."  and  classify  the  letters  of  the  Latin  words  there  found.  After 
learning  '*^,"  he  should  pronounce  the  same  letters  in  accordance  with  the 
rules  under  "^,"  and  divide  the  words  which  they  form  into  syllables. 
Learn  thoroughly;  review  often;  use  the  blackboard. 


FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN. 


LESSON    I. 
NOUNS':    FIRST  DECLENSION. 

9»  Learn  the  declension  of  the  model  noun,  the  stem  and  case" 
endingSj  the  meaning  of  each  case,  and  the  rule  of  gender  for  nouns  of 
the  First  Declension.  A.  &  G.  Note,  35 ;  36,  c:  A.  &  S.  91-93: 
B.  121;  123;  124:  B.  &  M.  46;  48,  First;  51;  53:  G.  24;  27, 
Remark  2  ;  28  :  H.  46,  1  ;  48,  1,  2,  4  :  C.  19 ;  18, 1. 

10,  The  learner  should  make  the  words  of  the  Vocabularies  so 
familiar  that  when  the  Latin  is  pronounced,  he  can  give  promptly  the 
English  equivalent,  or  when  the  English  is  pronounced,  he  can  give 
promptly  the  Latin  equivalent.  Not  only  the  Nominative,  but  also 
the  Genitive  and  Gender  of  each  Latin  noun  should  always  be  learned. 

VOCABULARY. 

caus^  ae,^  f.2  cause,  reason. 

Genava,  ae,  f.  Geneva.^ 

gloria,  ae,  f.  glory, 

liagu^,  ae,  f.  tongue,  language. 

memori^,  ae,  f.  memory, 

rip^  ae,  f.  bank  (of  a  stream). 

viS,  ae,  f .  t(7a^,  road, 

1  ae  is  the  case-ending  of  the  Genitive.  To  form  the  Genitive  of  causa, 
substitute  ae  for  final  ^:  e.  g.  Nom.  causS,  Gen.  causae. 

2  In  the  Vocabularies,  f.  stands  for  feminine  geiider,  m.  for  masculine, 
and  n.  for  neuter, 

^  For  a  fuller  description  of  Proper  Names  given  in  the  special  Vocabu- 
laries, see  Vocabulai  y  at  end  of  the  book. 


H-^?^'*  ***/**•      "   ''^    frSiST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

N.  B.  Careful  attention  should  be  given  to  the  pronunciation  of  each  syl- 
lable ;  the  rules  for  quantity  and  accent  will  need  to  be  called  to  mind  very 
often.     Remember  that  the  final  syllable  of  a  Latin  word  is  never  accented. 

Pronounce;  translate;  decline  and  describe i  eacli  ivord. 

1.  Causa.2  2.  Gloriarum.^  3.  Eipae.  4.  Lingua.* 
5.  Memoria.^  6.  Linguas.  7.  Via.  8.  Eipas.  9.  Me- 
moriae. 10.  Gloriae.  11.  Causas.  12.  Viam.  13.  Memo- 
rias.  14.  Via.  15.  Gl5riam.  16.  Linguarum.  17.  Causis. 
18.  Eipa.     19.  Genavae.^ 

Write  in  I^atin. 

I.  Of  a^  cause.  2.  Of  the  causes.  3.  With  glory. 
4.  For  glory.  5.  With  tongues.  6.  In  the  language. 
7.  O  Memory.  8.  In  memory.  9.  Of  the  bants.  10.  By 
the  way. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  To  describe  a  noun  is  to  tell  its  case,  number,  and  gender,  its  stem 
and  case-ending  (termination). 

2  The  Latin  language  has  no  article.  In  translating  Latin  nouns  into 
English,  tty  any  or  the  may  be  supplied  according  to  the  sense.  E.  g.  causa 
may  be  rendered  a  cause,  the  cause,  or  simply  cause. 

3  Which  syllable  of  gloriarum  is  accented  ?  Why  ?  (4)  —  Numerals 
printed  thus  {4)  refer  to  sections  of  this  hook. 

4  Whatisthequantity  of  the  penult  of  lingua?     Why?    (3) 

^  The  Ablative  may  often  be  rendered  by  the  preposition  in  and  tlie 
noun  :  e.  g.  mgmSria,  in  memory ;  lingua,  in  the  language, 

6  Locative  Case ;  translate  by  the  preposition  at  or  in  and  the  noun  ; 
e.  g.  Bdmae,  at  Home,  or  in  Eome. 

LESSON    II. 

NOUNS  :    FIRST  DECLENSION.  —  PREPOSITIONS. 

II.  neclension  of  dea  atwf  filiS.     A.  &  G.  36,  e  :  A.  &  S. 

93  e:  B.  124,  Rem   1  :  B.  &  M.  57:  G.  37,  Remark  3  :  H.  49, 
4  :  C.  19,  6. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  5 

12.  Use  of  rrepositions.  A.  &  0.  260  :  A.  &  S.  428  :  B.  329, 
Rule  LXXX.  ;  B.  &  M.  981 :  G.  417 :  H.  432 1  C.  131. 

VOCABULARY. 

Sd,  prep.  w.  acc.^  to, 

angustiae,2  arum,  f.  narrow  pass, 

circum,  prep.  w.  ace.  around. 

dea,  ae,  f.  goddess. 

filia,  ae,  f.  daughter. 

Matron^,  ae,  m.  the  Marne, 

per,  prep.  w.  ace.  through. 

provinciS,  ae,  f.  province, 

silvS,  ae,  f.  forest. 

trans,  prep.  w.  ace.  across. 

1  "prep.  w.  ace."  signifies  that  &d  is  a  preposition  used  with  the  Accusa- 
tive. 

2  angustiae  is  rarely  used  in  the  singular.  Notice  that  it  is  equivalent 
to  two  English  words,  narrow,  an  adjective,  and^ass,  a  noun. 

Pronounce;  translate;  decline  and  describe  eacli  noun. 

1.  Ad  ripam.^  2.  Ad  rlpam  Matronae.^  'S.  Trans  Ma- 
tronam.  4.  Dea.^  5.  Deae.  6.  Deariim.  7.  Deabus. 
8.  Trans  viam.  9.  Per  angustias.*  10.  Per  silvas.  11.  Per 
provinciam.  12.  Circum  Genavam.  13.  Silvarum.  14.  In 
silvls.^     15.  Ad  filias  deariim. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  The  daughter.  2.  A  daughter.  3.  O  daughter.  4.  To 
the  daughter  of  a  goddess.  5.  To^  the  Marne.  6.  To^  the 
banks  of  the  Marne.  7.  For  the  daughters.  8.  Through  the 
provinces.  9.  Through  the  forest.  10.  In^  the  forest. 
11.    In*^  the  memory  of  the  daughters. 

Noies  and  Questions. 

1  When  a  noun  is  governed  by  a  preposition,  give  the  rule  referred  to 
under  12, 


6  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

2  Give  the  rule  for  gender  of  Matrona.   (6) 

3  See  Ln.  I.,  Note  2. 

*  What  is  the  quantity  of  the  penult  of  angustias  ?  Why  ?  (3)  Which 
syllable  then  has  the  accent  ?  (4) 

5  See  Lx.  V.,  19  and  Vy.  Which  cases  of  the  First  Declension  are 
alike  in  the  singular  ?  Which  in  the  plural  ?  What  is  the  difference  between 
silva  and  silva  ?    In  Latin  the  prep,  in  usually  precedes  the  place  where. 

6  Translate  by  the  proper  preposition. 

7  See  Ln.  I.,  Note  5. 


LESSON    III. 

NOUNS  :    SECOND  DECLENSION. 

13.  Nouns  in  us.  A.  &  G.  38,  servus  ;  40,  a:  A.  &  S.  95, 
dommus;  97  (3):  B.  126;  127,  dominiis,  Rem.  4  :  B.  &  M.  59;  61, 
dominus  :  G.  29,  hortiis,  Remark  4  :  H.  51,  serviis,  1,  2,  l)-3),  8  : 
C.  21  (dommus),  1  ;  18,  II. 

14.  Gender.  A.  &  G.  39 :  A.  &  S.  95  2  B.  127,  Rem.  3  :  B. 
&  M.  71 :  G.  30  :  H.  51 :  C.  21 ;  24. 

VOCABULARY. 

4  antg,  prep.  w.  ace.  before. 

Smiciti^,  ae,  f.  friendship. 

Amicus,  i,  m.  friend. 

carriis,  i,  m.  cart,  wagon. 

contra,  prep.  w.  ace.  against. 

Germani,  oriim,  m.  the  Germans. 

legatus,  i,  m.  legate,  lieutenant, 

^  numerus,  i,  m.  number. 

ociilus,  i,  m.  eye. 

popiilus,  i,  m.  people. 

Rheniis,  i,  m.  the  Rhine. 

Rhodantis,  i,  m.  the  Rhone. 

Pronounce;  translate;  decline  and  describe  each  noun. 

1.  PopiilLi  2.  Popiile.  3.  Popiilis.  4.  AmTcitia  popiili. 
5.  Ante  oculos  popiili.     6.  Numerus  carrorum.     7.  Nurne;- 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  7 

/  / 

riis  Germanoriini.  8.  Numeriis  amicomm.  9.  Numerus 
filiartim.  10.  Filia  legati.^  11.  J&aico"  popiilT.  12.  Contra 
amicum  populi.  13.  Contra  legates  populi.  14.  Trans 
Rhodanum.     15.  Pppiill^  amicis.     16.  Ad  Germanos* 

Write  in  liatiii. 

1.  Of  a  friend.  2.  To  a  friend.  3.  O  friend.  4.  Against 
a  friend.  5.  Of  friends.  6.  The  friends  of  the  Germans. 
7.  Against  the  friends  of  the  Germans.  8.  Before  the  eyes 
of  the  Germans.  9.  Across  the  Ehine.  10.  Before  the 
lieutenant^s^  eyes.     11.  The  friendship  of  the  Germans. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  What  is  the  stem  of  populi  ?  What  are  the  case-endings  of  the  Second 
Declension  ?  Which  cases  are  alike  in  the  singular  ?  Which  in  the  plural  ? 
Which  cases  are  like  the  same  cases  of  the  First  Declension  ?  What  is  the 
rule  of  gender  for  the  Second  Declension  ?  (i4)  What  is  the  rule  of  gender 
for  the  First  Declension  %    What  are  the  general  rules  for  gender  ?  ((?) 

2  The  Latin  Genitive  is  often  equivalent  to  the  English  possessive  case  : 
filia  legati  is  best  rendered  the  lieutenant's  daughter. 

2  The  Grcnitive  usually  stands 'after  the  noun  which  it  limits,  but  often 
before  it.  In  the  latter  case  the  Genitive  is  made  emphatic  :  e.  g.,  filia  amici, 
the  friend' s  daughter ;  but  amici  filia,  the  friend's  daughter. 

LESSON   IV. 

NOUNS  :    SECOND  DECLENSION.  —  PREPOSITIONS. 

15.  Nmins  in  v  and  um.  A.  &  G.  38 :  A.  &  S.  95 :  B.  127, 
a,  h,  Rem.  1,  2  :  B.  &  M.  60;  61;  6S:  G.  29;  31 :  H.  51,  2,  3)-6), 
4,1):  C.  21,  1,  2;  22. 

16.  Prepositions  used  tvith  the  Ablative.  A.  &  G.  152,  b: 
A.  &  S.  430  :  B.  178 :  B.  &  M.  470:  G.  418 :  H.  434  :  C.  186. 

N.  B.  The  list  of  prepositions  used  with  the  Ablative  should  be  com- 
mitted to  memory. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


VOCABULARY. 

a,  ab,^  prep.  w.  abl. 

from,  hij. 

ager,  agri,  m. 

field,  territory. 

bellum,  i,  n. 

war. 

cum,  prep.  w.  abL 

with. 

e,  ex,i  prep.  w.  abl. 

out  of. 

frumeutum,  i,  n. 

corn. 

gener,  generi,  m. 

son-in-law. 

Helvetii,  orum,  m. 

the  Helvetii. 

puer,  pugri,  m. 

boy. 

regnum,  i,  n. 

sovereignty,  kingdom. 

sine,  prep.  w.  abl. 

without. 

tfemplum,  1,  n. 

temple. 

vir,  viri,  m. 

man. 

1  a  and  e  are  used  only  before  words  beginning  with  a  consonant ;  ab 
and  ex  before  either  a  vowel  or  consonant. 

Pronounce;  translate;  parse i  the  nouns  groverned  by  prepositions* 

1.  Puexi/  pueroriim.  2.  Gener5^  generis.  3.  Agri  Hel- 
vetiorum.  4.  Cum  viris.  5.  Sine  virls.  6.  Ex  temjilo.^ 
7.  Cum  Helvetiis.  8.  Sine  regno.  9.  Sine  frumento.* 
10.  Bellum  ciim  Germanis.  11.  Ex  provincia.  12.  Ab 
Helvetiis.  13.  Per  agros  Helvetiorum.  14.  E  Eliodrmo.^ 
15.  Ciim  amico  Helvetiorum.     16.  Regnum  Germanorum. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Of  the  war^  of  the  wars.  2.  Eor  the  war^  for  the 
wars.  3.  The  wars  with  the  Helvetii.  4.  By  the  Germans. 
5.  Without  friendship.  6.  With  the  man^s^  daughters. 
7.  Without  the  boys.  8.  O  boys.  9.  Before  the  war  with 
the  Germans.  10.  Without  wagons.  11.  Out  of  the  Ehine. 
12.  Out  of  the  temples  of  the  Germans. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Foryn  for  parsing  a  7wun. — cum  viris :  viris  ^••ff^^asculine  noun  of  the 
Second  Declension;  stem,  vlro ;  declined,  vir,  vc/^oirO,  virilin,  vXr,  vivo; 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  9 

plural,  vlri,  virdrUm,  virls,  viroSy  viri,  vlris;  it  is  in  the  Ablative  plural 
and  governed  by  the  preposition  cum  ;  rule  {16).  Repeat  the  rule  giving 
the  list  of  prepositions  used  with  the  Ablative. 

2  Which  endings  do  nouns  in  r  drop  ?  Ans.  The  Nominative  us  and  the 
Vocative  h.  To  which  declension  does  pueri  belong  ?  Why  ?  provincia  ? 
Why  ?  How  many  declensions  are  there  and  how  distinguished  from  one 
another?  (8) 

3  Notice  that  the  Nominative,  Accusative,  and  Vocative  of  neuter  nouns 
are  alike  and  end  in  the  plural  in  a. 

4  What  is  the  quantity  of  the  penult  of  frumento  ?  Why  ?  Which  syl- 
lable then  is  accented  ?     (3  and  4) 

s  Which  syllable  of  Rhodanus  takes  the  accent  ? 
6SeeLN.  III.,  Note  2. 


LESSON    V. 

NOUNS:    SECOND  DECLENSION.  —  PREPOSITIONS. 

17 •  Nouns  in  iiis  or  ium  generally  form  the  Genitive  Singular 
with  one  i,  while  the  accent  remains  unchanged  :  Cassi,  of  Cassius; 
,  fill,  of  the  son ;  consili,  of  counsel. 

IS,  Vocative  of  filius  a,nd  jtroper  names  in  iiis.  A.  &  G. 
40,  c:  A.  &  S.  9T  (5):  B.  128,  a:  B.  &  M.  G5 :  G,  29,  2  :  H.  51, 
5  :  C.  23,  3. 

19.  Use  of  in  and  sub.  A.  &  G.  152,  c:  A  &  S.  431  :  B.  179  : 
B.  &  M.  987,'  OSS:  G.  419 :  H.  435,  I.  :  C.  131,  3. 

20,  deus  —  stem  deo  —  is  declined  as  follows  : 

Singular.  Plural. 


Nom. 

deiis, 

del,  dii,  (K 

Gen. 

del, 

deorum,  deiim. 

Dat. 

deo, 

dels,  diis,  dis. 

Ace. 

deiim, 

deos. 

Voc. 

deiis. 

del,  du,  di. 

AbL 

deo, 

dels,  diis,  dis. 

VOCABULARY. 
Cassius,  i,  m. 

castruin,  i,  n.  fort;  pi.  camp. 


10  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


concilium,  i,  n. 

council,  assembly. 

consilium,  i,  n. 

counsel,  flan. 

deus,  1,  m.  (see  20), 

god. 

gquiis,  i,  m. 

horse. 

St,  conj. 

and. 

fiUiis,  i,  m. 

son. 

in,  prep.  w.  ace.  or  abl. 

into,  in. 

jugum,  i,  n. 

yoke. 

Liicius,  i,  m. 

Lucius. 

oppidiim,  i,  n. 

town. 

sub,  prep.  w.  ace.  or  abl.  under. 

Pronounce;  translate;  parse  the  nouns  gOTerned  by  prepositions. 

1.  Ad  deos  et^  deas.  2.  Cum  dels  et  deabiis.  3.  Ante 
ociilos  deoriim  et  dearum.  4.  In^  oppid5.  5.  In^  oppTdum. 
6.  In  castra^  Germanomm.  7.  Consili5*  deorum.  8.  Sine 
consiliis.  9.  In  concilio  Helvetiorum.  10.  Sub  jugum. 
11.  Cum  equis  et  cams.  12.  Ciim  equis  et  earns  Luci. 
13.  Filiiis  LticI  Cassi.  14.  Fill^  Luci  Cassi.  15.  Per  op- 
pida  Germanomm.^  16.  Germanomm^  oppida.  17.  Trans 
Eheniim  et  Ehodaniim.     18.  GenerLuci.     19.  Cassi.^ 

"Write  in  Liatin. 

1.  To  sons  and  daughters.  2.  With  sons  and  daughters. 
3.  Before  the  eyes  of  sons  and  daughters.  4.  Into^  the  towns 
of  the  Germans.  5.  In^  the  Germans^  camp.^  6.  Into  the 
council  of  the  Germans.  7.  By  the  plans  of  the  gods.  8.  0 
son^  of  Cassius.     9.  O  Cassius.^     10.  Under  the  yoke. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  St  is  a  conjunction  ;  conjunctions  connect  words  and  clauses  in  Latin 
as  in  English.  §t  connects  similar  constructions  ;  hence  deas  is  governed 
the  same  as  deos  by  ad. 

2  Observe  carefully  the  difference  in  meaning  between  in  used  with  the 
Accusative  and  in  used  with  the  Ablative, 

8  Observe  that  castrum  means  in  the  Singular  a  forty  but  in  the  Plural 
a  camp  (military  camp)  ;  a  Roman  camp  was  surrounded  by  a  trench  and 
a  rampart. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  11 

*  See  17. 

5  See  18  and  A.  &.  G.  341:  A.  &  S.  403:  B.  210,  Rule  VI.:  B.  &  M. 
974:  G.  194,  Rem.  3:  H.  369:  C.  120,  2. 

6  What  is  the  difference  between  oppida  GermanOrum  and  Germandriim 
oppida  ?    Ln.  III.,  Note  3. 


LESSON    VI. 

ADJECTIVES  :    FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS. 

21,    Learti  the  declension  of  bonus  (cariis).       A.    &  Q.  81  Z 

A.  tto  8.  143  :  B.  154 ;  155,  1  :  B.  &  M.  189;  190,  1  :  G.  15,  I.,  2  ; 
33:  H.  146-148  :  C   39. 

22*  Agreement  of  Adjectives.     A.  &  G.  186  :  A.  &  S.  332 : 

B.  266,  Rule  LL  :  B.  &  M.  650:  G.  285 :  H.  438:  C.  113,  1. 


VOCABULARY. 

bonus,  a,i  um,i 

good. 

cartis,  a,  um. 

dear,  beloved. 

exemplum,  i,  n. 
lacrima,  ae,  f. 

example, 
tear. 

magniis,  a,  um, 
maliis,  a,  iim. 

great,  big,  large, 
bad. 

multiis,  a,  um, 
parvus,  S,  um. 

much;  pi.  tnany. 

SW/lll. 

reliquiis,  S,  um, 
Romaniis,  a,  um. 

remaining. 
Roman. 

1  &  and  um  are  the  feminine  and  neuter  endings :  recite  as  if  it  wer^ 
printed  bonus,  bona,  boni5m. 

Pronounce ;  translate ;  parse  the  adjectives.^ 

1.  Yir  boniis^^  filia  bona,^  exemplum  boniira.  2.  Viri 
mail,  filiae^  malae^  exempla  mala.  3.  Ciim  fflia  cara. 
4.  Ciim  Mils*  carls.  5.  Gloria  magna  LiicT  CassT.*  6.  Ex- 
emplo  populT  EomanT.     7.   Multls  ciim  lacrimTs.     8.  PuerT 


12  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

multi  et  parvi.^  9.  OppTda  multa  ^  magna.  10.  Per  mul- 
tos  agros.  11.  In  reliqua  oppida.  12.  Amicus  populi 
Eomani.  13.  Cum  amicis  populi  Eomani.  14.  In  pr5vin- 
ciam  magnam.  15.  Carri  multi  et  parvi.  16.  In  templis 
magnis  Germanorum.  ^ 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Through  small^  fields.  2.  Through  small  towns. 
3.  Through  a  small  province.  4.  Through  the  remaining 
towns.  5.  The  friendship  of  the  Eoman"^  people.  6.  Many 
good  boys.^  7.  Many  beloved  daughters.  8.  Many  bad 
men.     9.  In  a  large  temple.     10.  With  many  friends. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Form  for  parsing  an  adjective,  — vir  boniis  :  boniis  is  an  adjective  of 
the  First  and  Second  Declensions  ;  Stems,  bono  and  bona  ;  declined,  W- 
nus,  bond,  bonttm ;  bonlj  bSnae,  bom;  b6nd,  bSnae,  b^no;  bMum,  bondm, 
bdnum;  bun's,  bSnd,  bdiium  ;  bdno,  bSnd,  bSno  ;  Plural,  b6m,  bdnae,  bSnd; 
bSnoruTTif  bSndrum,  bonorum;  bonis,  bonis,  bonis;  bonds,  bSnds,  b<ind ; 
bonl,  b6nae,  bond;  bdnls,  bSnis,  b^nls ;  it  is  in  the  Nominative  Singular 
Masculine  to  agree  with  its  noun  vir ;   rule  {22).     Repeat  the  rule. 

2  The  adjective  like  the  Genitive  follows  its  noun  unless  emphatic. 

3  What  irregularity  in  declension  have  dea  and  filia  ? 

4  What  irregularities  in  declension  have  f iliiis  and  Cassius  ?  {17  and  18) 
^  The  Romans  wrote  multi  St  parvi,  ma7iy  and  small;  the  English  write 

many  small,  without  the  conjunction. 

^  Notice  that  the  adjective  has  the  same  number,  gender,  and  case  as  its 
noun  (see  22). 

■^  In  the  Latin  expression  equivalent  to  Roman  people,  the  adjective 
always  follows  its  noun. 

LESSON    VII. 

ADJECTIVES  :    FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS  {contimied). 

23.  A.  &  G.  82:  A.  &  S.  143 :  B.  155,  2,  3  :  B.  &  M.  190,  2,  3: 
G.  34:  H.  149,  150:  C.  39. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  13 

24.  Genitive  in  iiis  and  Dative  in  i.  A.  &  G.  83,  a:  A.  &  S. 
145;  146  :  B.  155,  4,  Rem.  1  :  B.  &  M.  191:  G.  35,  Remaek  :  H. 
155,  1  :  C.  41. 

The  list  of  adjectives  having  their  Genitive  in  ius  and  Dative  in  i  should 
be  committed  to  memory. 

VOCABULARY, 

aeger,  aegra,  aegrum,  sick. 

S.Iius,  alia,  aliud,  other,  another. 

Iiber,  libera,  liberum,  free. 

miser,  misera,  miserum,  wretched. 

nulliis,  a,  um,  noKie,  tig. 

pulcher,  pulclir^  pulchrum,  beautiful, 

soliis,  ^,  um,  ahne. 

t^ner,  tenera,  tenerum,  tender,  delicate. 

totus,  a,  um,  whole,  entire. 

ullus,  a,  um,  any. 

uniis,  a,  um,  one. 

Pronoimce  ;  translate ;  parse  tlie  adjectives. 

1.  Cum  filiis  terieris.  2.  Ad  viros  aegros.^  3.  Ad  alios 
viros  aegros.  4.  Psr  agros  pulchros.  5.  Ab  Helvetiis  liberis. 
6.  Contra  legatum  niiseriim.  7.  Filiae  multae  et  pulchrae.^ 
8.  Flliarum  pulchrarum.  9.  Filiis  et  filiabiis  pulchris. 
10.  Yiri  multi  et  iniseri.  11.  Totis  castris.?  12.  Per  Hel- 
vetios  solos.  13.  Una  per  Helvetios  via.  14.  Alia*  viS 
nulla.  15.  Ulla  sine  causa.  16.  Alii  araico.  17.  Alii 
amici.  18.  Alius  amici.  19.  Unus  e  filiis^  Cassi.  20.  In^ 
aliud  ^  oppidum. 

Notes  and  Quesfions. 

1  How  does  filius  Cassi  differ  from  Cassi  filius  ?  (Ln.  III.,  Note  3). 
How  does  ad  viros  aegros  differ  from  &d  aegros  viros  ?  (Ln.  VI.,  Note  2). 

2  See  Ln.  VI.,  Note  5.  ^  See  Ln.  I.,  Note  5. 

*  What  is  the  Nominative  Neuter  Singular  of  alifis  ?  The  Genitive  Sin- 
gular ?    The  Dative  Singular  ? 

*  Translate  unus  e  filiis  as  if  it  read  unus  filioruro.- 

^  How  is  in  to  be  rendered  when  used  with  the  Ablative  ? 
'  What  adjectivi^s  have  their  Genitive  in  ius  and  Dative  in  i  ? 


14  FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN. 

LESSON   VIII. 

ADDITIONAL  EXERCISES. — APPOSITION. 

25.  Apjiositives.    A.  &  G.  183  :  A.  &  S.  324 :  B.  265,  Rule  L.  : 
B.  &  M.  e22:  G.  318;  319:  H.  359,  Note  2 ;  363 :  C.  113. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Sd  oppidiim  GenavSm  (appositive),  to  the  tmim  of  Geneva. 

2.  Titiis  liabieniis  legatus  (appositive),  Titus  LaUenus  the  lieu- 

tenant 


VOCABULARY. 

aedMcium,  i,  n. 

building,  edifice. 

arm&ji  oriiin,  n. 

arms,  weapons. 

Belgae,  arum,  m. 

the  Belgae, 

copi^  ae,  f. 

plenty;  pL  troops. 

Gains,  ae,  f. 

Gaul. 

liabieniis,  i,  m. 

Labienus. 

l5cfis,2i,Tn. 

pkLce, 

maturiis,  a,  um. 

ripe. 

pSriciiliiin,  i,  n. 

danger. 

privatiis,  a,  um. 

private. 

SequSni,  oriim,  m. 

the  Sequani. 

Titus,  i,  m. 

Titus. 

victoriS,  ae,  f. 

victory. 

J  armft,  like  the  English  arms,  is  used  only  in  the  plural. 

*  15oiis  is  hoth  masculine  and  neuter  in  the  plural  and  is  declined  in  that 
number  as  follows:  Nom.,  I6ci  and  I6cd;  Gen.,  Ucor^m;  Dat.,  Ucls;  Ace, 
Ucos  and  Ucd;  Voc,  Itici  and  Uca  ;  Abl.,  I6cis. 

Pronounce;  translate;  parse  tbe  nonns  which  are  in  apposition  or  gov- 
erned by  prepositions,  and  the  adjectives. 

1.  Ad  'Ktiiin^Labieniim  legatiim.^  2.  Cum  filiabiis^  pixl- 
chris  TYti  LSbieni  legati.  3.  Per  agr5s  magnos  Tiii  Labieni 
legati.  4.  Ex  oppido  Genava.^  5.  In  oppidiim  Genavam. 
6.  Magno  ctim  periciilo.  7.  Reliqua  privata  aedificia. 
8.  Frumentiim  matiiriim  m  agris.    9.  Copia  fmmenti  maturi 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  15 

in  agris.  10.  In  Galliam,  in  Gallia.  11.  Ex^  Gallia^  a^ 
Gallia.  12.  Victoria  magna  Sequanorum.  13.  Cum  copiis 
Belgariim.  14.  Trans  Ehodanum^  m  Galliam.  15.  Per 
multa  loca. .  16.  Periculum  deoriim  et  deariim.  17.  Nulla 
victoria  sine  armis. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  Through  the  entire  town.  2.  Through  the  entire  town 
of  Geneva.^  3.  Into  the  province  of  Gaul.  4.  With  the 
troops  of  Titus  Labienus  the  lieutenant.  5.  The  remaining 
private  wagons.  6.  Into  no  place.  7.  In  one  place.  8.  With 
many  dangers.  9.  With  many  sons  and  daughters.  10.  The 
Sequani  alone. 

I  Notes  and  Questions. 

1  What  are  the  general  rules  for  gender?  {6)  What  is  the  gender  of 
nouns  of  the  First  Declension  ?  (»)     Of  the  Second  Declension  ?  (14) 

2  What  irregular  case-endings  have  dea  and  filia  ?  (11) 

3  See  25  and  Example  1. 

*  e,  ex  signifies  out  of,  from,  in  the  sense  of  from  within  a  place  ;  &,  ab, 
from,  in  the  sense  of  from  near  a  place. 

5  Which  syllable  of  Ehedanus  takes  the  accent  ?  Why  ?  (4)  Which  of 
Sequani  ? 

6  With  which  cases  are  prepositions  used  in  Latin  ?  Which  prepositions 
are  used  only  with  the  Ablative  ?  AVhich  with  b«th  the  Ablative  and  Accu- 
sative ?  When  are  in  and  siib  used  with  the  Ablative  ?  When  with  the 
Accusative  ?    (16,  19) 


1  See  A.  &  G.  184. 


oJ<>^o 


LESSON   IX. 

VERBS  :    PRELIMINARY  DEFINITIONS. 

26*  Learn  the  following  definitions  ^vhen  they  are  given  in  the 
grammar  :  Use  of  the  Verb  ;  Transitive  and  Intransitive  Verbs ; 
Active  Voice;  Use  of  the  Indicative  Mood;  Use  of  the  Present 
Tense  ;   Person  and  Number ;   Conjugation. 


16  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

A.  &  G.  108,  a-d;  111;  121;  132,  a;  264;  276.  •"*^--^ 

A.  &S   190-193;  198(1);  201;  208;  217,  a,  6  ;  461. 

B.  26 ;  41,  6 :  43 ;  44 ;  57 ;  63 ;  68 ;  292,  Rule  LYL 

B.  &  M.  258;  259,  1-3;  262;  266;  270;  271;  272;  1079; 
1080. 

G.  15,  IIL;  109;  204;  245;  246;  218;  116;  117. 
H.  192;  193;  194;  195,  L;  474;  466;  199;  201. 

C.  64;  188;  66,  1,  or  189. 


LESSON    X. 

VERBS  :    FIRST  CONJUGATION. 

27 •  Persofial  Enditigs  of  the  Active  Voice  and  Stem, 
A.  &  G.  21;  116,  Sing.,  Plur.  :  A.  &  S.  55;  209;  213  (1)  :  B. 
64,  a;  69:  B.  &  M.  833,  Active  Voice  ;  274:  G.  Ill :  H.  247, 

PERSON.,  ACT.,  MEANING  ;   250  :  C.  pp.  102,  104. 

28.  The  Present  Stem  ^  is  found  in  the  Present  Infinitive  Ac- 
tive by  dropping  the  ending  re  in  the  First,  Second,  and  Fourth  Con- 
jugations, and  ere  in  the  Third  :  e.  g.  PUTlre  is  a  Present  Infinitive 
Active  and  puta  its  Present  Stem  ;  so  dig  from  Dicere. 

29.  Learn  the  conjugation  ^  and  meanings  of  the  Present  Indicative 
Active  of  amo.  A.  &  G.  128  :  A.  &  S.  222  :  B.  74  :  B.  &  M.  282  .• 
G.  119 :  H.  205;  247,  1  :  C.  74. 

30.  Observe  that  the  Present  Indicative  Active  of  the  First  Con- 
jugation is  conjugated  by  annexing  the  Personal  Endings  {27)  to  the 
Present  Stem  {28) ;  also  that  the  first  person  singular  takes  the  termi- 
nation 6,  which  absorbs. the  final  stem- vowel  a. 

VOCABULARY. 

Smo,  amarS,  love.^ 

convoco,  convocare,  call  together,  summon. 

confirmo,  confirmarS,  establish,  strengthen. 

Importo,  importare,  bring  in,  import. 

occupo,  occiipare,  seize,  occupy. 

vasto,  vastare,  lay  waste,  devastate. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  3  7 

Pronounce;  translate;  inflect  the  verbs  and  give  their  elements.^ 

1.  Importas/  importatis^  importamiis.  2.  Amamus, 
amant,  amat.  3.  Convoco,  convocas^  convocat.  4.  Convo- 
camiis^  convocatis^  convocant.  5.  Confirrnant,  confirmatis, 
confirmamus.  6.  Confirmat^  confirmas^  confirmo.  7.  Oc- 
ciipO^  amas,  importat.  8.  Importo^  amatis,  occupant. 
9.  Occiipamiis,  importatis,  Smb.  10.  Occupas,  occupat, 
occupatis. 

Write  in  L.atin. 

1.  I  am  importing,  you  are  establishing^!  lie  is  loving. 
2.  We  occupy,  you  summon,  they  devastate.  3.  We  do 
import,  you  do  devastate,  they  do  summon.  4.  I  devastate, 
you  devastate,  he  devastates.  5.  We  are  devastating,  you  are 
devastating,  they  are  devastating. 

Nofes  and  Questions. 

1  The  Present  Stem  is  named  The  First  Stem  in  some  grammars ;  in 
others,   The  First  Boot. 

2  The  conjugation  of  a  verb  is  the  change  made  in  its  ending  to  express 
voice,  mood,  tense,  person,  and  number. 

3  Only  the  general  meaning  of  the  verb,  without  reference  to  person, 
number,  mood,  tense,  or  voice  will  be  given  in  the  Vocabularies.  The 
special  meanings  can  be  learned  with  aid  of  the  grammar. 

*  The  elements  of  a  verb  in  the  present  tense  are  the  stem  and  personal 
ending :  e.  g.  amamiis  has  the  stem  S,ma,  signifying  love^  and  the  personal 
ending  mtls,  signifying  we. 

s  importas  may  be  rendered  you  are  importing,  you  do  import,  or  you 
import ;  translate  each  verb  the  three  ways. 

6  What  is  the  Present  Stem  of  putS-rS  ?  What  does  the  personal  ending 
nt  signify  ?  miis  ?  s  ?  tis  ?  Define  the  Indicative  Mood.  The  Active  Voice. 
The  Present  Tense.     How  is  the  Present  Stem  found  ?  [28) 


13  FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

LESSON   XI. 

THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 

31.  A.  &G.  ITI;  ITS;  180;  181:  A.  &  S.  309-311:  B.  203, 
a-g:  B.  &  M.  616,  1,  4-10;  618-620:  G.  192;  193:  H.  346; 
347;  350;  356,  1,  2  ;  358;  360  :  C.  107;  108;  108,  1,  2,  3,  6. 

32.  Subject  Nominative.  A.  &  G.  173  :  A.  &  S.  316  :  B.  205, 
Rule  L  :  B.  &  M.  68S:  G.  194:  H.  368:  C.  109. 

33.  Agreement  of  Verb.  A.  &  G.  204  :  A.  &  S.  316  :  B.  287, 
Rule  LV.  :  B.  &  M.  634:  G.  202:  H.  460  :  C.  110,  1. 

34.  Direct  Object.  A.  &  G.  237:  A.  &  S.  392:  B.  212, 
Rule  VIL  :  B.  &  M.  712 :  G.  329 :  H.  371 :  C.  121,  1. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Puer  (subject)  ^m^t  (predicate),  the  boy  loves. 

2.  Titus  concilium  1  (direct  object)  convocat,  Titus  summons  a 

council. 

VOCABULARY. 

de,  prep.  w.  abl.,  down  from,  concerning,  for. 

expugn§,  expugnare,  storm,  capture. 

Gallus,  1,  m.  a  Gaul. 

imperium,  i,  n.  empire,  supreme  pmjoer. 

pugnS,  pugnarg,  fiyht,  contend. 

Romaniis,  i,  m.  a  Roman, 

serviis,  i,  m.  slave. 

vex5,  vexarg,  disturb,  harass. 

Pronounce ;   translate ;   name  the  subject  and  predicate ;   conjusrate  the 
verbs;  parse  the  nouns  and  adjectives. 

1.  Cassius^  oppidtim^  expugnat.^  2.  Helvetii  oppidum 
expugnant.  3.  Galli  totiim^  oppidum  occupant.  4.  GallT 
multa  oppida  occiipant.  5.  Sequam  agios  vastant.  6.  Agios 
pulchios  vastamus.^  7.  Agios  magnos  vastas.  8.  Cassius 
conciliiim^  convocat.     9.  Geimani  Gallos  vexant.     10.  Eo- 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  19 

mam  oppidum  Genavam®  expugnant.  11.  Titus  Labienus 
legatiis  oppidum  occupat.  12.  Eomani  de  imperi5^  pugnant. 
13.  De  imperio  puguamus.     14.  De  imperio  pugnatis. 

Write  in  I<atin. 

1.  The  slave  fights.  2.  The  slav^  are  fighting.^^  3.  The 
Gauls  are  storming  the  town.^  4.  The  Gauls  storm  many 
towns.  5.  The  Helvetii  are  laying  waste  the  fields.  6.  The 
Gauls  fight  for  empire.  7.  The  Germans  occupy  the  town  of 
Geneva.  8.  Cassius  the  legate  summons  a  large  council. 
9.   We  occupy  the  entire  town. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Observe  that  in  a  Latin  sentence  the  subject  stands  first,  the  verb 
last,  and  the  object  between. 

2  See  32  and  Ln.  IV.,  Note  1.  »  See  34. 
*  Why  is  ezpugnat  in  the  third  person  singular  ?  {33) 

6  See  24  and  22.  Which  adjectives  have  their  Genitive  in  lils  and 
Dative  in  i? 

^  The  subject  of  a  verb  in  the  first  and  secmid  person  is  generally  expressed 
by  the  personal  ending  alone ;  hence  vast&mas  includes  both  the  simple 

subject  and  the  simple  predicate  :  ^^^^  ^g 

7  See  17.  8  See  2S. 

9  See  16.  10  See  Ln.  X.,  Notb  6. 


LESSON    XII. 

VERBS :     FIRST     CONJUGATION.  —  IMPERFECT     AND     FUTURE 

TENSES. 

SS»  Leam  the  Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative  Active  of  SmS. 
A.  &  G.  118  (for  endings)  ;  128  (for  conjugation)  :  A.  &  S.  233; 
224  1,  2:  B.  72,  Indicative;  74:  B.  &  M.  282:  G.  Ill,  1-3; 
119:  H.  205;  247,  1  ;  243:  C.  p.  102  (for  endings);  p.  76  (for 
conjugation). 


20  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

3Sm    Use  of  the  Imperfect  and  Future  Tenses.     A.  &  G. 

277;  278:  A.  &  S.  461;  464:  B.   57:  B.  &  M.  1087 ;  1090;  G. 
223;  234:  H.  468;  470:  C.  66,  2,  3. 

37*  Observe  that  the  same  Stem  and  Personal  Endings  are  used 
in  the  conjugation  of  the  linperfect  and  Future  as  in  the  Present ; 
that  between  these,  however,  there  is  a  Tense-Sign,  ba  in  the  Imper- 
fect and  bi  in  the  Future  ;  that  the  first  singular  of  the  Future  has 
the  termination  o,  like  the  Present ;  that  in  the  third  plural  of  the 
Future  u  takes  the  place  of  i. 

VOCABULARY. 

Aquileia,  ae,  f.  Aquileia. 

Aq[uitania,  ae,  f.  Aquitania. 

At^uitani,  orum,  m.  the  Aquitani. 

circum,  prep.  w.  ace.  around,  near. 

Helvetius,  a,  iim,  of  the  Helvetii, 

h.VSTn6,  hiemare,  pass  the  winter, 

Biiper5,  siiperarg,  overcome, 

PronoTmce;  translate;  coxgnsate  tlie  verbs  and  give  their  elenientg.i 

1.  Titus  regnum  occiipat.  2.  TKtus  regnum  occupabat. 
3.  Titus  regnum  occiipabit.  4.  E^gnuin  occiipabainiis. 
5.  Eegnum  occiipabiiniis.  6.  Eegnum  occiipabS.  7.  Co- 
piae^  circiim  Aquileiam^  hiemabant.  8.  Aquitani  circum 
Genavam  hiemabunt.  9.  Aquitanos  siiperabis.  10.  Eomani 
Helvetios  stiperabunt.  11.  Galli  multa  loca*  in  Aquitania^ 
occupant.     12.  Multi  Germani  agros  Helvetios  vastabant. 

Write  in  I<atin. 

1.  We  are  overcoming,  we  were  overcoming,  we  shall  over- 
come. 2.  You  are  storming,  you  were  storming,  you  will 
storm.  3.  Titus  will  storm  the  town.  4.  Titus  was  storming 
the  town.  5.  Titus  storms  many  towns.  6.  The  Romans 
will  pass  the  winter  near  Aquileia.  7.  The  Aquitani  are 
passing  the  winter  near  Geneva.  8.  The  Gauls  were  fighting 
for^  empire.     9.  The  Eomans  fight  for  glory. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  21 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  The  elements  of  a  verb  in  the  Imperfect  and  Future  Tenses  are  (he  stem, 
tense-sign^  personal  ending :  e.  g.  „         ,  „  ^„    has  the  Stem  am&,  love;  the 

Future  Tense-Sign  bi,  vnll;  the  Personal  Ending  tis,  you, 

2  What  meaning  has  cdpiae  in  the  Singular  1    Ln.  VIII.,  Vy. 

8  See  12.  *  Decline  Idea.     Ln.  VIII.,  Vy.,  2. 

5  See  19. 

^  For,  in  the  sense  of  amceming,  about,  is  to  he  rendered  by  d6. 

7  How  is  the  Present  Stem  found  ?  (28)  Remember  that  the  Present 
Stem  and  the  tenses  formed  upon  it  —  Present,  Imperfect,  Future  —  denote 
incomplete  action. 


LESSON  XIII. 

MODIFIERS    OF    THE    SUBJECT    AND    PREDICATE;     DATIVE    OF     4 
INDIRECT  OBJECT;    GENITIVE  WITH  NOUNS. 

38.  Modifiers.  A.  &  G.  178,  a,  h;  179:  B.  288,  a:  B.  Sd  M. 
1401y  1-4;  1405,  II.,  1-4  :  H.  357,  I  ;  359,  Note  I  ;  361,  1  : 
C.  108,  5. 

39.  Itidirect  Object.  A.  &  G.  224:  A.  &  S.  374,(2):  B. 
239,  Rule  XXVIII.  :  B.  &  M.  SIS;  S19:  G.  344:  H.  384,  I., 
II.  :  C.  149;  150. 

40.  Genitive  tvitli  Nouns.  A.  &  G.  213 :  A.  &  S.  351 :  B.  226; 
230,  Rule  XIX.:  B.  &  M.  7S1:  G.  357;  358;  360:  H.  395: 
C.  133. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Utas  liSbienus  legatus  consilia  Gallorum  enunci^V  Titus 

Labienus  the  lieutenant  reports  the  plans  of  the  Gauls. 

2.  Cassius  Tito  fniam  in  matrimonium  dat,^  Cassius  gives  to 

Titus  a  daughter  in  marriage. 

Notes  on  the  Examples. 

1  Of  this  sentence,  Titus  Labienus  is  the  subject  and  is  modified  by  Ifigft- 

tas,  an  appositive  ;  consilia  Galldmm  ennnciat  is  the  predicate  and  is  made 

up  of  the  verb  gnunciat  and  its  modifier  consilia,  a  direct  object ;  consilia 

is  modified  by  Galldrnm,  a  genitive,     G.  284,  I.,  II.,  Rem.  ;  326,  I.,  II. 


2S5  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

2  Of  this  sentence,  Cassius  is  the  subject  and  is  not  modified  ;  Tito  f  iliam 
in  matrimdnium  dat  is  the  predicate,  and  is  made  up  of  the  verb  dat  and 
its  modifiers,  viz  :  Tito,  an  indirect  object ;  filiam,  a  direct  object ;  and 
in  matrimonium,  a  phrase. 

VOCABULARY. 

d6,  dSrS,  give. 

enuncio,  enunciarS,  report. 

matrimonium,  i,  n.  marriage. 

in  matrimonium  dSre,  to  give  in  marriage. 

Pronoiince;  translate;  analyze;!  conjugate  the  verbs;  parse  tlie  noons 
and  adjectives. 

1.  Cassius 2  consilia  Belgarum^  enunciabit.  2.  E5manis* 
consilia  Belganim  enunciabit.  3.  Titus  filiam  in^  niatrim5- 
nimn  dabit.^  4.  Legato  filiam  in  matrimonium  dabit. 
5.  Legatis  filias  m  matrimonium  damns.  6.  Helvetii  multa 
loca  in  Aquitania  occupant.  7.  Cassius  concilium  Eomano- 
rum  convocat.  8.  Deos"^  et  deas^  m  templa  convocSt. 
9.  Eomani  oppida  multa  et  magna^  expugnabant.  10.  Ami- 
citiam  cum  Helvetiis  confirmant.  11.  Totum^^  oppTdum 
uUo^^  sine  perTculo  occiipabitis.  12.  Galli  agros  multos  et 
pulchros^  m  Aquitania  vastabunt. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

^  To  analyze  a  simple  sentence  is  to  name  its  subject  and  predicate ;  the 
modifiers  of  the  subject,  if  any  ;  the  verb,  and  its  modifiers,  if  any ;  see 
Notes  on  the  Examples. 

2  What  is  the  Genitive  and  Vocative  of  Cassius  ?  (17  and  18) 

8See40.  ^  See  39. 

^  A  preposition  with  its  noun  is  a  Phrase  ;  when  the  Phrase  limits  a  verb, 
as  in  this  sentence,  it  is  an  Adverbial  Phrase  ;  when  it  limits  a  noun,  as  in 
sentence  6,  it  is  an  Adjective  Phrase. 

6  Observe  that  in  d9  the  characteristic  a  is  short ;  in  the  other  verbs  of 
the  First  Conjugation  it  is  long. 

7  See  20.  8  See  11. 
9  See  Ln.  VI.,  Note  5.                                 ^^  See  24. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


23 


LESSON   XIV. 

VERBS  ;     FIRST   CONJUGATION  :     PERFECT,    PLUPERFECT,    AND 
FUTURE  PERFECT  TENSES. 


4:1»  Learn  the  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative 
Active  of  Smo.  A.  &  G.  118  ;  128:  A.  &  S.  210;  213  (2);  222; 
224  (5) :  B.  T5 :  B.  &  M.  282 :  G.  120 :  H.  205 ;  243,  Tense- 
Signs  of  Plup.  and  F.  Perp.;  24T,  1,  2  :  C.  p.  102;  pp.  76,  77. 

4:2,  Use  of  the  JPluperfect  and  Future  Perfect  Tenses. 
A.  &  G.  280  ;  281 :  A.  &  S.  462  (2),  (3)  :  B.  57:  B.  &  M.  1090,- 
i098:  G.  233;  236:  If.4T2;  473:  C.  194 ;  195. 

4:3*  WJiat  are  the  two  uses  of  the  Perfect  Indicative  ? 
A.  &  G.  115,  c;  279:  A.  &  S.  462  (1):  B.  60  :  B.  &  M.  1092; 
i093  :  G.  226  ;  227 ;  231  :  H.  471,  I.,  II.  :  C.  66,  4. 

44,  The  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative  Active 
of  every  verb,  whatever  its  conjugation  may  be,  are  conjugated  like 
the  same  tenses  of  amo-  These  tenses  are  formed  on  the  Perfect  Stem 
and  denote  completed  accion. 

45.  The  Perfe<^  Stem  is  found  in  the  Perfect  Indicative  Active 
by  dropping  the  ending  I :  e.  g.  Perfect  Indicative  vastavi.  Perfect 
Stem  VASTAV. 


VOCABULARY. 

confirmo, 

confirmare. 

confirmavi,! 

establish^  strengthen. 

conv5c6. 

convocare. 

convocavi. 

call  together,  summon. 

do, 

dare. 

dgdi,4 

give. 

expugnO, 

expugnare. 

expugnavi. 

stormy  capture. 

hiemO, 

hiemare. 

hiemavi. 

pass  the  winter. 

occiipO, 

occup^re. 

occiipavi. 

seize,  occupy. 

Rom^,  ae, 

f. 

Rome. 

supero, 

siiperare, 

siiperavi. 

overcome,  subdue. 

vasto. 

vastare. 

vastavi. 

lay  waste,  devastate. 

vex6, 

vexare. 

vexavi. 

disturb,  harass. 

1  In  this  Vocabulary  the  First  Person  Singular  of  the  Present  Indicative 
Active,  the  Present  Infinitive  Active,  and  the  First  Person  Singular  of  the 
Perfect  Indicative  Active  are  given. 


24  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Pronounce;  translate;  conjugrate  and  give  a  synopsis i  of  the  Indicative 
Mood  of  each  verh. 

1.  Cassius  multos  agros  vastavit.^  2.  Concilium  Gallorum 
convocavero.^  3.  Galli  totum  oppidum  occupaverant.  4.  Hel- 
vetii  castra  occupaverint.  5.  Eomani  agrum  Helvetium  vas- 
taverunt.^  6.  Amicitiam  ciim  Eomanis  conflrmaverit.  7.  Co- 
piae  circiiin  Eomam  hiemavere.^  8.  Cassius  Tito  filiam  in 
inatrimonium  dedit.^  9.  Eomani  Helvetios  vexaverunt.^ 
10.  Sequani  Germanos  siiperaverunt.^  11.  Circum  Eomam 
hiSmaverant.     12.  Oppidum  Aquileiam  occupavi. 

"Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  The  Aquitani  have  stormed  the  town.  2.  The  Aquitani 
wiU  have  stormed  the  town.  3.  The  Aquitani  had  stormed 
the  town.  4.  I  have  given  a  daughter  in  marriage.  5.  I  had 
given  a  daughter  in  marriage.  6.  I  shall  have  given  a 
daughter  in  marriage.  7.  I  gave  a  daughter  in  marriage  to 
the  son  of  Cassius.  8.  You  have  summoned  a  council  of 
Eomans.     9.  You  had  summoned  a  council  of  Eomans. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  A  Synopsis  of  the  Indicative  Mood  consists  of  the  First  Person  Singular 
of  each  tense  :  e.  g.  the  synopsis  of  vastavit  is  vasto^  vastdbam,  vastdbo,  vas- 
tdvl,  vastdv^drrif  vastdvh'o. 

2  Translate  each  Perfect  in  accordance  with  both  its  uses  :  Cassius  vas- 
tavit, Cassius  has  laid  waste,  and  Cassius  laid  waste.     (See  43) 

8  Which  tenses  are  formed  on  the  Perfect  Stem  and  what  action  do  they 
denote  ?  (44)  Which  are  formed  on  the  Present  Stem  and  what  action  do 
they  denote  ?  (Ln.  XII.,  Note  7.)  The  Phiperfect  denotes  that  an  action 
is  completed  in  what  time  ?  {42)  The  Future  Perfect  ?  The  Present  Tense 
denotes  that  an  action  is  going  on  in  what  time  ?  (20)  The  Imperfect 
Tense  ?  {36)    The  Future  Tense  ?    Give  the  elements  of  each  verb  in  the 

Pluperfect  and  Future  Perfect  Tenses  :  e.  g.  /mav-^rl-tlf  ^^^  *^®  "^^r^Qt 
Stem  amav,  loved;  the  Pluperfect  Tense-Sign  Sra,  had;  the  Personal  End- 
ing nt,  they. 

4  See  Ln.  XIII.,  Note  6 ;  observe  that  the  Perfect  stem  of  da  is  dgd,  not 
day. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  25 

LESSON    XV. 

VERBS  :    FIRST  CONJUGATION  :    IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 

4:6*  Learn  the  Imperative  Mood,  Active  Voice,  of  am6  and  its 
meanings.  A.  &  G.  128;  118,  for  personal  endings:  A.  &  S.  213 
(3)  ;  222  :  B.  74,  a  ;  64,  h,  for  pers.  endings :  B.  &  M.  282 :  G.  119 : 
H.  205;  247,  3,  for  pers.  endings:  C.  p.  77  ;  p.  104  for  pers.  endings. 

47»  Use  of  the  Iwixterative.  A.  &  G.  269  :  A.  &  S.  527  :  B. 
312,  KULE  LXXL  :  B.  &  M.  lllO:  G.  259  :  H.  487:  C.  247,  1,  2. 

VOCABULARY.  , ,    , 

Sviis,  1,  m.  grandfather, 

Divitiacus,  i,  m.  Divitiacus, 

juvo,  juvare,  juvi,  help,  aid, 

maturo,  maturare,  maturavi,  make  haste,  hasten, 

natura,  ae,  f.  nature. 

nuncid,  nunciare,  nunciavi,  announce, 

proelium,  i,  n.  battle, 

socer,  soceri,  m.  father-in-law, 

vit6,  vitare,  vitavi,  avoid,  shun. 

vocO,  vocare,  vocavi,  call. 

Pronounce;    translate;    parse  the  Nouns;    conjugate  the  Imperatives 
and  give  the  rule  for  their  use.    {47) 

1.  Jiiva,^  matura^  nuncip,.     2.  Jiivato,  maturato,  nunciato. 

3.  Jiivate,  maturate,  nunciate.    4.  Yita,  Divitiace,^  proelium. 

5.  Vita,  O  ave,^  perTculum.     6.  Date,  virl,  Eomanis*  arma.^ 

7.  Voca,  socer,  pueros.  8.  Matura,  Cassi,®  Tito^  nunciare. 
9.  Matiirate,  viri,  oppidum  expugnare.  10.  Yastate  agros. 
11.  Yastate  multos  agros.     12.  Yastate  totam  provinciam. 

"Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Call  the  men.     2.  Help  the  boys.     3.  Shun  the  danger. 

4.  Avoid  a  battle,  Divitiacus.    5.  Summon  a  council,  Cassius. 

6.  Call  the  men,  my  grandfather.     7.  Announce  to  Cassius. 

8.  Make  haste  to  announce  to  Divitiacus.  9.  Men,  give  arms 
to  the  Belgae.     10.  Import  corn. 


^6  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Observe  that  the  Personal  Endings  are  added  to  the  Present  Stem  (28.); 
that  the  Second  Person  Singular  of  the  Present  is  the  same  in  form  as  the 
Present  Stem ;  that,  like  the  English,  the  Latin  Imperative  has  no  First 
Person. 

2  See  Ln.  v..  Note  5. 

8  0  ave,  0  grandfather,  or  my  grandfaiher.  *  See  39, 

6  See  Ln.  VIIL,  Vy.  6  ggg  is. 

What  is  the  Present  Stem  of  each  verb  in  the  lesson  ?  The  Perfect 
Stem  ?  Which  Stem  is  used  in  the  Imperative  ?  Does  the  Imperative  then 
denote  incomplete  or  completed  action  ?  What  are  the  Personal  Endings  of 
the  Imperative  ? 


LESSON    XVI. 

VERBS:    INFINITIVES,   PARTICIPLES,  GERUND,  AND  SUPINE. 

4:8,  Learn  the  Active  Infinitives  and  Participles,  the  Gerund  and 
Supine  of  Smo.  A.  &  G.  118  ;  128,  page  93  ;  289  :  A.  &  S.  214  ; 
222,  page  108  :  B.  51 ;  53,  a-d;  65  ;  66  ;  72  ;  74,  a  ;  75  :  B.  <&  M. 
2G4:ylY,',  235;  282:  G.  110;  119;  120:  H.  200,  I. -IV. ;  205; 
248,  Active  :  C.  p.  104  ;  pp.  77,  78. 

49,  Principal  Parts  {Stem  Forms).  A.  &  G.  122,  h:  A.  & 
S.  220,  Note:  B.  73:  B.  &  M  275:  G.  118:  H.  202;  203; 
220,  CoNJ.  L  :  C.  69. 

50,  The  Supine  Stem  is  found  in  the  Supine  in  iiin  by  drop- 
ping the  iim :  e.  g.  cuRATiim  is  a  Supine  in  iim  and  curat  its 
Supine  Stem. 

51*  Each  Verb  has  regularly  three  Stems,  the  Present  (28),  the 
Perfect  (45),  and  the  Supine  (50).  Name  the  three  Stems  of  each 
verb  in  the  following  Vocabulary. 

VOCABULARY.^ 

^mo,  are,  avi,  atum,^  love. 

cur6,  arg,  avi,  atuiii,^  care  for. 

v/dS,  dare,^  dedi,  datuin,^  give. 

Chiivd,  jiivarg,  juvi,  jutum,  help,  aid. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

ngg5. 

arg. 

avi, 

atum. 

deny. 

pugnS, 

arg. 

avi. 

atiim. 

fig^t 

vasto. 

are. 

avi. 

atiim. 

lay  waste,  devastate. 

vex6. 

are. 

avi. 

atum. 

disturb,  harass. 

VOCS, 

are. 

avi. 

atum. 

call 

Noies  and  Questions. 

27 


1  The  Principal  Parts  (49)  will  be  given  hereafter  in  the  Vocabularies ; 
these  Parts  should  always  be  learned. 

2  Most  verbs  of  the  First  Conjugation  form  their  Perfect  and  Supine  like 
&mo.  To  form  the  Principal  Parts  let  arS,  avi,  atum  take  the  place  of 
final  0  in  the  Present  Indicative  Active  :  e.  g.  euro,  curarg,  curavi,  curatum. 

»  See  Ln.  XIII.,  Note  6. 

How  many  Infinitives  has  each  verb  in  the  Active  Voice  ?  On  which 
Stem  is  each  formed  ?  Name  the  Infinitives  of  do,  curd,  juvo,  and  vasto. 
What  is  the  Ending  of  each  Infinitive  ?  On  which  Stems  are  the  Active 
Participles  formed  ?  What  is  the  Ending  of  each  Participle  ?  What  is  the 
Future  Active  Participle  of  do,  n^go,  pugno  ?  What  is  the  Present  Parti- 
ciple of  each  ?  On  which  Stem  is  the  Gerund  formed  ?  Form  and  decline 
the  Gerund  of  do  and  cto5.    What  are  the  Endings  of  the  Supine  ? 


LESSON   XVII. 

USE  OF  THE  INFINITIVE. 

5*^.  Infinitive  as  Object.  A.  &  G.  272 :  A.  &  S.  533  (1)  : 
B.  315,/r  B.  &  M.  114S:  G.  527:  H.  534:  C.  237. 

53.  Subject  of  the  Infinitive.  A.  &  G.  240,  /:  A.  &  S. 
530  :  B.  225,  EuLE  XVI.  :  B.  &  M.  11S6:  Q.  526,  second  part: 
H.  536  :  C.  109,  3. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Dicit  Romanos^  oppidum^   expugnarS,^  he  says  (that*)  the 

Romans*  are  storming*  the  town. 

2.  Dicit  Romanos  oppidiim  expugnavissS,  he   says  (that)   the 

Romans  have  stormed  the  town ;  or  he  says  {that)  the  RoTnayis 
stormed  the  town. 


28 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


3.  Dicit  R5inan5s  oppTdum  expugnatur5s^  essS,  he  says  (that) 
the  RoTnans  are  about  to  storm  the  toion ;  or  he  says  (that)  the 
Eomans  will  storm  the  town. 

Notes  on  the  Examples. 
1  See  S3.  2  ggg  34^ 

8  The  whole  expression  Eomanos  oppidum  ezpugnare  is  the  Direct  Ob- 
ject of  dicit  (see  S2). 

*  Observe  that  the  Infinitive  ezpugnarS  is  translated  by  the  Indicative 
are  storming ;  the  Subject  Accusative  Bomanos,  by  the  Subject  Nomina- 
tive the  Eomans  ;  and  the  Conjunction  that  is  supplied. 

s  Observe  that  the  Participle  of  the  Future  Infinitive  Active  agrees  with 
the  Subject  of  the  Infinitive  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 


VOCABULARY. 

Aedui,  oriim,  m. 

the  Aedui. 

Ariovistiis, 

i,  m. 

Ariovistus, 

demonstrOy 

arg. 

avi. 

atum,! 

shoWj  declare. 

dicit. 

he  says. 

existimS, 

arg. 

avi. 

atiim. 

think,  suppose. 

nSgo, 

arg. 

avi. 

atiim. 

deny. 

nunci6, 

are. 

avi. 

atiim. 

announce. 

piita. 

are, 

avi. 

atiim. 

think. 

Pronounce;  translate;  parse  tlie  Nouns  and  Infinitives. 

1.  Dlcit^  Eomanos  Helvetios  vexare.^  2.  Putat  Eomanos 
Helvetios  vexavisse.  3.  Nmiciat  Eomanos  Helvetios  vexa- 
turos  esse.  4.  Existimat  Ariovistiim  regniim  in  Gallia  occu- 
paturum  esse.  5.  TTtiis  existimat  Ariovistiim  regniim  in 
Gallia  occiipavisse.  6.  Ariovistiis  nimciat  Germanos  agriim 
Helvetiiim  vastaturos  esse.  7.  Dicit  Eomanos  friimentum 
importare.  8.  Existimat  Helvetios  friimentiim  importatiiros 
esse.  9.  Dicit  Gallos  friimentiim  Eomanis*  datiiros  esse. 
10.  Dicit  Aeduos  Eomanis*  arma  datiiros  esse 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  He  sajs^  (that^)  the  Sequani  are  about  to  harass  the 
Helvetii.     2.   He  says  (that)  the  Germans  are  laying  waste 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  29 

the  Helvetian  territory.  3.  Titus  thinks  (that)  the  Eomans 
will  give  corn  to  the  Aedui.  4.  Titus  thinks  (that)  the 
Eomans  are  importing  corn.  5.  He  says  (that)  Cassius  has 
summoned  a  council  of  Eomans.  6.  He  announces  (that)  the 
Aquitani  have  stormed  the  towns. 

Notes. 

^  The  verbs  in  this  Yy.  may  have  as  Object  an  Infinitive  with  its  Sub- 
ject Accusative. 

2  Study  carefully  the  Examples  and  Notes  on  the  Examples  before 
attempting  to  translate  the  sentences. 

3  Form  for  parsing  an  Infinitive.  — -  vexarS  is  a  Transitive  {26)  Verb  ; 
Principal  Parts  (49),  vexh,  vexdr^,  vexdvi,  vexdtum ;  Stems,  vexa  {28\ 
vexav  {45),  VEXAT  (50) ;  Infinitives  of  the  Active  Voice,  vexdr^,  vexdviss^, 
vexdturus  ess^ ;  it  is  made  in  the  Present  Infinitive  Active  and  with  its 
Subject  Romands  is  the  Object  of  dicit ;  rule  (see  52), 

*  See  39. 

^  Words  in  parentheses  are  not  to  be  translated  ;  see  also  Notes  on  the 
Examples,  4. 


LESSON   XVIII. 

GENERAL  EXERCISE.  —  ABLATIVE. 

54.   Ablative  of  Means.     A.  &  G.  248,  c  1:    A.  «fe  S.  407: 
B.  258,  Rule  XLIII.  :  B.  &  M.  873:  G.  403:  H.  420 :  C.  166. 

VOCABULARY, 

animus,  i,  m.  mind. 

conciliS,    are,  avi,  atum,  win,  conciliate. 

conflrmo,  are,  avT,  atum,  establish,  encourage. 

inter,  prep.  w.  ace.  between,  among. 

Noreia,  ae,  f.  Noreia. 

oppugno,  arg,  avi,  at&m,  attach,  besiege,  assault. 

propter,  prep.  w.  ace.  on  account  of. 

Treviri,  orum,  m.  the  Treviri. 

verbiim,  i,  n.  word. 


30  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Pronounce;  translate;  analyze ;i  parse. 

1.  Inter 2  Sequanos  et  Helvetios.  2.  Propter  ^  angustias. 
3.  Noreiam  oppugnamus.^  4.  Noreiam  oppugnabant.  5rE6- 
mani  Noreiam  oppugnaverunt.'*  6.  Treviri  Noreiam  oppug- 
nabunt.  7.  Dicit  Treviros^  Noreiam  oppugnaturos  ^  esse  J 
8.  Noreiam  oppugnatis.  9.  Noreiam  oppugnate.^  10.  Di- 
vitiacus  Gallorum  animos  verbis^  confirmavit.  11.  Divitiacus 
Gallorum  animos  verbis  confirmabit.  12.  Titus  putat  Diviti- 
acum  Gallorum  animos  verbis  coniirmaturum  esse.  13.  Cassius 
regnum  conciliavit.  14.  Cassius  regnum  c5piis  conciliabat. 
15.  Cassius  regnum  copiis  Divitiaco  ^^  coneiliabit.  16.  Negat 
Cassium  regnum  copiis  Divitiaco  conciliaturum  esse.  17.  Titus 
Divitiaco^^  filiam  in  matrimonium^^  dedit. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XIII.,  Note  1.  2  gee  Ln.  XIIL,  Note  5. 

3  Form  for  parsing  a  verb  in  the  Indicative  Mood.  —  oppugnamus  is  a 
Transitive  {26)  Verb  ;  Principal  Parts  (49),  oppugno^  oppugndr^,  oppugndvlj 
oppugndtUm;  it  is  of  the  First  Conjugation,  because  the  characteristic 
vowel  is  a ;  Stems,  oppugna,  oppugnav,  oppugnat  ;  Synopsis  (Ln. 
XIV.,  Note  1),  oppugnO,  oppugnabdmy  opjmgndboj  oppugndvi,  oppugndv^- 
rdrrif  oppugndv^o  ;  conjugated,  oppugno^  oppugnds,  op)pugndt,  oppugndmUSj 
oppugnatis,  oppugnant ;  it  is  made  in  the  First  Person  Plural  of  the  Present 
Indicative  Active  to  agree  with  its  Subject,  a  pronoun  (nos,  we)  under- 
stood ;  rule  {33). 

*  What  are  the  two  uses  of  the  Perfect  Indicative  ?  {43) 

5  See  53,  6  gee  Ln.  XVII. ,  Notes  on  the  Examples,  6. 

■^  See  52,  In  what  two  ways  may  the  Future  Infinitive  be  translated  ? 
See  Ln.  XVII.,  Example  3. 

8  See  47.  How  does  this  form  differ  from  the  Second  Person  Plural  of  the 
Present  Indicative  ? 

^  verbis,  tvith  woi'ds,  or  hy  means  of  words  ;  it  is  a  modifier  {38)  of  con- 
firmavit. 

10  See  39.  11  See  19. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  31 

LESSON    XIX. 

THIRD  DECLENSION:    NOUNS. 

55.  Stem  and  Declension*  A.  &  G.  32,  a,  h;  33,  a-g:  A.  & 
S.  89;  90,  a,  h:  B.  36;  121:  B.  &  M.  44-47;  G.  16;  25;  26: 

H.  46  -  4T,  including  fine  print. 

SO,  A.  &  G.  48,  a-d;  49,  w.  declension  of  consul,  nomen, 
honor,  leo,  f rater,  virgO,  corpus:  A.  &  S.  103,  a-f;  104,  decl. 
of  consul,  leo,  Virgo,  nomen,  pater ;  107,  honor:  B.  130;  135,1(7. 
declension  of  consul,  virgo,  leo,  ndmen,  amor,  pater :  B.  &  M.  73 
-  77;  90  -  97,  including  the  Paradigms :  G.  36  -  39 ;  40  ;  42  ;  43  ; 
44  -  46  ;  47 :  H.  55  ;  56 ;  57,  Case-Suffixes  ;  60,  Paradigms,  1,  3,  4  : 
C.  26,  declension  of  rex,  nomen,  leo,  pater,  virgs,  corpus. 

VOCABULARY. 

•    accuso,  are,  avi,  atum,  accv^e,  censure, 

Caesar,   CaesSris,  m.  Caesar, 

consul,    consulis,  m.  consul. 

citra,  prep.  w.  ace.  this  side  of, 

flumen,  fliiminis,  n.  river. 

f rater,     fratris,  m.  brother, 

honor,     honoris,  m.  honor. 

mater,     matris,  f.  mother, 

pater,      patris,  m.  father, 

SequanS,  ae,  m.  the  Seine, 

soror,       sororis,  f.  sister. 

uxor,       uxoris,  f.  wife. 

Pronounce;  translate;  decline  each  noun  and  give  its  Stem  and  End- 
ings ;  parse  the  verbs. 

1.  A^  flumme  Ehodano.2  2.  W  flumine  Ehodano.  3.  Ad 
flumen  Sequanam.  4.  Citra  flumen  Ehenum.  5.  Pater 
sorarem  in  matrimonium  dat.  6.  Mater  sororem  in  matri- 
monium  dabit.      7.   Caesar  sororem  in  matrimonium  dedit. 

8.  Titus  dicit  Caesarem  sororem  in  matrimonium  dedisse. 

9.  Caesar  uxorem  accusavit.     10.  Caesar  consul^  Titum  lega- 
tum^  accusaverat.      11.    Negat   Caesarem   consulem  Titum 


32  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

legatuin   accusavisse.       12.    Caesans^  uxorem   accusabimus. 
13.  Patrem  et  matrem  et  fratrem  accusant. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  To  the  river  Ehone.  2.  This  side  of  the  river  Seine. 
3.  Across  the  river  Ehine.  4.  Caesar  gives  a  sister  in  mar- 
riage. 5.  Caesar  has  given  to  the  consul  a  daughter  in  mar- 
riage. 6.  He  thinks  (that)  Caesar  has  given  a  daughter  in 
marriage.  7.  We  shaU  accuse  Caesar  the  consul.  8.  Brothers 
accuse  sisters. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  IV.,  Vy.,  and  Ln.  VIII.,  Note  4. 
■    2  See  25.  3  See  Ln.  III.,  Notes  2  and  3. 

How  is  the  Stem  of  a  noun  found?  What  are  the  Case-Endings  of  the 
Third  Declension  ?  Which  Case-Endings  do  nouns  with  liquid  Stems  omit  ? 
How  does  the  Stem  of  fltlminis  differ  in  foim  from  the  Nominative  Sin- 
gular ? 


LESSON   XX. 

THIRD  DECLENSION   (continued). 

57'  A.  &  G.  21;  32,  a,  6;  33,  a-^f;  44;  45,  a-c;  46:  A.  & 
S.  55;  101,  a,  c;  102;  104,  decl.  of  caput:  B.  130-134,  mcM- 
ing  the  Paradigms:  B.  &  M.  all  of  86- S8:  G.  37;  39;  51;  54; 
56;  57:  H.  24,  I  ;  30;  36,  2 ;  all  of  56-59:  C.  Remainder  of 
26;  27. 


VOCABULARY. 

atque^  or  ac,^  conj. 

and. 

c^put,            capitis,  n. 

head. 

cust5s,           custodis,  m. 

guard. 

Dumnorix,  Dumnorigis,  m. 

JDumnorix, 

Jura,  ae,  m. 

the  Jura, 

miles,             militis,  m. 

soldier. 

mous,             moutis,  m. 

mountain. 

FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  33 


pars. 

partis,  f. 

part. 

princeps, 

,       principis,  m. 

chief. 

radix. 

radlcis,  f. 

root. 

rex. 

regis,  m. 

king. 

urbs. 

urbis,  f. 

city. 

Pronounce;   translate;   decline  each  noun,  grive  its  Stem  and  form  its 
Nominatives. 

1.  Ad  regem  Germaiiorum.  2.  Ad  principem  Galliae 
provinciae.  3.  Ad  moxitem^  Juram.  4.  Siib^  monte  Jura. 
5.  Inter  montem  Juram  et  flumen  Ehodaiium.  6.  Circum 
urbem^  E5mam.^  7.  In  nrbe  Roma.  8.  Propter  honores 
Caesaris.  9.  In  partes  Galliae.  10.  Cum  Dumnorige  fratre 
Divitiaci.  11.  Eex  atque  amicus.  12.  Sine  rege  atque 
sine  amicis.  13.  Capita  militiim.  14.  Ad  radices  montis. 
15.  Cum  principe  totius  Galliae.  16.  Urbes  multaQ  et  mag- 
nae.^ 

Notes. 

1  atqu6  is  used  before  vowels  and  consonants ;  ac,  only  before  consonants. 

2  A.  &  G.  47  a,  page  27  :  A.  &  S.  109,  a :  B.  137,  a,  1  :  B.  &  M. 
116;  119:  G.  54,  REMARK  :  H.  64,  urbs:  C.  p.  26,  dens. 

3  See  sub,  in  General  Vocabulary  at  end  of  the  book. 
*  Words  not  given  in  the  Special  Vocabularies  can  be  found  in  the 
General  Vocabulary, 
s  See  Ln.  VI.,  Note  5. 

LESSON   XXI. 

THIRD  DECLENSION.  —  TWO  ACCUSATIVES. 

S8»  Ttvo  Accusatives  of  the  same  JPerson  or  Thing,  A.  & 
a.  239,  1  :  A.  &  S.  394  (1)  :  B.  216,  Rule  VIII.  :  B.  &  M.  715: 
G.  334:  H.  3T3 :  C. 12G. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Caesarem  consulem  creaverunt,  they  elected  Caesar  consul* 

2.  Oppidum  appellant  Genavam,  they  call  the  town  Geneva. 


34  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


VOCABULARY. 

append,  are,  avi,  atum. 

name,  call 

civitas,  civitatis,  f. 

state. 

creO,  are,  avi,  atum. 

elect,  appoint. 

legatio,  legationis,  f. 

embassy. 

lex,  legis,  f. 

law. 

mors,  mortis,  f. 

death. 

pax,  pacis,  f. 

peace. 

post,  prep.  w.  ace. 

after. 

proximus,  a,  iim. 

nearest. 

Pyrenaeiis,  a,  um, 

Pyrenean. 

senator,  seuatoris,  m. 

senator. 

suiis,  a,  iim. 

his,  their. 

virtus,  virtutis,  f. 

valor,  virtue. 

Pronounce;  translate;  analyze;^  parse. 

1.  Popiilus  Caesarem^  consiilem^  creavit.  2.  Ancurn  Mar- 
cium  regem  popiilus  creavit.  3.  Nunciat  Ancum  Marcium 
regem  populum^  creavisse.'*  4.  Popiilus  Eomanus  senatores 
patres  appellat.  5.  Eomani  suaiu^  urbem  Eomam  appella- 
verunt.  6.  Dumnorix,  frater^  Divitiaci/  regnum  in  sua^ 
civitate  occiipavit.  7.  Helvetii  ciim  proximis  cTvitatibiis 
pacem  et  amicitiam  confirmant.  8.  Caesar  oppidum  virtiite^ 
suorum  militiim  expugnavit.  9.  Ex  oppWo  Genava^pons^^ 
ad  Helvetios  pertinet  [extends),  10.  Aquitania a  Garumna^ 
fldmine  ad  Pjrenaeos^  monies  pertinet.  11.  Legationis  prin- 
cipem  Dumnorigem  creaverunt.  12.  Belgae  et  Galli  lingua  ^^ 
et  legibiis^^  differunt  [differ),     13.  Post  mortem  Caesaris. 

Write  in  ILatin. 

1.  After  the  death  of  Dumnorix.  2.  After  the  death  of 
his  brother  Divitiacus.  3.  The  Eomans  elected  the  man  con- 
sul. 4.  The  Eomans  call  their  city  Eome.  5.  The  Gauls 
will  appoint  Dumnorix  chief.  6.  He  says  that  the  Gauls  will 
appoint  Dumnorix  chief.  7.  Dumnorix  will  seize  the  royal 
power  in  his  state.  8.  We  shall  take  the  town  by  means  of 
the  soldiers^  valor.^ 


FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN. 


35 


Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XIIL,  Note  1.  2  gge  58  and  Examples. 

8  See  53,  *  See  Ln.  XVII.,  Note  3. 

5  When  suiis  refers  to  a  noun  in  the  Plural,  as  in  sentence  5  it  refers  to 
Edmani,  render  it  their :  when  it  refers  to  a  noun  in  the  Singular,  as  in 
sentence  6  it  refers  to  Dumnorix,  render  it  his,  her,  or  its.  It  generally 
refers  to  the  sultject  of  its  clause. 

6  See  25.  "^  See  40. 

8  See  54,  ^  See  General  Vocabulary. 

10  See  Ln.  I.,  Note  5.  "  pons,  pontis,  m. 


oJ*ic 


LESSON   XXII. 

THIRD  DECLENSION  {continued), 

59,  A.  &  G.  Review  44 ;  45  ;  46 ;  4T ;  48 ;  49,  including  all  Para- 
digms under  these  references:  A.  &  S.  105;  106,  a,  h,  d,  e;  lOT,  a7id 
the  decl.  already  learned:  B.  136  :  B.  &  M.  all  the  Paradigms  under 
88-97,  III. :  G.  48-50  :  H.  all  of  61 :  C.  36  to  I.— nouns. 

00.  Mules  of  Gender.  A.  &  G.  65,  a-c  :  A.  &  S.  118:  B. 
140:  B.  &  M.  152;  159;  168:  G.  40;  44;  47;  50;  57;  61, 
1,  2  :  H.  99;  105;  111:  C.  30. 


VOCABULARY. 


corpus, 
crus. 

corporis,  n. 
cruris,  n. 

body, 
leg. 

flos. 

floris,  m. 

flower. 

frigus, 
funiis, 
geniis, 

mos. 

f  rigoris,  n. 
f  uneris,  n. 
generis,  n. 
juris,  n. 
moris,  m. 

cold,  frost, 
funeral  procession, 
hind. 

right,  law. 
custom,  manner. 

oniis, 
opiis, 
sceliis. 

onerls,  n. 
operis,  n. 
sceleris,  n. 

load,  burden, 
work, 
crime,  guilt. 

tempiis, 
vulniis, 

temporis,  n. 
vulnSris,  n. 

time, 
wound. 

36  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


Decline  eacli  noun,  name  its  Stem,  form  its  Nominative,  and  give  its 
Kule  of  Gender.  1 

1.  Jus^  belli;  jura  populi  Eomani.  2.  Genus  proeli;^ 
multa  genera  funeriim.  3.  Tempore^  patrum;  tempora  et 
mores.  4.  Vulnera  militiim.  5.  Flores  pulcliri.^  6.  Prop- 
ter frigora.  7.  In^  reliquum  tempus.  8.  More  et  exemplo 
populi  Eomani.  9.  Milites  multa  vulnera  acceperunt  (Jiave 
received),  10.  Scelera  vir5rum  sunt  [are)  multa.  11.  Crura 
equi  sunt  magna.  12.  Corpus  viri  est  {is)  parvum.  13.  Ge- 
nera floriim  sunt  multa.  14.  Nullum*^  onus  aliud.  15.  Nulla 
onera  alia.  16.  Onera  multa  et  magna.  17.  Facta^  mala^ 
scelera®  appellamus.  18.  Eex  jura  et  mores  viris^^  dabat.^^ 
19.  Multa  genera  frumenti  importabimus.  20.  Dicit  Eo- 
manos  multa  genera  frumenti  importare.^^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  All  Exercises  are  to  be  pronounced  and  translated,  whether  the  direction 
"pronounce;  translate,"  is  given  or  not. 

2  Which  cases  of  Neuter  nouns  are  alike  in  form  ?  What  is  the  Plural 
Ending  of  these  cases? 

3  See  17.  *  See  Ln.  I.,  I^ote  5. 

^  How  does  flores  pulchri  differ  from  pulcliri  flores  ?  (Ln.  VI.,  Note  2.) 

6  in,  for, 

■^  Name  the  adjectives  with  Genitive  in  itis  and  Dative  in  i.    (;&4) 

8  mala  modifies  facta.  ^  See  5S» 

10  See  39. 

11  What  does  the  Imperfect  Tense  denote  ?  (36*) 

12  See  Ln.  XVII. 

/'   --ft 

LESSON    XXIII. 

THIPwD  DECLENSION  {continued). 

61.  A.  &  G^51,  c;  52;  53,  a-c;  54;  55,  a--ej/ K,  &  S.  108, 
a,  b;  109,  a:  R  130;  137,  a,  6,  1-2,  Remark  :  B.  &  M.  all  of 
98,  L,  and  99,  II. ;  lOO:  G.  58-61 :  H.  62,  1,  2  ;  63,  1  ;  64,  1  ; 
65,  1-3  :  C.  l.--7iounSj  pp.  25-2T 


FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN. 


37 


VOCABULARY. 

Allobroges,  AUobrogum,  m. 

tJie  Allobroges, 

Snim^l,  animalis. 

n. 

animal. 

collTs,      collis,  m. 

hill. 

cremO,  arg,  avi,  atiim. 

bum. 

fiiiTs,        finis,  m. 

limit;  pL  territory. 

hostis,     hostis,  m. 

and  f. 

enemy. 

>3gnis,       ignis,  m. 

fire. 

><|nSrS,      mSris,  n. 

sea. 

navis,      na\n[s,  f. 

ship. 

nubes,     nubis,  f. 

cloud. 

que,i  conj. 

and. 

rupes,      rupis,  f. 

rock,  cliff. 

terrS,  ae,  f. 

earth,  land. 

JV turns,     turris,  f. 

tower. 

1  qu6  is  appended  to  the  second  of  the  connected  words :  e.  g.  rfLp^s 
tarrisquS,  cliff  and  tower.     Words  thus  appended  are  called  enclitics. 

Decline  eacb  noun,  name  its  Stem,  and  fonn  its  Nominatives. 

1.  In  navibiis.  2.  Iii^  coUe  et  in  monte.  3.  In  hostium 
niimero.  4.  Genera  animaKum  multa  sunt.  5.  Terra  ma- 
nque.^ 6.  Viros  igni  ^  cremant.  7.  Allobroges  virum  igni 
tjremant.  8.  Nunciat  Allobroges*  viruni  igm  cremare.  9.  In 
turriLbiis  et  in^  rupibus.  10.  In  nubibiis.  11.  Inter  fines 
Helvetiorum  et  AUobrogiim^  Rhodanus  Suit  {flows) .  12.  Hel- 
vetii  per  angustias  et  fines  Sequanorum  suas^  copias  tra- 
duxerant  (had  led  across) .  13.  Mons  Jura  fines  Sequandrum 
ab  Helvetiis  dividit  {separates) . 

'^'^  Write  in  Iiatin. 

1.  Oni  the  cliffs.  2.  Out  of  the  ships.  3.  Through  the 
territory  of  the  Aedui.  4.  Into  the  territory  of  the  Sequani. 
5.  On  the  hills  and  mountains.  6.  In  the  number  of  animals. 
7.  Men  will  bum  the  tower  with  fire.^  8.  He  says  that  men 
will  burn  the  tower  with  fire.  9.  Many  kinds  of  towers. 
10.  The  dangers  of  land  and  sea. 


38  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  in,  071. 

2  A.  &  G.  156,  a:  A.  &  S.  562  (2):  B.  330,  a:  G.  477;  478;  479: 
H.  554,  L,  2  :  C.  183,  2. 

8  See  54.  *  See  5S. 

5  What  does  AUobrSgum  modify  ? 
*  See  Ln.  XXI.,  Note  5.     To  what  noun  does  it  refer  ? 
7  What  is  the  rule  of  gender  for  marg,  rupes,  milSs,  nftvis,  texnpus, 
hSnSr,  clvitfts,  Iggatiol  (60).    See  H.  100,  3,  for  legatio. 

LESSON    XXIV. 
THE  VERB   SUM. 

62 •  Learn  the  entire  conjugation  of  sum.  A.  &  G.  119 :  A.  &  S. 
215  :  B.  71  :  B.  &  M.  277:  G.  112:  H.  204  2  C.  70.      - 

63.  What  is  an  Irregular  Verb  ]  A.  &  G.  13T :  A.  &  S.  339  : 
B.  &  M.  410:  H.  289.  What  are  the  Stems  of  sum  ?  What  are  the 
Personal  Endings  1  What  are  the  Principal  Parts  of  sum  1  Where 
are  the  following  forms  made  :  SrSm,  est,  fuerunt,  suniis,  erunt, 
f  uerant,  est$,  f  uissSm,  f  ugr5  ] 


-oo'^Q^OO- 


LESSON   XXV. 

PREDICATE  NOUN  AND  ADJECTIVE. 

64.  A.  &  G.  176,  a,  b;  183;  185;  186,  b:  A.  &  S.  327-329; 
334:  B.  206,  Rule  II.  :  B.  &  M.  eeO:  G.  202:  H.  362;  438, 
2  :  C.  111. 

VOCABULARY. 
ArSr,  ArSris,  ace.  ArSrim,  m.      the  Sadne,  pronounced  Sone, 
Divico,  onis,  m.  Divico. 

extremiis,  a,  iim,  furthermost. 

hom6,i  inis,  m.  and  f.  lYian. 

impSrator,  oris,  m.  commander-in-chiefy  general. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  39 


legio,  onis,  f. 

legion. 

mulier,  gris,  f. 

woman. 

obses,  idis,  iri.  and  f. 

hostage. 

potestas,  atis,  f. 

power. 

testis,  is,  m.  a7id  f. 

witness. 

Pronounce;  translate;  analyze;  parse. 

1.  Oppidum  est  magnum.2  2.  Animal  fuit  parvum. 
3.  Piitat  suam  sororem  esse  pulchram.^  4.  Homines  fuemnt 
aegri.  5.  Sequani  soli  erunt  iTberi.  6.  Csesar  erat  imperator. 
7.  Mulier  est  bona.  8.  Dlcit  Sequanos  solos  futdros  esse 
liberos.  9.  Este/  0  pueri^  boni.  10.  Ariovistus  fuit  rex 
Germanorum.  11.  Divico  dux  Helvetiorum  fuerat.  12,  Le- 
gationis  Divico  princeps  fuit.  13.  Extremum  oppidum  Allo- 
brogum  est  Geneva.  14.  Populus^  Eomanus  est  testis. 
15.  Erat  in  Gallia  legio  una.  16.  Pars  citra  flumen  Ararim^ 
reliqu^  est.  17.  Flumen^  est  ^Arar  quod  {w/iie/i)  per  fines 
Aeduorum  et  Sequanorum  in  Ehodanum  influit  {flows), 
18.  Mons  Jura^  est  inter  Sequanos  et  Helvetios.  19.  Prop- 
ter frTgora  frumenta^  in  agris  matura  non  erant.  20.  Aedui 
Sequanis^^  obsides  dederunt. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  homo  means  a  human  being,  man  or  woman  ;  vir  means  man,  hero, 
never  woman. 

2  oppidum  est  magnum  may  be  rendered  the  town  is  large ;  it  is  a  large 
town  ;  or  there  is  a  large  town :  the  word  there  as  used  in  the  last  rendering 
has  no  equivalent  in  Latin. 

3  See  Ln.  XVII.  and  Examples.  *  See  47. 

5  popillus  takes  a  Singular  verb  ;  people,  its  English  equivalent,  usually 
takes  a  Plural  verb. 

^  What  is  the  rule  of  gender  for  ArSr  ?   {6) 
^  See  64.  8  See  25. 

^  Translate  frumenta  as  if  it  were  Singular. 
10  See  39, 


4^0  FIHST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

LESSON    XXVI. 

THE  SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD. 

05.  A.  &  G.  265,  a,  h :  A.  &  S.  472;  476  (2):  B.  &  M.  1161. 
G.  247-249:  H.  196,  II.,  1-4  :  C.  201. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.-  Si  Liiscus  sit  dux,  if  Liscus  SHOULD  BE  leader ;  or,  if  Liscus  be 
leader. 

2.  Si  Liscus  esset  dux,  if  Liscus  were  leader. 

3.  Si  Liscus  fuerit  dux,  if  Liscus  should  have  been  leader;  or, 

if  Liscus  should  be  leader. 

4.  Si  Liscus  f  uisset  dux,  if  Liscus  had  been  leader. 

5.  Simus  duces,  let  us  be  leaders. 

VOCABULARY. 

cupiditas,  atis,  f.  desire. 
dux,  diicis,  m.  and  f.        ,  leader,  guide. 

Liscus,  i,  m.  Liscus. 

multitudo,  inis,  f.  multitude. 

non,  adv.  not. 

oratio,  onis,  f.  speech,  oration. 

si,  conj.  if. 

vectigal,  alis,  n.  tax,  revenue. 

Conjugate  and  give  a  synopsis  ^  of  eacli  Subjunctive ;  parse  the  nouns 
and  adjectives. 

1.  Si 2  Caesar  sit^  consul.^  2.  Si  Caesar  esset  consul. 
3.  Si  Caesar  fuerit  consul.  4.  Si  Caesar  f uisset  consul. 
5.  Simus  consiiles.  6.  Si  friimentum  esset  maturum.  7.  Si 
propter  frigora  friimentum  in  agris  sit  non^  maturum.  8.  Si 
vectigalia  fuissent  magna.  9.  Si  vectigalia  essent  parva. 
10.  Si  Divico  princeps  legationis  fuisset.  11.  Si  non^  bonus 
sis.  12.  Si  orationes  Caesaris  fuissent  multae.  13.  Si  mul- 
titudo miUtum  sit  magna.     14.  Si  cupiditas  regni  ^sset  magna. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  41 

15.  Si  rex  fuisses.     16.  Milites  simus.     17.  Si  miles  essem. 
18.  Si  sis  imperator. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  If  Ariovistus  should  be  king.  2.  If  Ariovistus  were 
king.  3.  If  Ariovistus  had  been  king.  4.  Let  us  be  kings. 
5.  Let  us  be  good.  6.  If  the  mountain  were  large.  7.  If 
the  boys  had  been  bad.  8.  If  we  were  not  free.  9.  If  the 
furthermost  town  had  been  Geneva.  10.  If  the  corn  had  .not 
been  ripe.  11.  If  Divitiacus  were  leader  of  the  Helvetii. 
12.  If  the  danger  had  been  great. 

Notes. 

1  A  Synopsis  of  the  Subjunctive  includes  the  First  Person  Singular  of 
each  tense  :  e.  g.  sim,  essem,  fuSrim,  fuissem. 

2  si  is  a  conditional  conjunction ;  the  sentence  which  it  introduces  is  a 
conditional  sentence. 

3  Before  translating  the  sentences  observe  carefully  how  each  tense  of  the 
Subjunctive  is  rendered  in  the  Examples. 

*  See  64. 

6  A.  &  G.  207:  A.  &  S.  T4  (5)  :  B.  30:  B.  &  M.  460:  G.   440,  1,  2  : 
H.  551:  C.  255.     What  does  non  modify  ? 


LESSON   XXVII. 
COMPOUNDS  OF  SUM.  —  DATIVE  WITH  COMPOUNDS. 

6*0.  Compounds  of  siim.  A.  &  G  137,  a;  A.  &  S.  215,  d : 
B.  109,  I.,  a:  B.  &  M.  279;  411:  G.  113;  114:  H.  289;  290, 
I.,  III.  :  C.  71. 

07.  native  with  Compounds,  A.  &  G.  228  :  A.  &  S  377  (1)  : 
B.  242,  Rule  XXX. :  B.  &  M  826:  G.  346 :  H.  386 :  C.  154. 

EXAMPLES. 
.  1.    Pauci^  superf  uerunt, /ew7  survived. 
2.   Dux  suis  militibus  (67)  S,dgrat,  the  leader  WAS  ASSISTING  his 

soldiers. 


42 


riRST   LESSONS    IN    LATIN. 


3.  Caesar   provinciae   (67)   praefuit,    Caesar   ruled   over   the 

province. 

4.  Si  Liscus  multis  ^  prodesset,  if  Liscus  WERE  useful  to  many. 

5.  Si  consilium  def uisset,  if  counsel  had  been  wanting. 

6.  Titus  legioni  (67)  praeerat,  Titus  WAS  IN  COMMAND  OF  the 

legion. 


^b-siiin,  ab-esse, 

ad-sum,  ad-essS, 

de-sum,  de-esse, 

hiimanitas,  atis,  f. 
longissime,  adv. 
paueiji  ae,  a, 
p'rae-siim,       prae-esse, 

pro-sum,         prod-esse, 
super-siim,     siiper-esse,' 


VOCABULARY. 

ab-fui,  he  away,  he  absent,  he  distant. 

af  2-f  ui,  he  present,  assist 

de-f  ui,  be  wanting. 

refinement,  humanity. 

very  far. 

few. 
prae-f ui,        he  over,  rule  over,  be  in  com- 
mand of. 
pro-fui,  be  for,  be  useful. 

super-f  ui,      be  over,  survive. 


Conjugrate  and  give  a  synopsis  of  each  verb;    parse    the  nouns  and 

adjectives. 

1.  Multi^  superfuerunt.  2.  Multi^  supersiimiis.  3.  Pauci 
supererimus.  4.  Caesar  suis  militibus*  aderit.  5.  Si  Caesar 
suis  militibus  non  adsit.^  6.  Consul  urbi  praeerat.  7.  Labi- 
enus  oppido^  Genavae*^  praeerit.  8.  Consul  legioni  praeest. 
9.  Si  Caesar  multis^  profuisset.  10.  Multis  prosimus.^ 
11.  Non  deest  consilium.  12.  Consilles^  desumus.  13.  Bel- 
gae  a  humanitate  provinciae  ^^  longissime^^  absunt.  14.  Si 
deus^2  adsit. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Many  ^  will  survive.  2.  Few^  (of  us)  survive.  3.  The 
consul  will  assist  his  soldiers.  4.  If  the  consul  should  not 
assist  his  soldiers.  5.  Let^  us  assist  the  soldiers.  6.  Labie- 
nus  was  in  command  of  the  legion.  7.  If  Labienus  were^^ 
in  command  of  the  legion.  8.  If  we  consuls^  had  been 
wanting. 


i 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  43 

Notes. 

1  pauci  and  multi,  like  the  corresponding  English  words  few  and  many, 
are  often  used  substantively,  i.  e.  as  nouns.  Parse  them,  however,  as  ad- 
jectives modifying  either  the  omitted  subject  of  the  verb,  as  in  Example  1, 
or  its  omitted  object,  as  in  Example  4.  Pauci  is  rarely  used  in  the 
Singular. 

2  Observe  that  in  ad-sum  the  d  of  ad  becomes  f  before  f. 

?  multi  modifies  nos  (t^e),  the  omitted  subject  of  superstlmus ;  render, 
inany  of  us  survive, 

*  See  67  and  Example  2  ;  translate  as  if  it  were  an  Accusative. 

8  See  Ln.  XXVI.,  Example  1.  e  See  67. 

7  See  2S,  ^  See  Ln.  XXVI. ,  Example  5. 

9  oonstLIes  is  an  appositive  to  nos  («/;e),  the  omitted  subject  of  dSstmus. 
10  See  4.0,  11  See  Ln.  XXVI.,  Note  5. 

12  See  20.  18  See  Ln.  XXVL,  Example  2. 


^  LESSON   XXVIII. 

CONJUGATION  OF  POSSUM.  —  USE  OF  THE  INFINITIVE. 

iiS.  Possum.  A.  &  G.  137,6:  A.  &  S.  216:  B.  109,  I.,  h: 
B.  ife  M.  4J«.-  G.  115:  H.  290,  IL,  iTicluding  fine  print :  C.  72. 

€9,  Xufinitive  tvithotit  Subject  Accusative*  A.  &  G.  271 : 
A.  &  S.  532 :  B.  31^  c:  5-  ^  M-  IIS^:  G.  424:  H.  533 :  C.  241. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Milites  pugnare  (69)  possunt,  the  soldiers  are  able  to  fight; 

or  the  soldiers  can  fight. 

2.  Milites  pugnare  poterant,  the  soldiers  WERE  able  to  fight; 

or  the  soldiers  could  fight. 

3.  Milites  pugnare  potSrunt,  the  soldiers  WILL  be  able  to  fight. 

4.  Milites  pugnare  potuerunt,  the  soldiers  have  been  able  to 

fight ;   or  the  soldiers  could  have  fought. 

5.  Si  milites  pugnare  possint,  if  the  soldiers  should  be  able 

to  fight. 

6.  Si  milites  pugnare  possent,  if  the  soldiers  were  able  to  fight. 


44  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

7.  Si  milites  pugnare  pStuissent,  if  the  soldiers  had  been  able 

to  fight. 

8.  Dicit  milites  (SS)  pugnare  (09)  potuisse  {52)^  he  says  that 

the  soldiers  were  able  to  fight. 

Conjugate  and  give  a  synopsis^  of  eacli  form  of  POSSUM;  parse  the 
InfinitiTes.' 

1.  Consul  oppidiim  expugnare  potest.^  2.  Consul  oppidum 
expugnare  poterat.  3.  Consul  oppidum  expugnare  potent. 
4.  Consul  oppidum  expugnare  potuit.  5.  Dicit  consiilem^ 
oppidum  expugnare  potuisse.^  6.  Si  consul  oppidum  expu- 
gnare possit.  7.  Si  consul  oppidum  expugnare  posset.  8.  Si 
consul  oppidum  expugnare  potuisset.  9.  Poptilus  Eomanus 
Cassium^  consulem^  creare  non  potent.  10.  Tito"^  filiam 
meam  {mt/)  in  matrimonium  dare  non  possum.  11.  Consiili® 
adesse  poteris.  12.  Milites  agros  hostium  vastare  potenint. 
13.  Amicis  prodesse  possiimus.  14.  Nemo  {no  one)  sine 
virtiite  bonus  esse  potest. 

Noies  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XIV.,  Note  1  and  Ln.  XXVI.,  Note  1. 

2  See  Ln.  XVII.,  Note  3. 

'  Observe  carefully  how  each  tense  of  possHm  is  translated  in  the  Exam- 
ples. What  two  words  unite  to  form  posstLm  ?  Which  part  of  p6tis  is 
used  ?  What  does  the  final  t  become  before  8  ?  What  becomes  of  f  in  the 
Perfect  Tenses  ? 

4  See  S3.  ^  See  S2. 

6  See  S8.  ^  See  39. 

8  See  67.  ■ 

LESSON   XXIX. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  OF  AMO. 

70»    Zeam  the    Subjunctive   Active    of   am8.      A.    &    G. 
118,    Active  Voice,, /or  the   Verh-Endings  of  the  Subjunctive;  128: 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  45 

A.  &  S.  213  (1);  222;   224,  4,  h :  B.  72;  74,  a;  75:  B.  &  M. 
2S2:  G.  119;  120:  H   205;  243;  245:  C.  p.  104;  pp.  76,  77. 

Observe  that  the  Stems  and  Personal  BTidings  are  the  same  as  those  of 
the  Indicative. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  SI  urbem  occupemus,  if  WE  SHOULD  occupy  the  city. 

2.  Si  urbem  occuparemus,  if  we  occupied  the  city. 

3.  Si   urbem   occiipaverimus,  if  we   should   have   occupied 

the  city;  or  ifyvE  should  occupy  the  city. 

4.  Si  urbem  occiipavissemus,  if  we  had  occupied  the  city. 
6.   Ut^  urbem  occupemus,  that  WE  may  occupy  the  city. 

6.  Ut  urbem  occiipareinus,  that  WE  might  occupy  the  city.    , 

7.  Urbem  oceupemus,  let  us  occupy  the  city. 

CoiUnsate,  analyze,  and  give  a  synopsis  of  eacb  Terb. 

1.  Si  Sequani  Helvetios  juvent.^  2.  Si  Eomani  Germanos 
jiivarent.  3.  Si  rex  Helvetios  juverit.  4.  Si  Aquitani  Se- 
quanos  juvissent.  5.^  Ut^  consul  Helvetios  jiivet.  6.  Ut 
pater  sues  filiosjuvaret.  7.  Allobroges  jiivemus.  8.  Pueros 
vocemus.  9.  Concilium  Gallorum  convocemus.  10.  Si 
Caesari^  filiam  suam  in  inatrim5nium  det.  11.  Scum  prox- 
imis  civitatibus*  pacem  et  amicitiam  confirmes.  12.  TJtmi- 
lites  circum  E/dmam  hiemarent.  13.  Ut  populus  Ariovistum^ 
regem^  crearet.  14.  Ut  consul  oppidum  Genavam®  occuparet. 
15.  Ut  milites  E5mani  agros  Gallorum  vastent.  16.  Ut  suis 
copiis^  regna  conciliaret. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  n  we  should  love  (our)  friends.  2.  If  we  loved  (our) 
friends.  3.  If  we  had  loved  (our)  friends.  4.  That  we  may 
harass  the  enemy.  5.  That  we  might  harass  the  enemy. 
6.  Let  us  love  friends.  7.  If  you  should  import  ripe  com. 
8.  If  you  had  imported  ripe  corn.  9.  Let  us  aid  the  boys. 
10.  Let  us  elect  the  man^  senator.^ 


46 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN    LATIN. 


Notes  and  Questions. 

1  nt  in  this  Lesson  is  a  final  conjunction  and  is  equivalent  to  thM,  in 
order  thxit. 

2  Imitate  the  Examples  in  translating  the  different  tenses  of  the  Sub- 
junctive Mood.  Define  the  Subjunctive  Mood  {65).  Define  the  Indica- 
tive Mood  {26).  What  tenses  has  the  Subjunctive  ?  The  Indicative  ? 
Name  the  three  Stems  of  juvo. 

3  See  39, 

*  See  16.     Name  the  prepositions  which  are  used  with  the  Ablative. 

6  See  58.  6  See  25. 

7  suis  copiiSi  with  his  troops.     See  54. 


LESSON   XXX. 

REVIEW  OF  AMO.  —  TWO  ACCUSATIVES. 


Review  the  entire  Active  Voice  of  amo. 

7/.  Ttvo  Accusatives.     A.  &  G.  239/k/iIem.  :  A.  &  S.  394  (2): 
B.  21'7,  Rule  IX,  -.  B.  &  M.  734^:  G.  333 :  H.  374 :  C.  12T. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  CaesSrem  sententiam  rogavit,  he  asked  Caesar  (his)  opinion. 

2.  Caesar  Aeduos  f rumentum  flagitavit,  Caesar  demanded  corn 

of  the  Aedui. 

3.  Rex  popiilum  sermonem  celavit,  the  king  concealed  the  conver- 

sation from  the  people. 


VOCABULARY. 

cel6,              arg. 

avi. 

atiim. 

conceal. 

comined,     arS, 

avi. 

atum. 

go  hack  and  forth. 

exspecto,    are. 

avi. 

atiim. 

await,  eo^ect. 

flagito,         are, 

avi. 

atiim. 

demand. 

grSviter,  adv. 

severely. 

mercator,  oris,  m. 

trader,  merchant. 

minime,  adv. 

least,  hy  no  meam. 

rog6,             are, 

avi. 

atiim. 

ask. 

FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  47 

/ 
saepe,  adv.  often, 

sententia,  ae,  f.  opinion. 

sermo,  onis,  m.  discourse,  conversation, 

vulnerd,  are,  avi,  atiiin,  wound. 

Analyze  1  and  parse. 

1.  Labienus  suos^  milites^  exspectabat.'*  2.  Galli  merca- 
tores  exspectavere.^  3.  Titus  nunciat  Gallos  mercatores  ex- 
spectavisse.^  4.  Mllites  Sequanos  gr&viter  vulngraverunt. 
5.  Caesar  priiicipes  Aeduorum  graviter.  accusat.  6.  Dicit 
Caesarem  princTpes  Aeduorum  graviter  accusare.  7.  Merca- 
tores ad"^  Belgas  commeant.'^  8.  Mercatores  ad  Belgas  n5n 
saepe  commeant.  9.  Minime^  ad  Belgas  mercatores  saepe  com- 
meant.  10.  Commeate/ toercatores,  ad  Belgas.  11.  Consul 
Germanos  copias  flagitabit.'  12.  Consul  Gallos  frumentum 
flagitat.  13.  ST  consul  Aeduos  copias  flagitet.  14.  Caesar 
consulem  sententiam  rogabit.  15.  Dicit  Caesarem  consiilem 
sententiam  rogaturum  esse.  16.  Titum  sermonem  non  celabo. 
17.  Si  Ariovistum  sermonem  celavissem.  18.  Ut  regem  ser- 
m5nem  celarem.     19.  Aeduos  frumentum  flagitemus.^^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XIII.,  Note  1.  2  gee  Ln.  VI.,  Note  1. 

8  See  Ln.  IV.,  Note  1.  4  See  Ln.  XVIIL,  Note  3. 

s  What  are  the  two  uses  of  the  Perfect  Indicative  ?  (43) 

6  See  Ln.  XVIL,  Examples,  Notes  on  the  Examples,  and  Note  3. 

7  ad  —  commeant,  go-dack-and-forth  to,  may  be  rendered  visit. 
^  minime  modifies  saepe. 

^  See  47.  10  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Example  7. 

What  Stems  has  each  verb  and  how  are  they  found?  Which  tenses 
denote  incomplete  and  which  completed  action  ?  What  are  the  Personal 
Endings  of  the  Indicative  and  Subjunctive  Moods,  Active  Voice  ?  Of  the 
Imperative  ?  What  are  the  Endings  of  the  Infinitives  ?  Of  the  Participles  ? 
Which  tenses  of  the  Indicative  are  formed  upon  the  Present  Stem  ?  Which 
of  the  Subjunctive  ?    Which  of  each  are  formed  upon  the  Perfect  Stem  ? 


"^^  FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

LESSON    XXXI. 

VEEBS  :    PASSIVE  VOICE  OF  AMO. 

72,  ne/inition  and  Personal  Endings  of  the  Passive  Voice. 
A.  &  G.  Ill;   116;   118:    A.  &  S.   193;  213   (1):   B    44;  64,  a, 

Passive:  B.  &  M.  262,  2;  S33,  Passive  Voice:  G.  205;  ill  i 
H.  195,  II.  ;  24*7,  Person,  Pass.,  Meaning  :  C.  64 ;  p.  103. 

7S.  Leam  the  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative  Passive 
of  amo.  A.  &  G.  129:  A.  &  S.  223:  B.  74,  b  :  B.  &  M.  283: 
G.  121 :  H.  206 :  C.  p.  78. 

a.  Observe  that  the  Active  and  Passive  Voices  of  these  three  tenges 
differ  in  form  only  in  the  Personal  Endings  :  e.  g.  ama-miis,  we  love ; 
ama-mur,  we  are  loveD  :  amabi-tis,  you  will  love;  amabi-mini,  you 
will  BE  loveB.  The  only  exception  is  the  Second  Person  Singular  of 
the  Future,  which,  in  the  Active  Voice,  has  bi,  and  in  the  Passive, 
be  :  e.  g.  ama-bi-s,  you  will  love ;  ama-be-ris  or  re,  you  will  be  lovei). 
It  is  a  good  practice  to  write  both  the  Active  and  Passive  Voices  side 
by  side  on  the  blackboard,  and  compare  them  with  each  other. 

VOCABULARY, 

appello,  are,  avi,  atum,  name,  call. 

Casticiis,  i,  m.  Casticus. 

noster,  nostra,  nostrum,  our, 

occulto,  are,  avi,  atum,  hide,  conceal. 

Conjugrate  the  verbs ;   name  their  elements ;  ^  parse  the  nouns. 

1.  Oppida  expugnabuntur:  2.  Nostri  agri  vastabuntur. 
3.  Homo  igni^  cremabitiir. \  4.  Concilium  Gallomm  convoca- 
batur.  5.  Nostra  lingua^  Galli^  appellantilr.  6.  Ariovistus 
rex*atque  amicus  appellabatiir.  7.  Lucius  Cassius  consul^ 
lamTcus*  appellabitur.  8.  Eex^  appellabens.  9.  Divitiacus 
frater^  Dumnorigis  amicus^^  popiili  Eomani  appellabatiir. 
10.  Pater  CastTci  popiili  Eomani  amicus  appellabatiir.  11.  In 
tanta  multitiidTne  fiiga  occultatur.  12.  Oratione^  Lisci  Dum- 
norix  Divitiaci  f rater  designatur.  13.  Dumhorix  ab  Aeduis® 
acciisabatur.     14.  A  Caesare^  accusabiminl. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  49 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  The  town  will  be  stormed.  2.  Our  field  will  be  laid 
waste.  3.  The  men  will  be  burned  with  fire.  4.  (In)  our 
language  they  are  called  Sequani.  5.  They  will  be  called 
kings.  6.  He  was  called  a  friend  of  the  Eoman  people.  7.  In 
so  great  a  multitude  our  flight  will  be  concealed.  8.  The 
brothers  of  Dumnorix  were  accused  by  the  Gauls.  9.  Dum- 
norix  is  described  by  Caesar^s  speech. 

Notes. 

1  See  Ln.  X.,  Note  4,  and  Ln.  XII.,  Note  1. 

2  See  S4,  8  See  54  and  Ln.  I.,  Note  5. 
*  See  64.                                                      6  See  25. 

6  With  verbs  in  the  Passive  Voice  the  agent,  i.  e.  the  person  by  whom 
anything  is  done,  is  expressed  by  the  Ablative  with  a,  ab  ;  the  instrument, 
i.  e.  the  thing  hy  means  of  which  or  with  which  anything  is  done,  by  the  Ab- 
lative without  a  preposition  :  e.  g.  ITe  is  overcome  by  the  soldier,  a  milite 
siipgrattlr ;  he  is  overcome  by  the  soldier's  weapons,  telis  militis  supSratiir. 


LESSON   XXXII. 

VERBS  :    PASSIVE  VOICE  OF  AMO  {continued). 

74:.  Learn  the  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative 
Passive  of  Snig.  A.  &  G.  118;  139:  A.  &  S.  211;  214;  223: 
B.  76:  B.  &  M.  281,  6,  4;  283:  G.  122:  H.  206:  C.  p.  79. 

VOCABULARY. 

arx,  arcis,  f.  citadel. 

comporto,  arS,  avi,  atum,  collect. 

enuncio,  are,  avi,  atum,  divulge,  report. 

Squgs,  itis,  m.  horseman,  cavalryman. 

praetor,  oris,  m.  praetor. 


50  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

Conjugate  and  give  a  Synopsis*  of  eacli  verb  in  the  Indicative  Passive; 
parse  the  nouns  and  adjectives. 

1.  Frumentum  ab  Aeduis^  comportatum^  est.  2.  Magna 
copia  frumenti  ab  Aeduis  comportata  erat.  3.  Obsides  Hel- 
vetiis^  dati^  erant.  4.  Multi  obsides  Helvetiis  a  Sequanis 
dati  erant.  5.  Nullae^  arces  expugnatae^  sunt.  6.  Nostra 
consilia  hostibus^  enunciata^  sunt.  7.  Nostra  consilia  hosti- 
bus  ab  Aeduis  enunciata  erant.  8.  Caesar  a  Eomanis  praetor^ 
creatus^  est.  9.  Praetores^  creati  erimus.  10.  Nostri  agri 
vastati  sunt.  11.  Nostra  oppida  expugnata  sunt.  12.  Tanta 
multitudo  equitum  siiperata^  est.  13.  In  tanta  multitudme 
equitum  nostra  fiiga  occultata  est.  14.  Copiae  Caesaris  ab 
Germanis  uno  proelio'''  siiperatae  sunt.y  15.  Equites  a  Caesare 
graviter®  accusati  sunt. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  An  abundance  of  corn  lias  been  collected.  2.  The  cita- 
dels will  have  been  stormed.  3.  The  citadels  had  been  stormed 
by  the  Eomans.*^  4.  Caesaris  plans  have  been  reported  to  the 
Gauls*  by  the  Germans.     5.  Cassius  had  been  elected  praetor.^ 

6.  A   large  multitude   of    cavalrymen   has   been   overcome. 

7.  The  troops  of  Cassius  had  been  overcome  in  a  single  bat- 
tle.^ 8.  The  troops  of  Cassius  have  been  ,  overcome  by  the 
Germans.     9.  We  have  been  severely  ^censured  by  the  consul. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XIY.,  Note  1.  2  See  Ln.  XXXI.,  Note  6. 

3  Observe  that  the  Participle,  like  the  predicate  adjective  {64),  agrees 
with  the  subject  of  the  verb  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

*  See  39.  ^  See  24. 

6  See  64,  What  was  a  praetor?  (See  Gen.  Vy.)  What  was  a'  consul? 
How  often  were  these  officers  elected  ? 

■^  uno  proelio,  in  a  single  battle.     See  S4. 

sSeeLN.  XXVI.,  Note  5. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  51 

LESSON   XXXIII. 

VERBS:    PASSIVE  VOICE  OF  AMO  {continued). 

75*  Leam  the  Imperative,  Infinitives,  and  Participles  of  the  Pas- 
sive Voice  of  amo.  A.  &  G.  116,  b;  118 ;  129  :  A.  &  S.  223,  page 
114:  B.  64,6;  65;  66;  74,  b  ;  76 :  B.  «&  M.  283:  G.  121;  122: 
H.  247,  3;  248;  206:  C.  pp.  79,  80. 

Conjugate  the  Imperatives;  name  tlie  Stem  and  Ending:  of  each  verb; 
parse  the  Infinitives  and  Nouns. 

1.  Accusare^accusamim.^^  2.  Accusator^  accusantor.  3.  Ju- 
vare,  juvatory  4.  Yocamim,  vocantor.  5.  Dicit  suum  fra- 
trem  creatum  esse.^  6.  Dicit  fratrem  Divitiaci  designatiim 
esse.  7.  Dicit  montem  a  Mbieno  occiipari.  8.  Negat^  no- 
stros  agros  vastatos  esse.  9.  Negat  ciim  proximis  civitatibus 
pacem  confirmatam  esse.  10.  Dicit  regnum  in  civitate  sua 
occiipatiim  esse.  1 1 .  Nunciat  Caesarem  creatum  esse  consiilem. 
12.  Nunciat  Cassium  praetorem  creatum  esse.  13.  Dicit 
Ariovistum  a  Eomanis  regem  appellatum  esse. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  How  is  the  Imperative  used  ?  (47) 

2  creatum  essS,  has  been  elected,  or  was  elected.  See  Ln.  XVII.,  Refer- 
ences to  the  Grammar,  Examples,  and  Notes  on  the  Examples. 

3  nSgat,  he  says  not ;  lit.  he  denies :  He  says  our  fields  have  not  heen 
laid  waste. 

Upon  which  Stem  are  the  different  tenses  of  the  Indicative  Active  formed  ? 
Of  the  Indicative  Passive  ?  The  Imperative  Active  and  Passive  ?  The  In- 
finitives Active  and  Passive  ?    The  Participles  Active  and  Passive  ? 

How  many  Participles  has  a  transitive  verb  ?     A.  &  G.  109,  a  :  A.  &  S 
206:  B.  54;  55:  B.  &  M.  269:  H.  200,  IV.,  Note  :  C.  65,  4. 


52  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

LESSON   XXXIV. 

VERBS  :    PASSIVE  VOICE  OF  AMO   {continued). 

70.   Learn  the  Subjunctive  Passive  of  amo.     A.  &  G.  129  :  A.  & 
S.  223:  B.  74,  b;  76 :  B.  &  M.  283:  G.  121;  122:  H.  206:  C. 

pp.  78,  79. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Si  homo  cremetiir,  ^/  the  man  should  be  burned. 

2.  Si  homo  cremaretur,  if  the  man  were  being  burned. 

3.  Si  homo  crSmatus  sit,  if  the  mxin  should  have  been  burned  ; 

or  if  the  m/in  should  be  burned. 

4.  Si  homo  crematiis  esset,  if  the  Tnan  had  been  burned  ;  or 

if  the  man  were  burned. 

5.  Si  sententiam  rogetiir,  if  he  should  be  asked  (Jiis)  opinion, 

Conjasrate  and  give  a  synopsis  of  each  verb. 

1.  St  Caesar  sententiam^  rogatus  esset.  2.  ST  sententiam 
rogatus  Sim.  3.  Si  sententiam  rogareris.  4.  ST  crematT  es- 
semiis.  5.  ST  Ariovistus  rex^  creatus  esset.  6.  ST  mTles  vul- 
neretur.  7.  ST  non  vulneratiis  esses.  8.  ST  Ariovistus  amTcus 
populi  Eomani  appellaretiir.  9.  ST  obsides  Romanis^  a  Gallis* 
non  dentiir.  10.  ST  obsides  Germanis  ab  Helvetiis  n5n  dati 
essent.  11.  ST  copia  frumenti  importetiir.  12.  ST  copia  fru- 
menti  non  importata  esset.  13.  ST  Divitiacus  a  popiilo  Romano 
rex  appellatus  esset.  14.  ST  rex  atque  amTcus  a  Helvetiis  ap- 
pellareris.  15.  ST  sententiam  rogatT  essemus.  16.  ST  senten- 
tiam rbgatT  sTtts.  17.  ST  reges  creatT  essetis.  18.  ST  con- 
stiles  creatT  essemus. 

Write  in  Xatin. 

1.  If  I  should  be  asked  (my)  opinion.  2.  If  you  were 
asked  (your)  opinion.  3.  If  you  had  been  burned.  4.  If 
Cassius  had  been  elected  consul.  5.  If  Cassius  had  not  been 
called  a  friend  of  the  Gauls.     6.  If  hostages  should  be  given 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


53 


to  the  Germans  by  the  consul.  7.  If  the  soldiers  had  not 
been  wounded.  8.  If  we  had  not  been  wounded.  9.  If  an 
abundance  of  corn  were  being  imported.  10.  If  you  should 
be  elected  consul. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  71.  2  See  64. 

8  See  39. 

*  Which  prepositions  are  used  with  the  Ablative  ?  {16)  How  is  the  agent 
of  a  verb  in  the  Passive  Voice  expressed  in  Latin  ?  (Ln.  XXXL,  Note  6.) 
How  is  the  instrument  expressed  ?  What  is  meant  by  the  agent  ?  By  the 
instrument  ? 


oJOCo 


LESSON   XXXV. 

DEPONENT  VERBS  :    FIRST  CONJUGATION. 

77.  Definition.  A.  &  G.  135  :  A.  &  S.  195 :  B.  46 :  B.  &  M. 
304:  G.  311 :  H.  195,  II.  2  :  C.  79. 

78.  Learn  the  entire  Deponent  Verb  of  the  First  Conjugation. 
A.  &  G.  jpdge  106,  miror :  A.  &  S.  223,  mlror:  B.  93,  conor;  55, 
second  sentence:  B.  &  M.  806,  second  part;  307 ;  G.  141;  142: 
H.  231;  232:  C.  p.  99.  .   . 


VOCABULARY. 

Conor, 

ari. 

atus  sum,^ 

attempt,  try. 

glorior, 

ari. 

atus  sum, 

glory,  hoast. 

Iiortor, 

ari, 

atus  sum. 

exiiort,  urge. 

laetor. 

ari. 

atus  sum. 

rejoice,  exult. 

miror. 

ari. 

atus  sum. 

admire,  wonder  at 

moror. 

ari. 

atiis  sum, 

tarry,  delay. 

vSgor, 

ari. 

atiis  sum. 

wander  ahout. 

populor. 

ari, 

atus  sum. 

ravage,  lay  waste. 

1  The  principal  parts  of  a  deponent  verb  are  the  Present  Indicative,  Pres- 
ent Infinitive,  Perfect  Indicative  ;  e.  g.  o6nor,  cdxUlrl,  cOnatiis  siini. 


54 


yiRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 


Conjugrate  and  give  a  complete  synopsis  ^  of  each  verb. 

1.  Conamur,  conabamur^  conabimur.  2.  Gloriatus  sum, 
gloriatus  eram^  gloriatus  ero.  3.  ST  hortetur^  si  hortaretur. 
4.  Si  hortatus  sis,  si  hortatus  esses.  5.  Laetare,  laetamini, 
laetemur.^  6.  Dlcit  Caesarem  laetatum  esse.  7.  Mirari^  non 
possiimus.  8.  Yagari^  conemur.^  9.  Vagari  non  potenmus. 
10.  Caesar  ad^  Romam  moratus  est.  11.  Helvetii  agros 
Aeduorum  popiilabantur.     12.  Ut  vagarentur.^ 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  You  are  exhorting,  you  were  exhorting,  you  will  exhort. 
2.  You  tarried  in  the  vicinity  of  Eome;  you  had  tarried;  you 
wiU  have  tarried.  3.  If  he  should  tarry,  if  he  tarried.  4.  If 
he  had  tarried  near  Rome.  5.  Let  us  tarry  in  the  vicinity  of 
Geneva.  6.  They  can^  not  rejoice.  7.  They  could ^  not  re- 
joice.    8.  Let  us  try2  to  rejoice. 

Noies. 

1  A  complete  Synopsis  of  cdnor,  for  example,  is  as  follows :  Indicative^ 
odnor,  cOnabar,  odnabor,  cOn&tus  sum,  cdn&tus  Sram,  cdnatus  £ro ;  Sub- 
junctive, cdner,  cdnarer,  cdnatus  sim,  cOnatus  essem ;  Imperative,  oonare, 
cOnator ;  Infiyiitives,  cdnari,  cdnatus  essS,  cOnaturus  essS ;  Participles, 
cdnans,  cOnandus,  cdnatus,  cdnattirus  ;  Gerund,  cdnandi  ;  Supines,  cdna- 
tum,  conatu. 

2  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Example  7.  ^  See  69. 

*  ad  with  the  name  of  a  town  may  often  be  rendered  near,  in  the  vicinity 

of. 

^  Render  by  the  Imperfect  Indicative. 

6  Can  and  could  in  these  and  similar  sentences  are  equivalent  to  are  able, 
were  able  ;  translate  them,  therefore,  by  the  proper  tense  of  the  Indicative 
of  possilm,  and  the  principal  verb  by  the  Present  Infinitive. 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN.  55 

LESSON   XXXVI. 

ABLATIVE  OF  CAUSE.  —  COMPLEX  AND  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 

79.  Abl4itive  of  Cause.  A.  «fe  G.  245  :  A.  &  S.  404  :  B.  257, 
Rule  XLIL  :  B.'&  M.  87S:  G.  40T:  H.  413;  416:  C.  166. 

80.  Complex  and  Compound  Sentences.  A.  &  G.  180, 
a-f:  A.  &  S.  311-314,  a:  B.  288,  a-f:  B.  &  M.  1407-1409: 
14:11:  G.  474,  1-4  :  H   348;  349:  C.  107,  2,  3. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Pueri  equis^  {79)  laetantur,  hoys  rejoice  IN  HORSES. 

2.  Helvetii  sua  victoria  ^  (79)  gloriabantur,  the  Helvetii  were 

boasting  because   of   their  victory  ;    or  the  Helvetii  were 
glorying  in  their  victory. 

3.  Orgetorix  Casticum  hortatur  ut  regnum  occiipet,^  Orgetorix 

urges  Gasticus  to  seize  the  royal  power. 

4.  Miles  non  laetetur,  si  vuliieretur,^  the  soldier  would  not  rejoice, 

if  he  should  be  wounded, 

5.  Si  multi  vulnerati  essent,  non  laetati  essemus,  if  many  had 

been  wounded,  we  should  not  have  rejoiced. 

6.  Ariovistus  fuit  rex  et  Caesar  fuit  consul,*  Ariovistus  was 

king  and  Caesar  was  consul. 

Analyze  the  sentences  and  parse. 

1.  Imperator  inilitft)us  bonis  laetatur.  2.  Romani  sua  vic- 
toria non  gloriabantur.  3.  Sequani  victoria  sua  non  gloriabun- 
tur.  4.  Negat^  Sequanos  vict5ria  gloriaturos  esse.  5.  Mi- 
ll tes  hortabimur  ut  agros  poptilentur.  6.  Imperator  milites 
suos  hortatus  est^  iit  agros  Gallorum  poptilentur.  7.  Dum- 
norigem  hortabor  tit  regnum  in "^  sua  civitate  occupet.  8.  ST 
igni^  creiner,  non  laeteris.  9.  Si  Cassius  praetor^  creatus 
esset,  laetatus  essem.  10.  Si  Caesar  sermonem^^  milites^^ 
celet^  laeter.  11.  ST  dux  mTlitibus^^  adesse^^  possit,  laetentur. 
12.  Hortemur^^  Helvetios  ut  cilm  proximis  cTvitatibus  pacem 


56  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

et  amicitiam  confirment.  13.  Si  Caesar  multos  obsides  dedis- 
set  hostibus,^*  hostes  laetati  esseiit.  14.  Puer  erat  mains  et 
puella  erat  bona.     15.  Consul  abest  et  praetor  est  aeger.^ 

Notes. 

1  In  Examples  1  and  2  Squis  and  victoria  are  the  cause  of  the  rejoicing 
and  hoasting,  and  hence  are  in  the  Ablative  in  accordance  with  the  rule 
referred  to  in  79, 

2  Example  3  is  a  cmnplex  sentence,  because  it  is  made  up  of  a  principal 
clause,  Orgetorix  Casticum  hortatur,  and  a  subordinate  clause,  ut  reg- 
num  occupet.  Observe  that  ut  occupet  is  rendered  by  the  Infinitive  to 
seize  ;  lit.  t?iat  he  may  seize. 

3  Example  4  is  a  complex  sentence  ;  principal  clause,  miles  non  laetetur ; 
subordirmte  clause,  si  vulnSretur :  si  and  ut  are  subordinate  cmijunctions  ; 
hence  the  clauses  which  they  introduce  are  subordinate  clauses. 

*  Example  6  is  a  compound  sentence,  because  it  is  made  up  of  clauses 
which  are  independent  of  each  other.  Such  clauses  are  called  coordinate 
clauses;  and  the  conjunctions  which  connect  them,  codrdi7iate  conjunctions. 

^  See  Ln.  XXXIII. ,  Note  3.  ^  hortatus  est,  has  urged. 

7  See  Ln.  XIII.,  Note  5.     Which  is  this  ? 

8  See  54,  9  See  64. 
10  See  71.                                                    "  See  67, 

12  See  69,  13  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7. 

14  See  39. 


^. 


LESSON   XXXVII. 

ADJECTIVES:    THIRD  DECLENSION. 

81.  A.  &  G.  84,  levis,  acer,  h,  Case- Forms :  A.  &  S.  148-150; 
152;  155  (1),  (2):  B.  156;  15T,  levis:  B.  &  M.  193,  Rules  1,  2  ; 
196,  II.,  mitis;  198,  acer:  G.  81;  82:  H.  152;  153;  154,  tris- 
tis :  G.  42 ;  43. 

VOCABULARY. 
Slacer,!  cris,  ere,  lively,  eager. 

ibrevis,2  e,  short,  brief. 

celer,^  celSris,  celerS,         swift. 


FIBST     LESSONS    IN   LATIN.  57 

difficilisj^  e,  difficult,  impracticable. 

equester,^  tris,  tre,  of  cavalry. 

f  acilis,2  g^  g^5i^^  practicable. 

f amilla,  ae,  f.  household,  family. 

Af  ortis,2  S,  brave,  courageous,  strong. 

iter,  itineris,  n.  journey,  route,  march. 

judicium,  i,  n.  trial. 

omiiis,2  e,  all,  every. 

tristt%2  g,  sad. 

1  Declined  like  acSr. 

2  Declined  like  16vis,  mitis,  facilis,  tristis. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Ex  omm^  Gallia.  2.  Cum  omnibus  copiTs.  3.  Per 
omnes  urbes.  4.  Per  totam^  urbem.  5.  Equi  sunt  celeres.^ 
6.  Negat^  equos  esse  celeres.  7.  Si  equites  fuissent  celeres, 
rex  laetatus  esset.^  8.  Tempus  est  breve.  9.  Helvetii  oppida 
sua  omnia  incendunt  {buni),  10.  Fuit  proelium  equestre. 
11.  Dicit  futuriim  esse  proelium  equestre.  12.  SequanT  fue- 
runt  tristes.  13.  Iter^^  grat  difficile.  14.  Si  iter  sit  fecile, 
laeter.^  15.  Puts  iter  esse  fecile.  16.  Titiis  Labienus  lega- 
tus"^  suos  milites  hortatiir  iit^  fortes  sint.^  17.  Orgetorix  ad 
judicium  omnem  suam  familiam  coegit  [brought),  18.  Or- 
getorix Helvetios  hortatus  est^^  lit^^  de  flnibus  suis  ciim 
omnibus  copiis  exirent.^^     19.  Viris^^  fortibus  laetor. 

Notes. 

1  See  Ln.  VI.,  Note  1.  2  See  24. 

s  See  64.  *  Se  Ln.  XXXIIL,  Note  3. 

^SeeLN.  XXXVL,  Ex.  5. 

6  See  Ln.  XXVL,  Ex.  1  and  Ln.  XXXVL,  Ex.  4. 

7  See  25.  9  See  Ln.  XXXVL,  Ex.  3. 
10  ut— exirent,  to  go  out,                        n  See  79. 

12  See  A.  &  G.  60,  c:  A.  &  S.  110  (4)  :  B.  138:  B.  &  M.  104:  C.  29, 
10,  exc.  2. 

13  hortatus  est :  urged. 


58 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


LESSON    XXXVIII. 

ADJECTIVES  :    THIRD  DECLENSION  (continued). 

82.  A.  &  G.  85,  a,  b;  87,  a,  c :  A.  &  S.  154;  155  (3):  B.  all 
of  158:  B.  &  M.  all  of  193:  G.  83;  84;  85,  1-3:  H.  all  of 
155-158;  C.  45. 


VOCABULARY 

. 

audax,  acis. 

holdj  audacious. 

conditio,  onis,  f. 

condition. 

contiimeli^,  ae,  f. 

insult. 

divgs,  itis. 

rich. 

f  ellx,  ici». 

happy. 

flens,  entis. 

weeping. 

implSro,  are,  avi,  atiim. 

beseech,  implore. 

injuria,  ae,  f. 

injury. 

miiligr,  eris,  f. 

woman. 

oriens,  entis. 

rising. 

par,  paris. 

equal. 

princeps,  ipis. 

first,  chief. 

recens,  entis. 

recent. 

sol,  solis,  m. 

sun. 

specto,  are,  avi,  atiim. 

look,  front. 

vgtiis,  eris. 

old,  ancient. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Veteres  causae.  2.  Vetiis  urbs^  estEoma.  3.  Memori^ 
vetens  contumeliae.  4.  In  parem  conditionem  servitutis. 
5.  Eecentitim  injuriarum  memoria.  6.  Mulieres  erant  felTces. 
7,  Mulieres  flentes  Caesarem  implorabant.  8.  Helvetil  flentes 
pacem  petierunt  [songJii),  9.  Hortemur^  milites  ut^  alacres 
et  audaees  sint.^     10.  Belgae  spectant  in^  orientem  solem.^ 

11.  Legatiouis   principem^  locum'''    obtinebant    (iliey  held). 

12.  EomanT  divTtes  fuerunt.     13.  Germani  non  pares  sunt 
Tiostris  mllitibus.^ 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  59 

"Write  in  liatin. 

1.  There  ^  will  be  a  battle  of  cavalry.  2.  Our  soldiers  are 
brave.  3.  Let  us  exhort  our  soldiers  to  be  brave.  4.  Geneva 
is  an  old  town.  5.  AlP^  are  not  happy.  6.  Our  leaders  will 
be  bold.  7.  All  cannot  be^^  rich.  8.  Weeping  women  will 
implore  the  consul.  9.  Gauls  are  not  equal  to  our  cavalry- 
men. 

Notes. 

1  See  64.  2  gge  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7. 

2  How  is  the  Subjunctive  with  ut  to  be  translated  after  verbs  signifying 
ask,  command,  exhort,  persuade,  please,  strive,  urge  ?  Answ.  By  the  Pres- 
ent Infinitive.     See  Ln.  XXXVI. ,  Ex.  3. 

*  in,  towards. 

5  See  B.  135:  B.  &  M.  1^1:  H.  60:C.37,  5. 

6  principSm  is  here  used  as  an  adjective  ;  it  is  often  a  noun. 
■^  How  is  locus  declined  in  the  Plural  ?    See  Vy.,  Ln.  VIII. 

8  militibiis  is  a  Dative.  9  ggg  Ln.  XXV.,  Note  2.  last  part, 

10  omnes,  like  the  English  all,  is  often  used  substantively. 

11  cannot  be,  esse  non  possunt. 


LESSON   XXXIX. 

COMPARISON   OF  ADJECTIVES. 

83.  A  &  G  89,  a.  A.  &  S.  163-166:  B.  161;  162;  163,  a: 
B.  &  M.  214-218:  G.  86;  88,  1:  H.  160-162;  163,  1:  C. 
47;  48. 

84:,  Declension  of  Comparatives,  A.  &  G.  86,  a :  A.  &  S. 
152,  mitior:  B.  157,  Remark:  B.  &  M.  197:  G.  87:  H.  154, 
Note  1  :  C.  44. 

VOCABULARY. 

x/  altus,  a,  um,  high,  deep, 

fortunS.,  ae,  f.  fortune. 

gr&vis,  6,  heavy,  grievous, 

latus,  a,  um,  broad,  wide. 


69  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


longe,  adv. 

by  far. 

miser,  miserS, 

miseriim, 

wretched,  pitiable. 

nobiUs,  e. 

well-known,  noble. 

potens,  entis. 

powerful. 

qu^m,  adv. 

than. 

utilis,  g. 

useful. 

Compare  and  decline  tlie  adjectives. 

1.  Jura  est  mons^  altissimiis.2  2.  Caesar  dicit  Juram  esse 
moiitem  altissimum.  3.  Rhenus  est  flumen  latissimum  et 
altissimum.  4.  H6mini^nobilissim5  ac^potentissTmoaderam. 
5.  Omnium^  fortissimi  sunt  Belgae.  6.  Apud  Helvetios 
longe  nobilissimiis  et  ditissimus^^  fuit  Orgetorix.  7.  Pertres 
{three)  potentissim5s  populos  totiiis  Galliae.  8.  Nostrae  f  iliae 
pulcherrimae  sunt.  9.  Milites  hortenijir  iit  fortiores  sirit.^ 
10.  Si  tempiis  fuisset  brevius^  non  laetatus  essem.  11.  Mi- 
lites fuerunt  Caesari  utilissimi.  12.  Dicit  esse  miseriorem 
gravioremque  "^  fortunam^  Sequanorum  quam^  reliqu5rum 
Gallorum. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  The  bravest  soldiers.  2.  The  most  beautiful  women. 
3.  The  broadesi  rivers.  4.  The  highest  mountains.  5.  Divi- 
tiacus  was  the  noblest  of  all.  6.  Friends  are  most  useful  to  a 
man.  7.  Caesar  says  (that)  the  Ehine  is  a  very  deep  river. 
8.  The  fortune  of  the  Gauls  was  more  grievous  than  (that)  of 
the  Germans.     9.  Let  us  urge  the  boys  to  be  very  brave. 

Notes. 

1  What  is  the  gender  of  mons  ?    Of  Jiira  ? 

2  Superlatives  may  sometimes  be  rendered  by  the  positive  with  very :  e.  g. 
mons  altissimiis,  a  very  high  mountain.  They  are  adjectives  of  the  First 
and  Second  Declensions. 

8  67.  *  See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  10. 

5  See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3.         e  See  Ln.  XX.,  Note  1. 

"^  What  is  the  difierence  in  force  of  et,  qug,  and  atqug  ?  See  Ln.  XXI I L, 


FIRST  LESSONS  IN  LATIN.  61 

Note  2.  What  are  appended  words  called  ?  See  Vy.,  Ln.  XXIII.,  Note 
on  quS,  last  part. 

8  fortunam  is  subject  of  ess6. 

*  When  quam  signifying  tkan  is  immediately  followed  by  a  Genitive, 
supply  in  translation  that :  e.  g.  qnam  Somandriini,  than  that  of  the 
Romans. 

1®  See  General  Vocabulary  under  dlvSs  and  dis. 

LESSON   XL. 

COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  (continued). 

85.  A.  &  G.  89,  &-e;  90;  91,  a,  h:  A.  &  S.  167-170  (1),  (2); 
173:  B.  163,6-^;  164, a,  6;  B.  &  hi.  219-222:  G.  88,2-4;  89, 
Remarks  1,2:  H.  163,  2,  3  ;  165 ;  166 ;  169,  1,  2 ;  170 :  C.  49. 

VOCABULARY. 

Alpes,  iiim,  f.  the  Alps. 

citSrior,  citerius,  hither. 

extra,  prep.  w.  ace.  without,  beyond. 

inferior,  iaf eriiis,  lower. 

pruniis,  a,  um,  first. 

SSgusiani,  5rum,  m.  the  Segusiani. 

Sequanus,  a,  um,  of  the  Sequani. 

superior,  superiiis,  higher,  upper. 

ulterior,  ulterius,  farther. 

Translate  and  parse. 

1.  Major ^  multitudo  Gennanorum^  Ehenum  transibat  {was 
crossing).  2.  Carrorum^  maximus  numerus.  3.  Cum  max- 
imo  inilitum^  niimero.  4.  Belgae  pertinent  {extend)  ad 
inferiorem  partem  fluminis  Rheni.  5.  Galli  loca  superiora  oc- 
cupant. 6.  Labienus  summum  montem^  occiipavit.  7.  Sum- 
mus  mons  a  Labieno^  occupatus  est.  8.  Negat  summum 
montem  a  Labieno  occiipatum  esse.     9.  Mllites  hortabimur 


62  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

ut  summum  montem  occupent.  10.  Si  Labienus  summum 
montem  occiipet,  Caesar  sit^  felicissimus.  11.  Iter  per  pro- 
vinciam  est  facilius.^  12.  Ager  Sequanus  erat  optmius'*^  totius 
Galliae.  13.  Caesar  in  Galliam  ulteriorem  per  Alpes  con- 
tendit  {hastens).  14.  Citerioris  provinciae  extremum  oppi- 
dum.      15.  Segusiani  sunt  extra  provinciam  primi. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  A  very  large  number  of  horses.  2.  A  larger  number 
of  cavalrymen.  3.  To  the  upper  part  of  the  Ehone.  4.  The 
soldiers  will  occupy  the  top  of  the  mountain.  5.  The  top 
of  the  mountain  will  be  occupied  by  the  soldiers.  6.  The 
route  through  our  province  is  most  practicable.  7.  I  think 
(that)  the  route  through  the  Alps  is  by  far  the  most  practica- 
ble.    8.  Let  us  occupy  the  top  of  the  mountain. 

Notes. 

1  In  parsing  adjectives  hereafter  give  their  comparison,  if  they  can  he 
compared. 

2  Notice  the  different  positions  of  the  Genitive  ;  what  is  the  difference  in 
force  ?    See  Ln.  III.,  Note  3. 

3  summum  montem,  the  to})  of  the  mountain. 

*  See  Ln.  XXXI.,  Note  6.  ^  sit,  would  be. 

^  Name  the  adjectives  which  form  their  Superlatives  like  f^cilis. 
7  optimuSi  sc.  ager. 


LESSON   XLI. 

DATIVE  WITH  ADJECTIVES. 

86.  Dative  tvith  Adjectives.     A.  &  G.  234 :  A.  &   S.  388 : 
B.  245,  Rule  XXXIII. :  B.  &  M.  S60:  G.  356 :  H.  391 :  G.  163, 

1,2. 


/ 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN.  63 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Belgae  sunt  proximi  Germanis,^  ^/le  Belgae  are  nearest  to  the 

Germans. 

2.  Castris  idoneiis  lociis  est,  the  place  is  suitable  FOR  A  CAMP. 

3.  Deo  similis  est,  he  is  like  A  GOD. 

VOCABULARY. 

aetas,  atis,  f.  age. 

amicus,  a,  um,  friendly. 

conimunis,  e,  common. 

idoneiis,  &,  um,  fit,  suitable. 

inimicus,  a,  um,  unfriendly,  hostile. 

patria,  ae,  f.  native  land,  fatherland. 

perieulosus,  a,  tim,  dangerous. 

similis,  e,  like,  similar. 

solum,  1,  n.  ground,  soil. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Aqmtani  sunt  proximi  proviiiciae.  2.  Aqmtani  sunt 
propiores  provinciae  quam  Italiae.  3.  Genava  est  oppidura 
proximum  Helvetioruin  finibus.  4.  Extremum  oppidum 
Allobrogum  est  proximumque  Helvetiorum  finibus  Genava. 
5.  Castris  non  idoneus  omnis  locus  est.  6.  Negat  castris 
idoneiim  omnem  locum  esse.  7.  Si  castris  idoneus  lociis  sit, 
milites  laetenturo^  8.  N5n  ego  sum  idoneus  armis.  9.  Si 
ego  fuissem  idoneus  armis,  laetatus  essem.  10.  Dumnorix 
HelvetiTs  erat  amicus.  11.  Dux  mimlcior  Dumnorigi  fuit 
quam  Caesari.  12.  MatrT  puella  est  simffis.  13.  Non  omnis 
puer  est  similis  patri.  14.  Omni  aetati  mors  est  communis 
15.  Patriae  solum  omnibus  cariim  est.  16.  Popiilo  Eomano 
periculosum  est  proelium.  17.  Omni  urbT  leges  sunt  utiles. 
18.  Imperator  suos  mTlites  hortatur  tit  fortes  sint^  et  urbi 
Eomae  utiles. 


64  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


Write  in  I.atin. 


1.  He  says  (that)  the  Aquitaiii  are  nearest  to  the  province. 
2.  Ocelum  was  the  furthermost  town  of  the  hither  province 
and  nearest  to  the  Alps.  3.  If  the  place  had  been  suitable 
for  a  camp,  we  should  have  rejoiced.^  4.  Let  us  urge  the 
soldiers  to  be^  useful  to  (their)  fatherland.  5.  The  lieutenant 
was  most  friendly  to  the  soldiers.  6.  The  daughter  is  more 
like  (her)  father  than  (her)  mother.  7.  I  do^  not  think  (that) 
the  battle  will  be  dangerous  to  the  city. 


Notes. 

1  See  Ln.  XXXVI.,  Ex.  4.     What  kind  of  a  sentence  is  this  ?  (80) 

2  See  Ln.  XXXVI. ,  Ex.  3. 

3  See  Ln.  XXX VL,  Ex.  5. 

4  See  Ln.  X.,  Note  5. 


LESSON   XLII. 

ADVERBS. 

87.  Definition.  A.  &  G.  25,/;  A.  &  S.  74  (5)  :  B.  30  :  B.  & 
M.  460:  G.  15,  IV.,  1  :  H.  303:  C.  98. 

88.  JDerivation.  A.  &  G.  148,  a,  h:  A.  &  S.  174,  h:  B.  199, 
h,  c:  B.  &  M.  591;  592;  595:  G.  90,  1-4:  H.  304,  I.-IV.  : 
0.  99,  1,  2. 

89.  Classification.  A  &  G  149,  a-g:  B.  17.5,  a-/,  Re- 
mark: B.  &  M.  4G1,  1-6:  H.  305,  Note  2,  l)-4):  C.  99,  3. 

90.  Comparison.  A.  &  G.  92 :  A  &  S.  175:  B.  174,  a-c: 
B.  &  M.  462  ;  463 :  G.  91 :  H.  306  :  C.  52. 

91.  Syntax.  A.  &  G.  207:  A.  &  S.  557:  B.  327,  Rule 
LXXIX.  :  B.  &  M.  996:  G.  440,  2  :  H.  551 :  C.  255. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  65 

VOCABULARY. 

acriter,  adv.  shctrply,  fiercely, 

audaeter,  adv.  boldly,  courageously, 

cSleriter,  adv.  quickly,  immediately, 

facile,  adv.  easily,  readily, 

fortiter,  adv.  bravely,  valiantly. 

grSviter,  adv.  heavily,  severely. 

libere,  adv.  peely,  unreservedly, 

qua,  adv.  where. 

Parse  the  adverbs  and  adjectives. 

1.  Belgae  fortiter ^  pugnaverunt.  2.  Si  milites  fortius 
pii^iient^  imperator  laetetur.  3.  Eomani  non  acrius  pugna- 
bunt  quam  Galll.^  4.  Germani  Helvetios  facile^  stipe rabant. 
5.  Galli  a  Caesare  non  facillTme  stipe  rati  sunt.  6.  Nunciat 
Gallos  a  Caesare  non  facillTme  siiperatos  esse.  7.  Caesar 
DumnorigeiTi  gravissTme  accusavit.  8.  Caesar  celeriter  con- 
cilium dimittit  {dismisses),  9.  Lisctis  dicTt  liberitis^  atque^ 
audacitis.  10.  Qua^  minima  altitudo  fluminis  erat.  iL  Ju- 
mentortim  et  carroriim  quam"^  maxTmtim  ntimertim  coem'ere® 
{to  purchase),  VI,  Hostes  quam  fortissime  pugnabant. 
13.  Helvetii  E5manTs^  quam  amicissTmi  fuerunt.  14.  Soliim 
patriae  civi  quam  carissimtim  est. 

Noies. 

1  Form  for  parsing  an  adverb.  —  fortiter  is  an  adverb  of  manner  {89) ; 
derived  from  the  adjective  fortis  {88) ;  compared  fortiter,  fortius,  fortis- 
simo {90) ;  of  the  positive  degree  and  modifies  pugnavferunt  {91). 

2  What  is  the  construction  of  Galli  ? 

8  A.  &  G.  148,  d:  A.  &,  S.  1T4  c:  B.  1T4,  c?;  B.  &  M.  596:  G.  90, 
4  :  H.  304,  I.,  3,  1) :  C.  99,  1,  a, 

*  libSre  has  no  Superlative.  5  See  Ln.  XXIIL,  Note  2. 

^  As  a  rule  only  those  adverbs  are  compared  which  are  derived  from 
adjectives. 

7  quam  modifying  a  Superlative  strengthens  it  :  e.  g.  qu&m  maximum, 
as  large  as  possible  ;  quam  fortissimo,  as  bravely  as  possible. 


bb  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

°  ( •• )  is  the  mark  of  Diaeresis  ;  when  placed  over  the  second  of  two 
vowels  which  regularly  form  a  diphthong,  it  shows  that  they  are  to  be  sep- 
arated in  pronunciation  :  e.  g.  coemere  has  four  syllables ;  coemere  would 
have  only  three. 

9  See  86. 


LESSON   XLIII. 

VERBS  :    SECOND  CONJUGATION  :    ACTIVE  VOICE. 

92,  Learn  the  entire  Active  Voice  of  the  Second  Conjugation. 
A.  &  G.  130  :  A.  &  S.  222 :  B.  79 ;  80  :  B.  &.  M.  28S:  d.  123; 
124  :  H.  207 :  C.  75.     See  27,  2S,  37,  45,  49,  50  of  this  book. 

VOCABULARY. 
inone6,i     ere,  ui,  itiiin,  advise. 

habeO,        ere,  ui,  itum,  have. 

prohibeo,  erg,  ui,  itum,  restrain,  keep  from. 

1  Most  verbs  of  the  Second  Conjugation  form  their  Perfect  and  Supine 
like  moneo.  For  the  principal  parts  let  erg,  ui,  itiim  take  the  place  of 
final  eo  :  e.  g.  habeo,  habere,  habui,  habitum. 

Conjugrate  and  give   a    complete    synopsis^    of  each   verb;    name    its 

elements. 

1.  MonebatiS;  monebitis^  monuistTs.  2.  Si  moneamus^^  si 
moneremiis^  si  monuissemus.  3.  Mone^  moiiete,  morientb. 
4.  Monens,  momturus.  5.  Monere,  monuisse,  monituriis 
esse.  6.  Ut  equos  habeamus.^  7.  Ut  rex  urbes  multas  et^ 
magnas  habeat.  8.  Multa  castra  habebimus.  9.  Legatus 
multos  milites  babuerit.*  10.  Habeto^  habetote.^  11.  Ha- 
bens,  habiturus.  12.  Habere,  habuisse,  habituriis  esse. 
13.  St  Helveti5s  itinere^  prohibeant.  14.  Si  Helvetios  itinere 
prohibuissent.  15.  Helvetios  itinere  prohibeamus.'^  1 6Ul Iti- 
nere Helvetios  prohibere^  conantur.  17.  Itinere "  hostes  pro- 
hibebimiis.  18.  Mllites  itinere  hostes  prohibere  conabuntur. 
19.  Si  itmere  milites  proliibuissemus.  20.  Legati  nostros 
viros  monuerunt. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  67 

1 
Write  in  liatin. 

1.  You  have,  you  were  having,  you  will  have  had.  2.  If 
you  should  have,  if  you  had,  if  you  had  had.  3.  Have  ye, 
he  shall  have,  they  shall  have.  4.  To  restrain,  to  have  re- 
strained, to  be  about  to  restrain.  5.  If  we  should  keep  the 
soldiers  from  the  town.  6.  If  we  shall  have  kept  the  soldiers 
from  the  town.  7.  Let*  us  keep  the  enemy  from  the  town. 
8.  We  shall  attempt  to  keep  the  enemy  from  the  town. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XXXV.,  Note  1.  2  gee  Ln.  XXIX.,  Examples. 

8  See  Ln.  VI.,  Note  5. 

*  Define  the  use  of  the  Future  Perfect  Tense.    {42) 

^  Define  the  use  of  the  Imperative  Mood.    (47) 

«  itinSrg  is  an  Ablative  of  Separation.  A.  &  G.  343:  A.  &  S.  413:  B. 
256,  Rule  XLL:  B.  &  M.  916:  G.  388:  H.  413;  414:  C.  ITT. 

7  See  Ln.  XXIX..  Ex.  7.  ^  gee  69. 

What  are  the  Personal  Endings  of  the  Indicative  and  Subjunctive  Moods, 
Active  Voice  ?  Of  the  Imperative  ?  Of  the  Infinitives  and  Participles  ? 
How  are  the  diff*erent  Stems  of  a  verb  found  ?  (28,  4S,  SO)  What  two 
uses  has  the  Perfect  Indicative  ?  (43) 


LESSON   XLIV. 

ADDITIONAL  EXERCISES. 

93.  Accusative  of  Time.  A.  &  G.  256:  A.  &  S.  423:  B. 
220,  Rule  XL  :  B.  &  M.  950:  G.  337:  H.  379:  C.  129, 1.  This 
answers  the  question,  How  long  ? 

VOCABULARY. 

deleo,     ere,  evi,         etiiin,  destroy, 

doced,    ere,  ui,  doctum,  teach. 

y^ube6,    erS,  jussi,      jussum,  command,  order, 

ymaneo,  ere,  mansi,  mansum,  stay,  revnain. 


68  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

move^,     erg,  in5vi,  mStiiin,  Tnove,  remove, 

obtmeSy  ere,  ui,        obtentum,  hold,  obtain. 

possessi6,  onis,  f.  possession. 

Ticiis,  i,  m.  village. 

Analjrze  and  parse. 

1.  Germani  multos  vTcos  deleverant.  2.  Aliud^  iter  ha- 
bebant  nullum.  3.  Quam^  plunmas  civitates  habebant. 
4.  AUobroges  trans  Ehodanum  vicos  possessionesque^  habe- 
bant. 5.  Pueros^  litteras*  doceamus.  6.  Dicit  matrem^ 
filias  litteras  docere.  7.  In  Gallia  ulteriore  multos  annos® 
manebimus.  8.  Caesar  senatorem  hortatur  ut*^  in  castris 
multos  menses  maneat.^  9.  Eegnum  m  Sequanis  multos  annos 
obtmuerat.     10.  Divico  legationis  locum  principem  obtmebat. 

11.  Si   imperator  castra  moveat,  milites   fortius^  pugnent. 

12.  Castra^  movere^^  celerius  non  potuerunt.^^  13.  Itinere^^ 
Helvetios  prohibere  non  poterunt.^^  14.  Helvetii  suis  f  inibus 
Germanos  prohibebant.  15.  Proximum^^  iter  in  ulteriorem 
Galliam  per  Alpes  est.  l^^Sed  in  summo  jugo  duas  [two) 
legiones,^*  quas  (wJiicli)  in  Gallia  citeri5re  proxime  conscrip- 
serat  {he  had  enlisted),  et  omnia  auxilia^^  coUocari^^  jussit. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Which  adjectives  have  their  Genitive  in  ius  and  Dative  in  1  ?  (24) 

2  See  Ln.  XLIL,  Note  7.     .  »  See  Ln.  XXIII.,  Vy.,  Note. 
*  See  71.  ^  See  53. 

«  See  93. 

"^  How  is  nt  —  xnaneat  to  be  translated  ?    See  Ln.  XXXVIII.,  Note  3. 

8  From  what  adjective  is  fortiter  derived  ? 

®  What  does  castra  signify  in  the  Singular  ? 

10  See  69. 

11  How  do  pStngriint  and  pStSrunt  differ  from  each  other  ? 

12  See  Ln.  XLIII.,  Note  6.  i^  proximum,  shortest. 
1*  ISgidnes  and  auzilia  are  subjects  of  colldcari.   (S3) 

15  colIScari  {to  de  stationed)  with  its  subjects  is  object  of  jussit.   (S2) 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  69 

LESSON   XLV. 

VF.RBS:    SECOND  CONJUGATION:    PASSIVE  VOICE. 

a  the  entire  Passive  Voice  of  the  Second  Conjugation. 
> :  A.  &  S.  223;  B.  79 ;  80 :  B.  &  M.  2S9:  G.  125; 
3 :  C.  75. 
%  a,  of  this  book. 

VOCABULARY. 

^ntined,  erg,  ui,  contentum^  hem  in,  bouTid. 

^itio,  onis,  f.  dominion,  power. 

^eaniis,  i,  m.  ocean. 

I^pina,  ae,  f.  plundering. 

jlervitus,  utis,  f.  slavery. 

teneO,  ere,  m,  tentiiin,  hold,  keep. 

undique,  adv.  on  all  sides. 

Give  a  complete  synopsis  of  each  verb  and  parse. 

1.  Una  pars  contmetur^  Garumna^  flumine/  Oceano,  f  inibus 
Belgarum.  2.  Undique  loci  natiira^  Helvetii  continentur. 
3.  Summus  mons^  a  Tito  Labieno  tenebatur.  4.  Nunciat 
summum  montem  a  hostibus  tentum  esse.  5.  Si  summus 
mons  a  hostibus  teneatur,  nostri  milites  quara  acerrime®  pug- 
nent.  6.  Aedui  m  servitute  atque  m  ditione  German5rum 
tenti  sunt.  7.  Caesar  memoria  tenebat.  8.  Hostis  a  CaesSre 
rapinis^  prohibebatur.  9.  Summus  mons  a  hostibus  teneri 
non  potest.^  10.  Galli  teneri  in  servitiite  non  poterant.^ 
11.  Obsides  multos  annos  in  servitute  tenebantur.  12.  Si 
multos  annos  in  servitute  tenti  essemus^  n5n  felices  fuissemus. 

Write  in  I.atin. 

1.  The  top^  of  the  mountain  will  be  held  by  Caesar.  2.  The 
top  of  the  mountain  could ^  vuot  be  held  by  Caesar.  3.  He 
says  (that)  the  top  of  the  mountain  was  held  by  the  Germans. 


70  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

4.  If  Cassius  should  keep  in  memory.  5.  The  Germans  are 
hemmed  in  on  all  sides  by  the  character  of  their  country. 
6.  The  Germans  will  be  kept  from  plundering  by  the  Eomans. 
7-  They  were  held  in  slavery  many  years.^ 

Nofes  and  Questions. 

1  Define  the  Passive  Voice  ?  {72)  What  are  the  Personal  Endings  of  the 
Passive  Voice  ?  Name  the  three  Stems  of  contineo.  On  which  Stem  are 
the  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  Passive  formed  ? 

2  See  S4.  8  See  25, 
*  loci  natura,  by  the  character  of  their  country. 

^  summus  mens,  the  top  of  the  mountain;  lit.,  the  highest  mountain. 
.  6  From  acriter  ;  from  what  adjective  is  acriter  derived  ? 

7  rapinis  ;  translate  by  the  Singular ;  see  Ln.  XLIIL,  Note  6. 

8  When  possum  governs  a  Passive  Infinitive  render  it  by  can,  if  in  the 
Present  Tense;  by  cmild,  if  in  a  Past  Tense;  e.  g.  t^neri  potest,  can  he 
held  ;  teneri  potSrat,  cmild  he  held. 

0  See  93. 


o><Ko 


^.o^^ 


LESSON   XLVI. 

DEPONENT  VERBS  :  SECOND  CONJUGATION. 

J>5.  Learn  the  entire  Deponent  Verb  of  the  Second  Conjugation. 
A.  &  G.  135:  A.  &  S.  323,  use  moneor  for  model:  B.  46;  55; 
93:  B.  &  M.  304;  SOS:  G.311;  143;  144:  H.  231,  1-3;  Note 
under  232 :  G.  p.  99. 

VOCABULARY. 

intueor,     eri,  intuitus    suin,^     looh  at. 

ne,  adv.  not.  used  with  the  Subjunctive  and 

Imperative. 
ne,  conj.  that  not;  after  verbs  of   fearing, 

that;  used  with  the  Subjunctive. 
pollieeor,  eri,  pollicitus  sum,      promise. 
vSreor,      eri,  veritiis       sum,      fear. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  71 

Conjugrate  and  srive  a  synopsis  of  each  verb. 

1.  Aedui  frumentum  pollicentur.^  2.  Aedui  frumentum 
publice  polliciti  erant.  3.  Vereor  ne  Aedui  Eomanis^  fru- 
mentum polliceantur.^  4.  Ne^  frumentum  poUiceamur.^  5.  Si 
Aedui  frumentum  maturum  poUiciti  essent,  Caesar  felix  fuis- 
set.  6.  Eomani  non  hostem  verentur  sed  angustias  itineris. 
7.  Ne  Divitiaci  animum  offenderet  (Jie  should  offend)  vereba- 
tur.  8.  Nunciaf^  Sequanos  terram  intueri.  9.  Negat^  Eo- 
manos  hostem  veritos  esse.  10.  Solem  intueri  nonpossiimus. 
11.  Ne  solem  intueamur.  12.  Yerebamur  ne  hostes  agros 
nostros  popularentur.  13.  Veremur  ne  hostes  agros  nostros 
populentur.  14.  Veremmi  ne  hostes  agros  vestros  popiilentur. 
15.  Eomanis  frumentum  non  pollTciti  siimus.  16.  Eomani 
Helvetiis  obsides  non  poUicebuntur. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  We  were  exhorting  and  promising.  ^  2.  They  have 
promised  ripe  corn.  3.  He  says  that  they^have  promised 
ripe  corn.  4.  He  fears  that  the  Eonlans  will  promise*  com  to 
our  enemies.^  5.  Let  us  not  promise  com  to  the  Gauls. 
6.  Let  us  not  look  at  the  men.  7.  Let  us  not  fear  the  diffi- 
culties of  the  route.  8.  I  fear  that  the  route  will  be*  dan- 
gerous. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XXXV.,  Vy.,  1.  2  Define  a  Deponent  Verb.   (77) 

What  Participles  do  Deponent  Verbs  have  ?    What  Infinitives  ? 

3  See  39. 

*  When  the  Present  Subjunctive  depends  upon  a  verb  of  fearing  which 
is  in  the  Present  Tense,  render  it  by  the  Future  Indicative :  n6  Aedui  pol- 
liceantur,  that  the  Aedui  will  promise. 

^  ne  is  here  an  adverb.  8  gee  Ln.  XXXIII.,  Note  3. 

6  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Example  7.  »  they,  eos. 

^  What  is  the  object  of  nunciat  ? 


72,  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

LESSON    XLVII. 

FOURTH  DECLENSION. 

96.  A.  &  G.  68  ;  69 :  A.  &  S.  126 ;  127 :  B.  142 ;  143,  Rem.  2  : 
B.  &  M.  137:  G.  6T;  68:  H.  116,  1,  2;  118,  (1):  C.  34. 

97.  J>eelension  of  domus.  A.  &  G.  TO,  /;  A.  &  S.  130  s  B. 
143,  Rem.  8  :  B.  &  M.  144:  G.  67,  2:  H.  119 :  C.  34,  I. 

VOCABULARY, 

adventiis,  us,  m.  arrival,  approach, 
commoveo,  erg,  commovi,  commotum,         move,  disturb, 

conspectus,  us,  m.  sight;  vidw, 

cornu,  us,  n.  horn;  of  an  army,  wing, 

dexter,  dextrS,  dextriiin,  right. 

domus,  us,  f.  house;  domi,  at  home. 

gquitatus,  us,  m.  cavalry. 

exercitus,  us,  m.  army, 

impetus,  us,  m.  attack. 

paene,  adv.  almost, 

semper,  adv.  always. 

sustineo,  ere,  ul,  sustentum,  sustain,  withstand. 

Parse  the  nouns  and  verbs. 

1.  De  Caesaris  adventu.^  2,  Helvetii  Caesaris  adventu^ 
commoti  sunt.  3.  In  conspectu  hostium.  4.  Omnium^  ex 
conspectu.  5.  Paene  m  conspectu  exercitus  nostri*  agri  vas- 
tantur.  6.  Ciim  equitatu  Helvetiorum.  7.  Magnum  nii- 
merum  equitatus  semper  habebat.  8.  Equitatus  sustinebat 
hostium  impetiim.  9.  Labienus  exercitui^  Eomano  prae- 
fuit.  10.  Hostea  impetus  militum  sustinere  non  potuerunt. 
11.  Equitatum  omnem  praemittit  {ke  sends  forward)  qui^' 
impetiim  hostium  sustineat.^  12.  Ne  hostium  adventu 
commoveamur.  13.  A  dextro  cornu;  ad  dextrum  corntl. 
14.  Caesar  domi  fuit.  15.  Sequani  itinere'^  exercitum  nos- 
trum prohibere  conantur. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  73 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  16,  How  many  declensions  are  there  in  Latin,  and  how  distin- 
guished from  one  another  ?  («)  What  is  the  Stem-Ending  of  each  ?  What 
are  the  Case-Endings  of  the  Fourth  Declension  ? 

2  See  79.  8  See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  10. 

4  nostri  modifies  exercitus. 

5  See  67. 

6  qui  —  sustineat,  to  withstand. 
J  See  Ln.  XLIIL,  Note  6. 


LESSON   XLVIII. 

FIFTH  DECLENSION. 

08.  A.  &  G.  Note;  72;  73;  74,  d:  A.  &  S.  132,  a:  133  (2), 
(3):  B.  144,  Note  ;  145,  Rem.  1,  2  :  B.  &  M.  all  of  146;  147:  G. 
69,  Remarks  1,  2;  70:  H.  120,  1,  2;  122;  123:  C.  35. 

VOCABULARY. 

commeatus,  us,  m.  supplies,  provisions. 

comparo,  are,  avi,  atum,  prepare. 

dies,  diei,  m.  day. 

fides,  fidei,  f.  faith,  pledge,  promise. 

pernicies,  perniciei,  f.  ruin,  destruction. 

profectio,  onis,  f.  departure. 

res,  rei,  f.  thing,  affair. 

spes,  spei,  f.  hope,  expectation. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Cum  pemicie^  exercitus.  2.  Ad  suam  pemiciem. 
3.  Uno  die.  4.  Diem  dicunt  {tket/  appoint).  5.  Sine  spe. 
6.  In  meliorem^  spem.  7.  Magnam  m  spem.  8.  Magnas 
spes  habemus.  9.  Res  Helvetiis  ^  enunciata  est.  10.  Piitat 
res  Helvetiis  enunciatas  esse.  11.  Oinnes  res  ad  profec- 
tionem  comparatae  sunt.  12.  Caesar  paucos  dies*  Sd^  Ve- 
sontionem   commeatus  causa ^  moratur.      13.   Caesar  Gallis 


74  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

fidem   dabit.      14.    Yereor  ne  Caesar  Helvetiis  fidem  det.'' 

15.  Si  Caesar  Germanis  fidem  det,  Eomani  non  laetentur. 

16.  Caesar  Divitiaco^   maximam  fidem  habebat.      17.  Ger- 
manis parvam  habet  fidem.     18.  Caesari  fidem  habeamus.^ 

J  ^''  Write  in  Liatin. 

1.  The  affair  will  be  reported  to  the  Eomans.  2.  He  saj^s 
(that)  the  affair  has  been  reported  to  the  Eomans.  3.  We 
had  great  expectations.  4.  We  shall  prepare  all  things  for  the 
departure.  5.  With  the  ruin  of  many  cities.  6.  We  shall  delay 
many  days  near^  Eome  for  the  sake  of  provisions.  7.  We 
fear  that  the  leader  will  give'^  a  pledge  to  the  Eomans.  8.  We 
have  the  greatest  confidence  in^  the  Helvetii.  9.  They  have 
very  little  ^^  confidence  in  the  Germans. 

Notes  and  Questior^s. 

1  What  is  the  Stem  of  pernicies,  dies,  spes,  fides  ?  When  is  the  final 
Stem-Vowel  short  ?  What  are  the  Case-Endings  of  the  Fifth  Declension  ? 
Which  nonns  are  complete  in  the  Plural  ? 

2  See  «4.  8  See  sf>. 

4  See  93.  6  See  Ln.  XXXV.,  Note  4. 

^  See  General  Vocabulary  under  causa. 

7  See  Ln.  XL VI.,  Note  4. 

8  Divitiaco  —  fidem  habebat,  had  —  confidence  in  Divitiacus  ;  lit. ,  had 
confidence  to  Divitiacus,     See  39, 

9  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7.  lo  See  Ln.  XXXIX.,  Note  2. 


LESSON    XLIX. 

VERBS  :    THIRD  CONJUGATION  :    ACTIVE  VOICE. 

09.  Learn  the  entire  Active  Voice  of  the  Third  Conjugation. 
A.  &  G.  131:  A.  &  S.  222  rego :  B.  87;  88  :  B.  &  M.  292:  G. 
131;  132:  H.  209;  241-248:  C.  76. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  75 

a.  The  Imperative  and  Present  Indicative  have  a  connecting  vowel 
between  the  Stem  and  Personal  Ending ;  this  connecting  vowel  is 
u  before  n,  elsewhere  i.  The  First  Person  Singidar  Present  Indica- 
tive has  the  termination  6  ;  the  Second  Person  Singular  Present  Im- 
perative, the  termination  e. 

h.  The  Imperfect  Indicative  has  a  connecting  vowel  (e)  between 
the  Stem  and  Tense-Sign  ;  the  Present  Participle  and  Present  Infini- 
tive, a  connecting  vowel  (e)  between  the  Stem  and  Ending. 

c.  The  Future  Indicative  has  a  connecting  vowel  between  the  Stem 
and  Personal  Ending  ;  this  is  a  in  the  First  Singular,  elsewhere  e. 

VOCABULARY, 

contendo,  erg,^  contendi,  contentum,  hasten,  march  rapidly, 

dunitto,      ere,  dimisl,       dimissum,  dismiss. 

gero,  ere,  gessi,  gestum,  carry,  carry  on. 

mitto,         erg,  misi,  missum,  send. 

toUo,  ere,  sustuli,       sublatum,  lift,  take  away. 

Conjugate  and  give  a  synopsis  of  eacli  verb ;   name  its  elements ;  parse 
the  nouns  and  adjectives. 

1.  Caesar  m  Italiam  magnis  itineribus^  contendit.  2.  Cae- 
sar ad  hostes  contendit  equitatumque  omnem  mittit.^  3.  Cae- 
sarem  hortemiir  tit  ad  hostes  contendat.  4.  Helvetii  legates 
ad  Caesarem  mittunt.  5.  Helvetii  exereitum  Eomanum  siih_ 
jiiguin^  miserunt.  6.  Nunciat  Helvetios  exereitum  Eomanum 
siib  jiigum  misisse.  7.  Imperator  celeriter  concilium  dimittit. 
8.  Consul  spem  fugae  tollebat.     9.  ToUe,  consul,  spem  f  iigae. 

10.  Belgae   ciim   Germanis   continenter    helium    gesserunt. 

11.  Si  omnes  res  ad  profectionem  comparatae  sint,  m  Galliam 
ulteriorem  contendamiis.  12.  Veremur  ut^  rex  ciim  hostihus 
helium  gerat.^ 

Write  in  Latin. 

1.  Let  us  hasten  into  farther  Gaul.  2.  Let  us  urge  the 
lieutenant  to  hasten  into  hither  Gaul.  3.  The  Eomans  car- 
ried on  war  with  the  Gauls  many  years.^  4.  The  Sequani  had 
sent  our  army  under  the  yoke.     5.  The  king  will  have  taken 


76  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

away  the  hope  of  flight.  6.  The  kmg  had  taken  away  the 
hope  of  flight.  7.  He  thinks  that  the  king  has  taken  away 
the  hope  of  flight. 

Notes  and  Questions. 
'  magnis  itinSribus,  by  long  marches.     See  54, 

2  Name  the  Stems  of  mitto.  What  are  the  Future  Endings  of  the  Third 
Conjugation  ?  Of  the  First  and  Second  ?  What  is  the  sign  of  the  Imper- 
fect Indicative  ? 

3  When  was  an  army  "sent  under  a  yoke,"  and  why?  See  General 
Vocabulary  under  jugum. 

*  ut  after  verbs  of  fearing  is  to  be  rendered  that  Twt. 

5  See  Ln.  XL VI.,  Note  4. 

6  What  question  does  "many  years "  answer  ?   {93) 


LESSON   L. 

VERBS  ;    PASSIVE  VOICE  :    THIRD  CONJUGATION. 

100,  Learn  the  entire  Passive  Voice  of  the  Third  Conjugation. 
A.  &  G.  131 :  A.  &  S.  223  regor:  B.  8T;  88 :  B.  &  M.  293:  G. 
133;  134:  H.  210:  C.  76. 

See  also  73,  a,  of  this  book,  observing  that  in  the  Third  Conjuga- 
tion the  exception  is  the  Second  Person  Singular  of  the  Present  Indica- 
tive instead  of  the  Future. 

VOCABULARY. 

cing6,  ere,  cinxi,  cinctiim,  surround,  encircle. 

deligo,  ere,  delegi,  deleetum,  select,  choose, 

dico,  ere,  dixi,  dictum,  say,  tell. 

duc§,  ere,  duxi,  ductum,  lead,  draw, 

/^nc6,  8rg,  vTci,  victiiin,  conquer. 

Conjagrate  and  grive  a  synopsis  of  eacli  verb. 

1.  Exercitus  Eomanus  ab  Helvetiis  siib  jiigum  missus  est.^ 
2.  Orgetorix  deligitiir.^  3.  Cassius  legatus^  deligetur.  4.  Yix 
suiguli  carri  ducebantur.     5.  Vix  singiili  cam  per  angustias 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  77 

ducti  erant.  6.  Paene  totum  oppidum  flumine^  ciiigitiir. 
7.  Ne  ab  hostibus^  vincamur.  8.  Si  ab  hostibus  victi  es- 
semus,  victoria*  gloriati  essent.^  9.  Si  Caesar  exercitui^ 
praesit,  non  vincamini.  10.  Non  imperator^  deligeris. 
11.  Carri  per  angustias  duci  non  possunt."^  12.  Germani  a 
Eomanis  vinci  non  poterant.'^  13.  Urbs  cingitur;  urbs  cin- 
getur.  14.  Castra  vallo^^  cincta  sunt.  15.  Si  castra  vallo 
cingantur,  non  vincamus.  16.  Si  Caesar  imperator  deligatur^ 
omnes  laetentur. 

Write  In  liatin. 

1.  The  Helvetii  had  been  sent  tinder  a  yoke.  2.  Caesar  said 
(that)  the  Gauls  had  been  sent  under  a  yoke.  3.  The  wagons 
will  be  drawn  with  difficulty  one  by  one.  4.  Almost  the  entire 
town  was  surrounded  by  a  river. ^  5.  We  shall  not  be  con- 
quered by  the  enemy .^  6.  We  fear  that  you  will  be  conquered^ 
by  the  Germans.  7.  As  brave  soldiers  as  possible^  will  be 
selected.  8.  The  best  (men)  have  been  selected.  9.  We  fear 
that  our  soldiers  will  be  sent  under  a  yoke.  10.  You  fear 
that^^  Titus  will  not^^  send  the  enemy  under  a  yoke.  11.  We 
fear  that  Caesar  will  not  select  the  bravest  soldiers.  12.  We 
shall  select  as  many  soldiers  as  possible.  13.  If  the  general 
should  select  the  bravest  men,  all  w^ould  rejoice.  14.  Let  us 
select  as  brave  soldiers  as  possible. 

"  Notes  and  Questions. 

1  What  are  the  Personal  Endings  of  the  Passive  Voice  ?  (7;^)  What  are 
the  Future  Endings  of  the  Third  Conjugation,  Passive  Voice  ?  Of  the  First 
and  Second  Conjugations,  Passive  Voice  ?  Which  verbs  have  a  Passive 
Voice  ?  Ans.  Transitive  VerhSj  i.  e.  verbs  which  in  the  Active  Voice  take 
a  direct  object.    {34) 

2  See  64.  3  See  Ln.  XXXI.,  Note  6. 
*  See  79  and  Ex.  2.  s  See  Ln.  XXXVI.,  Ex.  5. 
6  See  67.                                                     7  gee  Ln.  XLV.,  Note  8. 

8  See  Ln.  XLVI.,  Note  4.  9  See  Ln.  XLIL,  Note  7. 

10  See  54,  n  See  Ln.  XLIX.,  Note  4. 


78  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

LESSON   LI. 

VERBS  ;    FOURTH  CONJUGATION. 

1^1,  Learn  the  entire  conjugation  of  audio.  Active  and  Passive. 
A.  &  G.  132  :  A.  &  S.  222  ;  223  :  B.  83 ;  84  :  B.  &  M.  300;  301  s 
G.  135-138:  H.  211 ;  212:  C.  78. 

a.  The  Third  Person  Plural  of  the  Present  Indicative  and  Future 
Imperative  has  the  connecting  vowel  u  :  e.  g.  audi-u-nt,  audi-u-nto  ; 
see  also  99,  h  and  c. 

VOCABULARY 

audio,  ire,  ivi,      itum,  hear. 

con-venio,  ire,  veni,  ventum,  come  together,  assemble. 

niunio,  ire,  ivi,      itum,  fortify. 

per-vSnio,  ire,  veni,  ventum,  come  to,  arrive. 

venio,  ire,  veni,  ventum,  come. 

Conjugate  and  give  a  sjmopsis  of  each  verb. 

1.  Pueri  multas  res  audiunt.  2.  Multae  res  a  pueris  audi- 
untur.  3.  Mllites  imperatorem  audient.  4.  Imperator  a 
militibus  audietiir.  5.  Belgae  totiim  oppidum  mumverunt.^ 
6.  To  turn  oppidum  a  Belgis  munitum  est."*  7.  Si  castra  a 
militibus  munitS,  essent,  hostes  non  vTcissent.  8.  Muniamus 
urbem  Eomam.  9.  Caesar  in  Galliam  citeriorem  venit.^ 
10.  Veni,  vidi,^  vTci.^  11.  Ad  ripam  Ehodani  omnes  con- 
veniunt.  12.  Mllites  hortatiir  iit  ad  ripam  Ehodani  conve- 
niant.  13.  In  fines  Gall5rum  pervenerunt,  -ubi  inhere) 
propter  vulnera  militum  paucos  dies^  morati  sunt.  14.  Hel- 
vetii  111  Aeduorum  fines  pervenerant^  et  agros  populabantur.^ 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  The  soldiers  had  heard  many  things.  2.  Many  things 
are  heard  by  the  soldiers.     3.  The  ambassador  will  be  heard. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


79 


4.  The  Eomans  came  into  farther  Gaul.  5.  They  fortified 
Geneva^  a  walled  town.  6.  Let  us  fortify  many  towns.  7.  We 
came,  w^e  saw,  we  conquered.  8.  The  bravest  soldiers  have 
assembled  on  the  bank  of  the  Ehine. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

I  What  other  Ending  has  the  Perfect  Indicative  Active,  Third  Plural  ? 
^  How  does  venit  differ  from  vSnit  in  meaning  ? 
^  vidi  from  video  ;  vici  from  vinco. 
*  See  93. 

^  How  does  the  Pluperfect  Indicative  represent  the  action  ?  (42) 
^  How  does  the  Imperfect  Indicative  represent  the  action  ?  (36) 
^  How  many  conjugations  are  there,  and  how  distinguished  from  one 
another? 


LESSON   LII. 

THIRD  CONJUGATION  :    VERBS  IN   lO. 

102,  Learn  the  entire  conjugation,  Active  and  Passive,  of  capio. 
A.  &  G.  131,  page  100:  A.  &  S.  222;  223:  B.  92 :  B.  «&  M. 
294:297:  G.  139;  140:   H.  21T-219  :  C.  TT. 


VOCABULARY. 

capio. 

capere. 

cepi. 

captum. 

take,  capture. 

ciipio. 

ciipere, 

ciipivi. 

cupitum. 

desire. 

fSciO, 

fXeere, 

feci. 

factum. 

mahe,  do;  itgr  fScSrS,  to 
march. 

fodio, 

fodgrg. 

fodi. 

fossiini. 

dig. 

fugi5. 

fugere. 

fugi. 

fugitum. 

flee. 

jaci6, 

jacere. 

jecT, 

j  actum. 

throw,  hurl. 

rapio. 

rapere. 

rapul, 

raptiim. 

seize,  plunder. 

Conjugate  and  grive  a  synopsis  of  each  verb. 

1.  Eomani  multa  oppida  ceperunt.      2.   Malta  oppida  a 
Edmanis  capta  sunt.    3.  Helvetii  magnas  possessiones  ciipient. 


80  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

4.  Magnae  pogsfessiones  ab  Helvetiis  ciipientur.  5.  Nostri 
milites  t^&in  hostes  jaciebant.^  6.  Germani  castra  Eoma- 
norum  rapuerunt.  7.  Germani  magnam  fossam  foderant. 
8.  Fossas  multas  et  magnas  foderimiis.  9.  Fiigite,^  milites,^ 
m  urbem.  10.  Dux  nunciat  hostes*  oppidum  captur5s^  esse. 
1 1 .  Legatus  dixit  oppTdum  a  militibi^s  capturn  esse.^  12.  Una 
pars  initinm  a  flumine  Rhodano  capit.  13.  Legatus  veretiir 
ne  locus  ex  internecione  exercitus  nomen  capiat."^  14.  Helvetii 
per  provinciam  nostram  iter  faciebant.  15.  Helvetii  per 
agrum  Sequanorum  iter  m  Aeduorum  fines  facient.  16.  Iter 
faciamiis  in  fines  Germanorum.  17.  Legatus  milites  hdrta- 
batiir  qu5  iter  celerius^  facerent.^  18.  Milites  iter  celerius 
facere  non  possunt. 

Notes. 

1  Change  sentences  5,  6,  7  into  the  Passive  fonn ;  compare  sentences  3 
and  4. 

2  See  47.  3  See  Ln.  V.,  Note  5. 
*  See  53. 

»  Why  captures  and  not  capturus  ? 

6  captiim  esse,  had  been  taken, 

7  See  Ln.  XLVI.,  Note  4.  8  See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3. 
9  c616rius,  an  adjective^  modifying  iter. 


LESSON    LIII. 
DEPONENT  VERBS:    THIRD  AND  FOURTH  CONJUGATIONS. 

103 •  Learn  the  entire  Third  and  Fourth  Conjugations  of  Deponent 
Verbs.  A.  &  G.  135  :  A.  &  S.  223,  use  regor  and  audior  for  models  : 
B.  93:  B.  &  M.  309;  310:  G.  145-148:  H.  231,  I~3;  Note 
under  232 :  C.  p.  100.  ^ 

104,  Ablative  tvith  certain  Deponents.  A.  &  G.  249:  A. 
&  S.  419:  B.  258,  a:  B.  i&  M.  880:  G.  405:  H.  421,  L:  C.  167 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  81 

VOCABULARY. 

mStior,  mStiri,  mensus      sum,  measure,  deal  out, 

nitor,  niti,      nisiis  or  nixus  sum,  strive,  endeavor. 

orior,  oriri,  ortus           sum,  rise,  begin. 

potior,  potiri,  potitus       sum,  get  possession  of,  obtain. 

proficiscor,  proficisci,  profectus  sum,  set  out  depart. 

sequor,  sequi,  secutiis       sum,  follow. 

utor,  uti.  usus            sum,  use,  make  use  of 

Conjugate  ;  name  the  Stems  ;^  grive  synopses ;  parse. 

1.  Caesar  hostes  sequitiir.  2.  Caesar  paucos  dies^  mo- 
rattis^  hostes  secutiis  est.  3.  Liscus  cum  legiombus  e  castris 
profectus  est.  4.  Caesar  maturat  ab  urbe  proficisci.  5.  Bel- 
gae  ab  extremis  Galliae  f  inibus^  oriuntur.  6.  Milites  frumento 
non  utentur.  7.  Frumento  uti^  homines  non  poterant. 
8.  Pace  uti  non  possiimus.  9.  ImpedTmentis  castrisque  nos- 
tril potitT  sunt.  10.  Nitebantur  lit  imperio  potirentur. 
11.  Nitentiir  ilt'^  totius  Galliae  imperio  potiantilr."^  12.  Galli 
nituntur  ut  impedimentis  potiantiir.  13.  Dux  viris^  frumen- 
tum  metitiir.  14.  Liscus  milTtibus  frumentum  non  mensus 
erat.     15.  Nitamur  ut  totJus  Italiae  imperio  potiamiir. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Liscus  will  follow  the  enemy.  2.  Our  soldiers  followed 
the  Gauls.  3.  The  Gauls  were  following  our  army.  4.  When 
I  shall  have  set  out  from  the  city.  5.  We  shall  make  use  of 
the  corn.  6.  The  lieutenant  is  striving  to  get  possession  of, 
the  camp.  7.  Let  us  strive  to  get  possession  of^  the  baggage. 
8.  They  attempt  to  get  possession  of  ^  the  camp.  9.  The  Gauls 
were  striving  to  get  possession  of  the  entire  town. 

Notes  and  Questions. 
1  The  Present  Stem  of  Deponent  Verbs  is  found  in  tlie  Present  Infini- 
tive by  dropping  the  Ending  ri  in  the  First,  Second,  and  Fourth  Conjuga- 
tions, and  the  Ending  i  in  the  Third  (cf.  28) :    e.  g.   HORTAri,    vfiREri, 


^ 


82  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

POTirl,  and  UTl  are  Present  Infinitives  ;  horta,  vere,  poti,  and  ut  their 
Present  Stems. 

The  Supine  Stem  of  Deponent  Verbs  is  found  in  the  Perfect  Participle 
by  dropping  the  ending  us  (cf.  50) :  e.  g.  HORTAxiis,  VERiTtta,  PoTiTiis, 
and  usus  are  Perfect  Participles ;  hortat,  verit,  potit,  and  us  their 
Supine  Stems. 

2  moratiis,  having  delayed.  ^  dies,  why  in  the  Accusative  ? 

*  finibiis,  limits.  ^  See  69, 

6  nostri,  our  men.  "^  See  Ln.  XXXVIII. ,  Note  3. 

8  See  39. 

Which  Stem  is  wanting  in  Deponent  Verbs  ?  What  is  a  Deponent  Verb  ? 
What  is  the  derivation  and  meaning  of  deponent  ?  See  under  depdno,  Gen- 
eral Vocabulary. 


i)' 


■   .J 

LESSON   LIV. 

GENERAL  EXERCISE  :    PLACE. 


105.  Place  to  which.  A.  &  G.  258,  b:  A.  &  S.  425,  426  (1), 
a:  B.  221,  KuLE  XII.  :  B.  &  M.  938:  G.  410  :  H.  380,  I.,  II.,  2, 
1)  :  C.  130. 

106.  Place  at  or  in  which.  A.  &  G.  258,  c,  d:  A.  &  S.  425 ; 
426  (1),  (2),  a:  B.  249,  Rule  XXX VIL  :  B.  &  M.  932;  933: 
G.  412,  Rem.  1  :  H.  425,  I.,  II.  ;  426,  2  :  C.  148,  I,  2. 

107.  Place  front  which,  A.  &  G.  258,  a:  A.  &  S.  425; 
426  (1),  (2):  B.  254,  Rule  XXXIX.:  B.  &  Ai.  941;  943:  G. 
411 :  H.  412,  I.,  II.,  1 :  C.  182. 

a.  105  answers  the  question  Whither  ?  or  To  what  place  ?  lOO, 
Where  ?  or  hi  what  place  ?     107,  Whence  ?  or  From  what  place  ? 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Caesar    Genavam    {105)    conteudlt,     Caesar    hastened    TO 

Geneva. 

2.  Liscus  Aquileiae  {106)  fuit,  Liscus  was  IN  Aquileia. 

3.  Cassius  Roma  {107)  venit,  Cassius  came  prom  Rome. 

4.  Divitiacus   plurimum   domi   potSrat,    Divitiacus    was    very 

powerful  AT  home. 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN.  83 

VOCABULARY. 

domiis,  us,  f.  house,  home :  domi,  at  home  ; 

domiim,  hoTne,  homeward; 

domo,  from  home. 
nihil  (an  indecl.  neuter  noun),  nothing. 

Noviodunum,  i,  n.  Noviodunum. 

plurimus,  a,  um,  most:    plurimum  posse,   to 

he  very  ^powerful. 
prae-mitto,  ere,  misi,  missum,       send  forward. 
re-vertor,  verti,  versus  sum,  return. 

Suevi,  Sriim,  m.  the  Suevi. 

tra-dueO,  diicere,  duxi,  ductum,     lead  across. 

Analyze  1  and  parse. 

1.  Consiiles  Eomae  plurimos^  annos^  fuerunt.  2.  Eoma 
venerunt  legati  Genavam.  3.  Divitiacus  plurimum^  domi* 
atque  in  reliqua  Gallia  poterat.^  4.  Imperator  omnem  equi- 
tatum  Noviodunum  praemTsit.  5.  Domiim  mittam  pueros 
malos.  6.  Suevi  ad  ripas  Elieni  venerant  et  domum  reverte- 
bantiir.  7.  Nitemur  tit  Noreiam  revertamur.  8.  Si  Roma 
proficiscamiir/  non  domiim  revertamur.  9.  Yeremur  lit^ 
nostri  amici  Romae  multos  dies  maneant.^  10.  Helvetii  jam 
per  angustias  et  fines  Sequanorum  suas  copias  traduxerant  et 
in  Aeduorum  fines  pervenerant. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  We  shall  be  at  home  very  many  ^  days.^  2.  The  friends 
will  come  home.  3.  They  came  from  Noviodunum  to  Rome. 
4.  The  consul  sent  forward  all  the  troops  to  Geneva.  5.  He 
fears  that  we  shall  not^  return^  home.  6.  Let"^  us  return 
home.  7.  They  will  attempt  to  return  to  Geneva.  8.  He 
was  not  able  to  return  home.  9.  If  the  soldiers  had  marched 
more  quickly^  they  would  have  come  to  the  banks  of  the 
Rhone. 


o4  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Noies. 
1  See  Ln.  XXXIX.,  Note  2.  2  See  93. 

3  See  Ex.  4.  *  How  is  domus  declined  ?  (97) 

^  How  is  the  Present  Subjunctive  with  si  translated  ?     (Ln.  XXIX., 
Ex.  1.) 
6  See  Ln.  XLVL,  Note  4  and  Ln.  XLIX.,  Note  4. 
'      7  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7. 

8  See  Ln.  LIL,  Note  9  and  Ln.  XXXVL,  Ex  5. 

LESSON   LV. 

NUMERALS.  —  EXTENT  IN  SPACE. 

108^  Learn  the  Cardinals  and  Ordinals,  the  declension  of  uniis, 
duo,  tres,  and  mille.  A.  &  G  94,  a-e:  A.  &  S.  146;  156;  15T 
(1),  (2);  158-160;  161,  g:  B.  167;  168,  Rem.  1-5:  B.  &  M. 
201-204;  200 ;  207 :  G.92-94;  308:  H.  171;  172;  174-179: 
C.  54;  55,  1,3. 

109.  Extent  in  Space,  A.  &  G.  257:  A.  &  S.  423:  B. 
220,  Rule  XI. :  B.  &  M.  958:  G.  335 ;  336 :  H.  379 :  C.  129,  1. 
This  answers  such  questions  as  How  far  f  How  deep  ?  How  high  ? 
How  wide  ?    How  long  ? 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  CastrS  ab  urbe  milia  passuum  octo  ^bsunt,   the  camp  is 

EIGHT  MILES  distant  from  the  city. 

2.  Flumen  pedes  vTginti  altum  est,  the  river  is  TWENTY  FEET 

deep, 

3.  Mons   pedes   nongentds   alius   est,    the    mountain    is    nine 

HUNDRED  feet  high. 

VOCABULARY. 

alter,  alterS,,  altSrum,         one  of  two,  the  other, 
latus,  S,  iim,  wide. 

longus,  S,  iim,  long. 

passiis,  us,  m.  step,  pace;  mille  passus,  a  mile;  lit., 

a  thousand  paces.  "^ 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  85 

pes,  pSdIs,  m.  foot. 

pond,  p5ngrg,  posui,  positum,        j^lace,    'put ;    castrS   ponSre,   to 

'pitch  a  camp. 
vigilia,  ae,  f.  'watch;  de  prima  vigilia,  in  the 

first  watch. 

N.  B.     No  numerals  will  be  given  in  the  Vocabularies ;  they  must  be 
learned  from  the  grammar. 

Translate  and  parse. 

1.  Flumen  est  pedes  quadraginta  tres  latum.^  2.  Mons 
decern  milia^  trgcentos  pedes  altus  est.  3.  Fossa  pedes  tre- 
centos  longa  est,  sex  pedes  alia.  4.  Fossa  pedes  quindecim 
lata  est.  5.  Milites  daas  fossas  quindecim  pedes  latas  f ode- 
runt.  6.  Caesar  domum^  tertiam*  legionem  misit.  7.  De 
tertia  vigilia^  centum  et  triginta  quinque  milites  praemittit. 
8.  Milia  passuum^  tria  ab  urbe  castra  posuit.  9.  Oppida  ad"^ 
quadraginta  et  vicos  ad  quadringentos  incendunt.  10.  Erant 
itinera  duo ;  unum  per  Sequanos ;  alterum  per  provinciam 
nostram.  11.  Summa^  erat  capTtum  Helvetiorum^  milia 
ducenta  et  sexaginta  tria.  12.  Circiter  miM  hominum  cen- 
tum et  triginta  siiperfuerunt. 

"Write  in  tatin. 

1.  The  river  is  sixteen  feet  deep.  2.  The  river  is  two 
hundred  feet  wide.  3.  The  mountain  is  eight  thousand  feet 
high.  4.  The  river  is  ninety-four  miles  long.  5.  The  men 
dug  a  ditch  ten  feet  deep.  6.  We  shall  send  the  soldiers 
home  in  the  second  watch.  7.  They  burned  about  eighty 
towns.  8.  We  shall  pitch  our  camp  about  twenty  miles  from 
Rome. 

Notes  and  Quesiions. 

1  What  does  Ifttnm  modify  ?    What  is  it  modified  by  ? 

2  Spelled  also  with  two  I's  :  millia. 

*  See  105,  *  What  kind  of  a  numeral  is  tertiam  ? 


OO  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

^  The  Romans  divided  the  night  into  four  equal  parts  named  prima 
vigilia,  secunda  vigilia,  tertia  vigilia,  quarta  vigilia. 

^  A  Roman  pace  (passus)  as  a  measure  of  length  was  about  iive  feet. 

'  ad  with  numerals  signifies  about. 

8  summa,  i?ie  sum  total. 

»  capitum  Helvfitifinim,  of  tJie  Eelvetii;  lit.  of  the  heads  of  the  Helvetii. 

LESSON   LVI. 

COMPOUND  NOUNS.  —  ABLATIVE  OF  TIME. 

110.  Compound  Nouns.     A.  &  G.  T7,  6,  a:  A.  &  S.  300,  a : 
B.  151:  B.  &  M.  170:  H.  125;  126:  C.  106,  1,  2. 

111.  Ablative  of  Time.     A.  &  G.  256  :  A.  &  S.  424 :  B.  252, 

Rule  XXXVIIL  :  B.  &  M.  949.-  G.  392:  H.  429:  C.  185.     The 

Ablative  of  Time  answers  the  questions  When  ?  At  what  time  ? 
Within  what  time  ?  What  question  does  the  Accusative  of  Time 
answer?    See  98. 

EXAMPLES, 

1.  Die  septlmS  pervenit,  he  arrived  ON  the  seventh  day. 

2.  Proxima  noctg  castrS  movit,  THE  NEXT  NIGHT  he  broke  wp  camp. 

VOCABULARY. 

dl-vid6,  vidSrg,  visi,  visum,  divide,  separate. 

in-coI$,  coIerS,  colui,  cultum,  inhabit,  dwell. 

jnsjiirandunij  jurisjurandi,  n.  oath. 

1S.CUS,  us,  m.  ^  lake. 

mensis,  is,  m.  month. 

potens,  potentis,  adj.  able,  powerful. 

pro,  prep.  w.  abl.  before,  for. 

respublicS,  rgipublicae,  f.  republic,  commonwealth. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Galli  E5manis^  jusjurandum  dederunt.     2.  Dixit  Gallos 
Eomanis  jusjurandum  dedisse.^     3.  Multas  res  jurejurando^ 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  87 

sanxerunt  (tJiey  ratified),  4.  Iri^  rempublTcam  legatus  sex 
legiones  duxit.  5.  Pro  republica;  pro  castris.  6.  Per  tres 
potentissimos  popiilos  totlus^  Galliae.  7.  In  fines  Lingonum 
die  quarto  pervenerunt.  8.  Proxima  nocte  de  quarta  vigilia^ 
castra  moverunt.  9.  Proximo  die  Caesar  e  castris  copias  suas 
eduxit.  10.  Solis  occasu  suas  copias  Ariovistus  in  castra  re- 
duxit.  11.  Domi'^  manserunt  sept  em  menses.^  12.  Quadra- 
ginta  tres  annos  regnavit.  13.  Nitamur^  ut  solis  occasu  pro- 
ficiscamur.^^  14.  Gallia  est^^  omnis  divTsa-^^  in  partes  tres, 
quarum  [of  which)  unam^^  incolunt  Belgae,  aliam^^  Aquitani,^^ 
tertiam^^  Galli.^^  15.  A  lacu  Lemanno  ad  montem  Juram 
fossam  vigintT  pedes  ^*  latam  fodit.  16.  De  tertia  vigilia  cum 
legionibus  tribus  e  castris  profectus  est.  17.  Dicit  liostes  siib 
monte  castra  posuisse  milia^^  passuumab  nostris  castris  octo.^^ 

Notes. 

1  See  39.  2  See  Ln.  XVII. 

2  See  54,  *  in,  against. 
^  Which  adjectives  are  declined  like  tdtus  ?  {24) 

6  See  Ln.  LV.,  Note  5,  "^  See  106, 

8  See  93.  9  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7. 

10  See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3. 

11  est  —  dlvisa  is  the  same  as  divlsa  —  est. 

12  Understand  partem.  i^  Subject  of  incSlunt  understood. 
1*  See  109.  i^  oct6  modifies  milia. 


LESSON    LVII. 

PRONOUNS  :    PERSONAL,   POSSESSIVE,   AND  REFLEXIVE. 

112.  Learn  the  declension  of  ggo,  tu,  sui.  A.  &  G.  98,  1,  2,  6, 
3;  99,  (Z,  e:  A.  &  S.  178;  179;  186;  431,  e;  449,(1):  B.  171; 
172,  a,  6,  Rem.  2;  173,  a;  B.  &  M.  2SO-2S2,'  234 j  236:  G.  97- 
100  :  H.  182,  184,  2,  3,  4,  6 ;  185  :  C.  67,  1. 


88  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 


Translate  and  parse. 


1.  Ego^  sum  malus^  sed  tu  es  bonus.  2.  Ego  vos  sub 
jugum  mittam.  3.  Nos  vobls^  amici  sumus.  4.  Nunciat 
nobis  te  venisse.  5.  Ego  de  prima  vTgilia  profectus  essem^  si 
tuvenisses.  6.  Nostra  consilia  hostibus  enunciantur.  7.  Ob- 
sides  inter  sese*  dant.  8.  Inter  se  jusjurandura  dant. 
9.  Omnes  lingna^^  institutis^^  legibus^  inter  se^  differuiit 
{differ),  10.  Helvetii  suls  finibus'^  Germanos  prohibebant. 
11.  Caesar  suos  milites  in  Galliam  mittet  sed  in  provinciam 
nostros.^     12.  Tutis  filius  in  Galliam  citeriorem  iter  faciet. 


Write  in  iLatin. 


1.  I  am  a  Eomanbutyou  are  a  Gaul.  2.  He  will  announce 
to  jou  (that)  we  have  come.  3.  Your  plans  will  be  reported 
to  us.  4.  The  Helvetii  and  Sequani  will  give  hostages  to  each 
other.  5.  He  says  (that)  the  Gauls  and  Germans  will  give 
hostages  to  each  other.  6.  I  shall  send  my  soldiers  home^ 
but  yours  into  Gaul.  7.  You  will  be  friendly  to  us.  8.  I 
fear  that  you  will  not^^  be^^  friendly  to  us. 


Notes. 

1  Form  for  parsing  a  pronoun.  —  Sgo  is  a  personal  pronoun  ;  declined, 
eg<i,  Tnelf  mihi,  me,  me;  Plural,  nos,  nostrttm  or  nostrl,  nobis,  nos,  nobis; 
made  in  the  Nominative  Singular,  because  it  is  the  subject  of  sum  ;  rule 
(see  32). 

2  See  64.  3  ggg  86. 
*  inter  sese,  to  each  other  ;  lit.  among  themselves. 
6  inter  se,  from  one  another. 

6  See  Ln.  L,  Note  5.  7  gee  Ln.  XLIIL,  Note  6. 

8  nostras,  ours :  sc.  milites. 

^  See  105.  10  See  Ln.  XLIX.,  Note  4. 

11  See  Ln.  XLVL,  Note  4. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  89 

LESSON    LVIII. 

PRONOUNS  {continued)  :    DEMONSTRATIVE. 

113*  Learn  the  declension  and  meanings  of  hic,  ille,  iste,  ipse, 
is,  idem.  A.  &  G.  100-102:  A.  &  S.  180-182:  B.  173,  6,  1-3: 
B.  &  M.  239;  24:3:  G.  101;  102:  H.  186,  L-VI. :  C.  59 ;  60. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Horum^  omnium  fortissimi  sunt  Belgae.  2.  Hi  omnes 
lingua,  institutis,  legibus  inter  se  differunt.  3.  Eorum^  tinS 
pars  initium  capit  a  flumine  Eliodano.  4.  Minime^  ad  eos 
mercatores^  saepe  commeant.  5.  Ei  flliam  suam  m  matri- 
mdnium  dat.  6.  I^  sibi^  legationem  ad  civitates  suscepit. 
7.  Ea  res  est^  Helvetiis  enunciata.  8.  Eodem  die"^  cum 
duabus^  legionibus  proficiscetur  et  iis^  dueibus.  9.  Ipse^^  ex 
Helvetiis  uxorem  habet.  10.  Ipsi  m  eorum^^  finibus  bellum 
gerunt.  11.  Mllia^"  passuum  tria^  ab  eorum  castris  eastra 
ponit.  12.  Ab  iisdem  ^^  nostra  consTlia  hostibus  enunciantur. 
13.  Ipse  de  quarta  vigilia  eodem  itinere^*  ad  eos  contendit 
equitatumque^^  omnem  ante  se  mittit. 


Notes. 

1  Demonstrative  pronouns  are  used  sometimes  substantively  and  some- 
times adjectively  :  e.  g.  lii  omnes  differunt,  o2l  these  differ ;  ad  has  sus- 
plciones,  to  these  siisiiidons.  In  the  former  case  parse  them  as  nouns  ;  in 
the  latter,  as  adjectives. 

2  is  is  very  often  used  as  a  Personal  Pronoun  of  the  Third  Person,  and 
should  then  be  rendered  by  the  proper  case  and  number  of  he,  she,  it ;  e.  g. 
is  sibi  suscepit,  he  took  upon  himself ;  ad  eos,  to  them  ;  in  eflrtlm  fini- 
bus, in  their  territory ;  ejiis  milites,  his  soldiers;  ei  dat,  he  gives  to 

HIM. 

8  minime  modifies  saepe.  *  See  32. 

s  See  67.  6  est  enunciata  =  finunciata  est. 

7  See  111.  8  See  108. 


90  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

9  Is  iis  used  substantively  or  adjectively  ? 

i'^  ips^  —  habet,  he  himself  has. 

11  See  Note  2.  12  See  109. 

13  When  a  Demonstrative  Pronoun  is  used  as  a  substantive,  we  may 
sui;)ply  in  translation  the  word  one,  many  men,  persons,  or  soldiers,  if  mas- 
culine ;  thing  or  things,  if  neuter :  e.  g.  h!c  est  fortis,  this  one  is  brave, 
or  THIS  MAN  is  hrave  ;  ab  iisdem,  hy  the  same  persons  ;  idSm  conantur, 
tliey  attempt  the  same  thing. 

1*  eddem  itinere,  hy  the  same  route. 

15  See  Ln.  XXIII. ,  Note  2. 


LESSON    LIX. 
PRONOUNS  {continued)  :    RELATIVE. 

114:.   Declension.     A.  &  G.  103;    104,  e  :  A.  &  S.   184:   B. 

173,  c,  Rem.  1  :  B.  &  M.  24=5:  G.  103:  H.  18T,  2  :  C.  62,  I. 

115.  Agreement.  A.  &  G.  198 :  A.  &  S.  342 :  B.  278,  Rule 
LIII.  :  B.  &  M.  083;  684:  G.  615;  616:  H.  445,  Note  1  :  0. 
114,  1. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Aquitania  Sd  earn  partem  OceSni,  quae  est  Sd  Hispaniam, 

pertinet,  Aquitania  extends  to  that  part  of  the  Ocean  which 
is  near  Spain. 

2.  Flumine  Rheno,  qui  agrum  Helvetium  a  Germanis  divi- 

dit,  hy  the  river  Rhine,  which  separates  the  territory  of  the 
Helvetii  from  the  Germans. 

3.  Proximique  sunt  Germanis,  quibuscum^  bellum  gSrunt, 

and  they  are  very  near  to  the  Germans,  with  whom  they 
carry  on  war. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Proximique  sunt  Gerinanis,^  qui^  trans  Ehenum  inco- 
lunt.  2.  Ad  montem  Juram^  qui  fines  Sequanorum  ab  Hel- 
vetiis  dividit.     3.  Ab   Ocelo^   quod  est  citerioris  provinciae 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  91 

oppidum*  extremum.  4.  AUobroges,  qui  trans  Ehodanum 
vicos  possessionesque  habebant,  ad  Caesarem  veuiunt.  5.  Vocat 
Casticum,  cujus^  pater  regnuin  multos  annos^  obtmuerat. 
6.  Pontem/  qiu  est  adGenavam,  jubet  rescindi.^  7.  Undique 
loci  natura®  Helvetii  continentur :  una  ex  parte^^  flumine^ 
Eheno^^  latissimo  atque  altissimo,  qui^^  agrum  Helvetium  a 
Germanis  dividit ;  altera  ^  ex  parte  monte  Jura  altissimo,  qui 
est  inter  Sequanos  et  Helvetios ;  tertia^*  lacu  Lemanno  et  flu- 
mine  Ehodano,  qui  provinciam  nostram  ab  Helvetiis  dividit. 

Write  in  I<atin. 

1.  They  are  nearest  to  the  Aquitani,  who  dwell  across  the 
Garonne.  2.  The  Aquitani  are  hemmed  in  by  the  Pyrenees, 
which  separate  Aquitania  from  Spain.  3.  He  summons  Titus, 
whose  brother  held  the  sovereignty  many  years.  4.  The  Ger- 
mans, who  had  possessions  across  the  Ehine,  came  to  Geneva. 

5.  He  came  with  the  very^^  soldiers  whom  we  have  seen. 

6.  He  comes  with  the  soldiers,  of  whom  he  has  a  very  large 
number. 

Notes. 

1  Observe  that  cttm  is  appended  to  the  Ablative  of  Relative  and  Personal 
Pronouns. 

2  See  86. 

8  Form  for  parsing  a  relative.  —  qui  is  a  Relative  Pronoun  ;  declined, 
quly  qime,  qu6dj  cujics,  etc.  (give  its  entire  declension) ;  made  in  the  Mascu- 
line Plural  to  agree  with  its  antecedent  Germanis  (see  115) ;  and  in  the 
Nominative,  because  it  is  the  subject  of  incSlunt  {32). 
*  See  64,  s  ctljils,  whose. 

6  See  93.  "^  See  S3. 

8  See  S2.  »  See  Ln.  XLV.,  Note  4. 

10  flna  ex  parte,  on  one  side.  i^  See  S4, 

12  See  25.  i^  alterft,  second. 

1*  tertia,  sc.  ex  parte. 

1^  Translate  the  very  by  the  proper  case  of  ips6. 

16  A.  &  G.  199s  A.  &  S.  343  a:  B.  ^86,  d:  B.  &  M.  694:  G.  616, 
3,  II,  :  H.  445,  4  :  C.  113,  5. 


92 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


LESSON   LX. 


PRONOUNS  {cmtinued)  :    INTERROGATIVE  AND  INDEFINITE. 


116.  Learn  the  declension  of  the  Interrogatives  qnfa  and  qui ; 
of  the  Indefinites  allqnis  and  quis.  A.  &  G.  104,  a,  e;  105,  d  : 
A.  &  S.  183;  184,  a,  h:  B.  173,  d,  Rem.  1,  «,  1,  3  :  B.  &  M.  «46; 
24:9-251;  1041,  second  part:  G.  104,  Remark;  105:  H.  18S, 
L,  IL,  1,  3;  189;  190,  1,  JSToTE  1  :  C.  62,  2,  4,  5,  13. 

a.  Sli-qnis  is  nsed  both  as  a  substantive  and  as  an  adjective;  as  a 
substantive  it  is  declined  as  follows  : 


Sing. 


Plitr. 


Masculine. 
Nom.  ali-quis, 
Gen.    ali-cujiis, 
Dat.    ali-cni, 
Ace.    ali-qnem, 
-  Abl.    all-quo, 

Nom.  ali-qui, 
Gen.    ali-quorum, 
Dat.    ali-quibiis^ 
Ace.    ali-qiios, 
Ahl,    ali-qmbns. 


As  an  adjective  it  is  declined  : 

Masculine. 
■  Nom.  ali-qtiis  awei  ali-qui, 

Gen.    ali-ciijus. 

Dot.    ali-cui. 

Ace.  ali-quem, 
•  Ahl.    all-quo, 


Sing. 


pLim. 


Nom.  ali-qui, 
Gen.    all- quorum, 
Dat.    ali-quibus, 
Ace.    ali-quos, 
Ahl.    ali-quibiis, 


Neuter. 

all-quid, 

ali-cujus, 

ali-cui, 

ali-quid, 

all-quo. 


Feminine. 
ali-qua, 
ali-cujiis, 
ali-cui, 
ali-quam, 
ali-qua, 

ali-quae, 

ali-quariim, 

ali-quibiis, 

ali-quas, 

ali-quibiis, 


Neuter. 

ali-quod, 

ali-cujus, 

ali-cui, 

ali-quod, 

ali-quo. 

ali-qua, 

ali-quoriiin, 

ali-quibiis, 

ali-qua, 

ali-quibiis. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  93 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Quis  me  vocat?  who  calls  me? 

2.  Quern  vidisti  ?   whom  did  you  see  ? 

3.  Quid  domum  non  venerunt  ?  WHY  have  they  not  come  home  ? 

4.  Aliquem  ad  me  mittent,  they  will  send  somebody  to  jne, 

5.  Aliquid  aceidit,  something  has  happened. 

6.  Si  quid  accidat  Romanis,  if  anything  should  happen  to  the 

Eomans. 

Parse  the  pronouns. 

1.  Quis  vos  vocavit?  2.  Quern  video?  3.  Aliquem  vidi. 
4.  Aliquos  ad  eum  miserunt.  5.  Aliquem  locum  occiipavit. 
6.  Cum  aliquibiis  principum  venit.  7.  Si  quis  veniat^  laeter. 
8.  Quid  non  domi  fuisti?  9.  Quae  est  miilier  quae  venit? 
10.  Si  quid  mihi  accidat^  non  laeteris.  11.  Si  quid  Ko- 
manis  accidat,  non  fortiter  pugnent.  12.  Aliquem  ad  te  mit- 
tam.  13.  Aliquis  dixit  hunc  esse  consiilem.  14.  Eiim  hor- 
tabor  ut  ciim  aliquibiis  militum  proficiscatur.  15.  Yereor  ne 
quis  veniat.  16.  Vereor  ne  quid  ei  accidat.  17.  Ut  aliqu5s 
virorum  mittant,  eos  hortemur.  18.  Ciim  aliquibus  principum 
ille  venit. 

LESSON   LXI. 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

117.  A.  &  G  25, /i;  154,  a,  h;  208:  A.  &  S.  74  (7)  ;  562; 
565;  566:  B.  180,  the  whole;  330, Rule  LXXXI.  :  B.  &  M.  4SS- 
SOS;  1S69:  G.  15,  IV.,  3;  476;  485;  494;  500;  501:  H. 
309-311;  554,  I.,  2  :  C.  100;  257. 

VOCABULARY, 
aut,  conj.  or;  aut  —  aut,  either  —  or, 

et  —  gt,  conj.  both  —  and, 

itSaug,  conj.  accordingly,  therefore. 


94  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

n^m,  conj.  for. 

ne,  nonne,  num,  interrogative  particles  (see  Note  1). 

neque,  conj.  aTid  not ;  nSque  —  nSqug,  neither  —  nor. 

postquam,  conj.  after,  as  soon  as. 

propterea,  adv.  for  this  reason. 

quamquam,  conj.  although. 

quod,  conj.  because. 

sed,  conj.  but. 

Translate,  and  parse  ^  the  conjunctions. 

1.  Imperator  et^  magnus  et  fortis  est.  2.  Neque  ^  magni 
neque  fortes  sunt  consiiles.     3.  Dux  non  magnus  est  sed  fortis. 

4.  Dumnorigem  vocat  eique*  flliam  suam  m  matrim5nium  dat. 

5.  Itaque  rem  suscepit.  6.  Horum^  omnium  fortisslmi  sunt 
Belgae,  propterea  quod  a  cultu  atque  humanitate  provinciae 
longissime^  absunt.  7.  Helvetii  iter  per  provinciam  faciunt, 
propterea  quod  aliud^  iter  habent  nullum.^  8.  Is  pagus  appel- 
labatur  Tigurinus^ ;  nam  omnis  cT vitas  Helvetia  m  quattuor 
pagos  divisa  est.  9.  Aut^  suis  finibus^  eos  prohibent,  aut 
ipsi^^  in  eorum  finibus  bellum  gerunt.  10.  Miles,  quamquam 
est  fortis,  non  pugnabit.  11.  Postquam  Caesar  pervenit,  ita 
respondit.  12.  Fortisne^^  est  consul?  13.  Nonne  fortes 
sunt  consiiles ?  14.  Niim  fortis  est  consul?  15.  Si  quid 
haberem,^  id  tibi  darem.  16.  Nititur  tit  vincat.^^  17.  Nonne 
consiiles  domum  venerant  ?  18.  Num  Titus  legatus  circurn 
Genavam  hiemavit  ? 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  nS  is  used  to  ask  for  information  merely  ;  nonnS,  when  the  answer  ycs^ 
and  num,  when  the  answer  no  is  expected  or  implied  ;  e.  g.  bdnusnS  est 
puer  1  is  the  boy  good  ?  nonnS  bonus  est  puer  %  is  not  the  boy  good  ?  i.  e. 
the  boy  is  good,  is  he  not  ?  niim  bonus  est  puer  ?  the  boy  is  not  good  is  he? 

2  To  parse  a  conjunction  is  to  tell  whether  it  is  coordinate  or  subordinate ; 
to  which  subdivision  of  its  class  it  belongs  ;  what  it  connects  :  e.  g.  in  sen- 
tence 6,  quod  is  a  subordinate  conjunction,  because  it  connects  a  subordinate 
with  a  principal  clause  ;  causal,  because  it  introduces  a  reason  ;  it  connects 
the  subordinate  clause  propterea  —  absunt  with  the  principal  clause  hdrum 
—  Belgae. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  95 

8  When  a  conjunction  is  doubled,  as  et  —  et,  aut  —  aut,  the  first 
strengthens  the  union  or  opposition  denoted  by  the  second. 
4  See  39  and  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2.  &  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  1. 

6  See  Ln.  XLII.  7  gee  24, 

8  Use  the  same  word,  Tigurlnus,  in  translation. 

9  See  Ln.  XLIIL,  Note  6.  lo  what  does  ipsl  emphasize  ? 

11  The  interrogative  particle  nS  is  appended  to  the  first  word  of  its  clause. 

12  haberem,  I  had.  is  See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3. 


LESSON   LXII. 

CLASSIFICATION  OF  SENTENCES. 

118,  A  good  knowledge  of  the  subject  treated  under  the  following 
References  will  aid  materially  in  translating  and  understanding  the 
Ablative  Absolute j  Subjunctive  Mood,  and  Indirect  Discourse,  A.  &  G, 
171-182,  coarse  and  fine  print:  A.  &  S.  309-315:  B.  303,  a-g ; 
288,  a-f:  B.  Sz  M.  1399-14=01;  1404;  1405;  1407 ;  1408 ; 
1411;  1413:  G.  192;  193;  474,  1-4;  475;  505-508:  H. 
345-351;  354-361:  C.  107;  108. 

VOCABULARY. 

civis,  is,  m.  and  f.  citizen. 

in-fluo,  fluere,  fluxi,  fluxiim,  flow  into,  empty. 

inter-ficio,  ficerg,  feci,  fectum,  hill. 

posco,  poscere,  poposci,  (no  supine)  demand. 

postquam,  conj.  after,  as  soon  as. 

re-sponde5,  sponderS,  spondi,  sponsum,  reply,  answer. 

Translate  and  analyze^  tlie  following  sentences. 

1.  Ejus  rei  populus  E/omanus  est  testis.  2.  Divico  re- 
spondit*'^  ejus  rei  popiilum  Eomanum  esse  testem.  3.  Hie 
pagus  unus  Lucium  Cassium  consiilem  interfecerat  et  ejus  ex- 
ercitum  siib  jtigum  miserat.  4.  Postquam  Caesar  pervenit, 
obsides  poposcit.     5.  Flumen^  est  Arar^  quod  in  Rhodanum 


96  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

influit.  6.  Caesar  a  lacu  Lemauno,  qui  in  flumen  Rhodanum 
influit,  ad  montem  Juram,  qui  fines  Sequ^norum  ab  Helvetiis 
dividit,  fossam  perdticit.     7.  Quis^  es  ?   Civis  Eomanus  sum. 

8.  Eelinquebatur  una  per  Sequanos  via^  qua  propter  angustias 
Ire  {to  go)  non  poterant.  9.  Ob  eas  causas  ei  munitioni/ 
quam  fecerat,  Titum  Labienum  legatum  praefecit.  10.  Veni 
ut  te  videam. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  Did  the  enemy  send  our  army  under  the  yoke  ?  2.  They 
will  not  send  us  home  will  they^?  3.  Did  he  not  demand 
hostages  as  soon  as  he  arrived  ?  4.  Who  are  those  men  ? 
They  are  Eoman  citizens.  5.  Who  has  come  to  see  us  ? 
6.  The  Ehone  is  a  river  which  empties  into  the  sea.  7.  One 
way  is  left  through  the  Alps  by  which  we  shall  not  be  able  to 
march  on  account  of  the  enemy.  8.  We  shall  either  keep 
the  Gauls  from    our   territory  or  carry  on  war  w4th   them. 

9.  This  man  is  both  great  and  good.  10.  We  shall  march 
through  Gaul  because  we  have  no  other  way. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XXXVI.,  Examples  and  Notes. 

2  What  is  the  object  of  respondit  ? 

8  See  64:.  4  See  64  ;  what  is  the  subject  of  es  ? 

^  See  67.  6  See  Ln.  LXL,  Note  1. 


LESSON    LXIII. 

PARTICIPLES. 


119.  Definition.     A.  &  G.  25,  e;  289:  A.  &  S.  542  :  B.  53, 

d:  B.  &  M.  265,  last  clause:  H.  548:  C.  65,  4. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  97 

120.  Distinctions  of  Tense.  A.  &  G.  290:  A.  &  S.  543- 
545:  B.  323,  Rule  LXXV.  :  B.  &  M.  1343:  G.  278;  279:  H. 
550:  C.  249. 

121.  Used  for  a  Subordinate  Clause.  A.  &  G.  292  :  A.  & 
S.  547:  B.  318:  B.  &  M.  1350:  G.  G67-671:  H.  549,  1-5: 
C.  250. 

EXAMPLES. 

L    Sese    omnes    flentes    Caesari    ad    pedes    projecerunt,    all 

WEEPING  threw  themselves  down  at  Caesar's  feet. 

2.  Liseus  multos  dies  moratus  profeetus  est,  Liscus  HAViNa 

DELAYED  many  days  set  out;  or,  Liscus,  after  he  had 
DELAYED  many  days,  set  out. 

3.  Caesar  eorum  precibus  adductus  bellum  suscepit,  Caesar 

HAVING  BEEN  INFLUENCED  hy  their  entreaties  undertook  the 
war;  or,  Caesar,  because  he  had  been  influenced  hy 
their  entreaties,  undertook  the  war. 

4.  Helvetii  ejus  adventu  commoti  legates  mittunt,  the  Helvetii 

because  disturbed  (or,  because  they  have  been  dis- 
turbed) by  his  arrival  send  legates. 

VOCABULARY. 

ad-duc$,   ducere,  duxi,  ductum,  lead  to,  influence. 

fle6,  flere,       flevi,    fletiiin,  V)eep. 

in-duc6,    ducere,  duxi,  ductum,  lead  into,  induce. 

peto,  pStere,  petivi  and  petii,  petitum,       beseech,  ask,  beg  for. 
pr5-jici6,  jicere,    jeci,     jectum,  throw  forward ;  se  projicerg, 

to  throw  one's  self  down. 

Analyze,  and  parse  the  participles. 

1.  Omnes  flentes^  pacem  petierunt.  2.  Miilieres  flentes 
viros^  implorabant.  3.  Belgae  spectant  in  orientem  solem. 
4.  Hostes  m  nostros  venientes  tela  conjiciebant.  5.  Mllites 
sese  Tito ^  ad  pedes  projicient.  6.  Helvetii  his  rebus*  adducti^ 
ciim  proximis  civitatibus  pacem  confirmant.  7.  Liscus  ora- 
tione  Caesaris  adductus  locutus  est.  8.  Hac  oratione  adducti 
inter  se^  jusjurandum  dant.      9.    Is^  regni   cupiditate    in- 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


ductus  conjurationem  nobilitatis  fecit.  10.  Sequani  paucos 
dies  morati  ad^  Genavam  profecti  sunt.  11.  Helvetii  omnium 
rerum  mopia  adducti  legates  ad  eum"^  miserunt.  12.  Caesar 
de  tertia  vigilia  profectus  ad^  Genavam  pervenit. 


Write  in  Latin. 

1.  The  soldiers  weeping  throw  themselves  down  at  the  feet  of 
Cassius.  2.  Our  (soldiers)  hurl  weapons  against  the  advancing 
enemy.  3.  The  Gauls^  after  they  had  delayed  a  few  days,  set 
out  towards  Eome.  4.  Ariovistus,  because  he  had  been  dis- 
turbed by  Caesar^s  arrival,  sent  legates  to  him.'''  5.  The  Ger- 
mans having  delayed  a  few  days  came  across  the  Ehine. 
6.  The  Gauls,  because  disturbed  by  Caesar^s  arrival,  send  legates 
to  him. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Parse  a  participle  like  an  adjective  (Ln.  VI.,  Note  1),  giving  in  addi- 
tion the  principal  parts  of  its  verb  and  the  different  participles  foimed  from 
the  verb. 

2  viros,  husbands.  ^  See  39;  translate  as  if  it  were  a  Genitive. 
*  See  54, 

^  Imitate  the  Examples  in  translating  the  participles. 
6  See  Ln.  LVIL,  Note  4.      ^  ggg  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2. 
8  ad,  towards,  for.  ^  ad,  in  the  vicinity  of. 

'^^  What  participles  has  a  transitive  verb  ?    See  Ln.  XXXIIL,  Note  5. 


LESSON    LXIV. 

ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE. 

122.  A.  &  G.  255  and  Note  :  A.  &  S.  422  d:  B.  264,  Eule 
XLIX.,  a-c:  B.  &  M.  964-90G:  G.  408;  409:  H.  431,  1,  2,  4  : 
C.  187,  1,  2,  3. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


99 


EXAMPLES. 

Marco  Messala  et  Marco  Pisone  consiilibus,  Marcus  Messala 
and  Marcus  Piso  consuls  ;  or  better,  in  the  consulshijp  of  Mar- 
cus Messala  and  Marcus  Piso, 

Hoc  responso  dato  discessit, 

a.  this  reply  having  been  given 
h.  when  this  reply  had  been  given 

c.  having  given  this  reply  ■  he  departed. 

d.  after  giving  this  reply 

e.  after  he  had  given  this  reply 


VOCABULARY. 

con-vert6,  vertere,  verti,  versum, 

dis-cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  cessum, 

ibi,  adv. 

rg-IinQu6,  linquerg,  llqui,  lictiim, 

responsum,  i,  n. 

rS-vertor,  verti,  versus  sum, 


turn  about,  change, 

depart. 

there, 

leave  behind,  leave, 

answer,  reply, 

return. 


Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Hac  oratione^  habita^  Caesar  concilium  dimisit.  2.  Hac 
oratione  ab  Divitiaco  habita  omnes  auxilium  petierunt.  3.  Hac 
oratione  habita  conversae  sunt  omnium  mentes.  4.  Convocatis 
eorum^  principibus  Caesar  graviter*  eos  accusat,  5.  Marco 
Messala  et  Marco  Pisone  consiilibus  conjurationem  nobilitatis 
fecit.  6.  Ibi  Centrones^  locis  siiperioribus  occiipatis  itinere^ 
exercitum  prohibere  conantur.  7.  Munitis  castris  duas  ibi 
legiones  reliquit  et  partem  auxiliorum.  8.  Hoc  proelio  trans 
E/henum  nunciato  Suevi  domum  "^  reverti  coeperunt  {f)egan) . 
9.  Convocatis  eorum  principibus,  quorum^  magnam  copiam  in 
castris  habebat,  graviter  eos  accusat.  10.  Hoc  proelio  trans 
Rhenum  nunciato  Suevi,  qui  §.d  ripas  Rheni  venerant,  domum 
reverti  coeperunt. 


100  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  When  this  speech  had  been  delivered  by  Caesar  all  begged 
for^  peace.  2.  After  giving  this  reply  all  departed.  3.  He 
came  to  Eome"^  in  the  consulship  of  Titus  and  Cassius. 
4.  Having  fortified  the  camp  he  set  out  with  a  part  of  the 
auxiliaries.  5.  After  this  battle  had  been  reported  across  the 
Rhone  the  Sequani  began  to  return  home. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  The  learner  should  exercise  skill  and  taste  in  translating  the  Ablative 
Absolute ;  in  analyzing  tell  what  relation  it  bears  to  the  rest  of  the 
sentence. 

2  habita,  from  habSo,  signifying  hold,  deliver^  make. 
8  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2. 

*  From  what  adjective  is  graviter  derived  ?  What  is  the  Stem  of  the 
adjective  ?    What  is  the  ending  of  the  adverb  ?    See  Ln.  XLIl. 

^  See  General  Vocabulary.  6  ggg  Ln.  XLIIL,  Note  6. 

■^  See  105. 

^  What  is  the  gender  and  number  of  quflriim  ?  Why  ?  {115)  In  what 
case  is  it  ?    Why  ?  (40) 

^  for  belongs  to  the  verb  ;  peace  must  be  rendered  by  the  Accusative. 


LESSON   LXV. 

IRREGULAR  VERBS:    FERO. 

123»  Learn  the  entire  conjugation  of  fero.  A.  &  G.  139  :  A.  & 
S.  245  :  B.  109,  IV.  :  B.  ife  M.  4L22-424: :  G.  186 :  H.  292  :  C.  85, 1. 

Conjugrate  and  give  a  complete  synopsis  of  eacli  verb. 

1.  Duxsuis^  auxiliumfert.  2.  Auxilium  mllitibus^a  diice 
fertiir.  3.  Si  dux  suis  auxilium  ferat^^  laetentur.^  4.  Si 
auxiliuin  militibus  a  dtice  feratiir,^  laetentur.^  6.  li*  suis 
auxilium  ferre  non  poterant.     6.  Ferte,  milites,  vestris^  auxi- 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.,  /;,  ]      l^i'iffi.l 

lium.  7.  Populus  Eomanus  diu  injurias  tiilit.  8.  Injuriae 
a  popiilo  Romano  diu  latae  sunt.  9.  Populum  Eomanum 
hortatus  est  ut^  diu  injurias  ferrent.^  10.  Caesar  dixit  popu- 
lum Eomanum  diu  injurias  tulisse.  11.  Numerus  eorum^* 
qui^  arma  ferebant,  magnus  fuit.  12.  Numerus  eorum,  a 
quibus  arma  ferebantur^  magnus  fuit.  13.  Numerus  eorum, 
qui  arma  ferre  poterant,  magnus  fuit.  14.  Numerus  eorum,  a 
quibus  arma  ferri  poterant/ parvus  fuit.  15.  Si  Gallis  auxi- 
lium  ferres^  Galli  vincerent.  16.  Si  quis^  Eomanis  auxilium 
tulisset^  vicissent. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  The  Plural  Masculine  of  Possessive  Pronouns  is  often  used  alone  where 
in  translation  some  such  word  as  7nen,  soldiers,  friends,  may  be  supplied ; 
the  Plural  Neuter,  where  we  may  supply  things,  possessions. 

2  See  39.  8  See  Ln.  XXXVI.,  Ex.  4. 

4  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2.  «  See  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3. 

6  See  115.  7  See  Ln.  XLV.,  Note  8. 

8  What  is  quis  when  immediately  preceded  by  si,  nisi,  ii6,  or  ntim  ? 
How  is  it  declined  ?    See  Ln.  LX. 


LESSON   LXVI. 

COMPOUNDS  OF  FERO.  —  ABLATIVE  OF  SPECIFICATION. 

124^   Ablative  of  Specification.   A.  &  G.  253  ;  A.  &  S.  412  : 
B.  261,  Rule  XLVI.  :  B.  &  M.  S89:  G.  398:  H.  424:  C.  180. 

This  answers  the  question  In  what  respect  ? 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Virtute  praecedunt,  they  excel  IN  COURAGE. 

2.  Numero  ad  duodScim,  about  twelve  in  jKUMBER. 


*  **  t  '^. .  ' 


.10^  '•  '.%^     I  /;\    FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


VOCABULARY. 

af-f  er6,      af-f  erre,      at-tuli,      al-latum,i     bring  to,  carry  to,  offer, 

con-f ero,  con-ferrg,  con-tiili,  col-latum,  hring  together,  carry  to- 
gether, collect. 

clif-fer5,     dif-ferre,    dis-tiili,    di-latum,       carry   different   ways; 

differ. 

in-f ero,      in-ferrS,      in-tiili,      il-Iatiim,        hring  into,  hring  upon, 

make  upon. 

rg-f  ero,      rS-f errg,      rg-tiili,      re-Iatum,        hring  hack,  carry  hack. 


Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Hi  omnes  lingua/  institutis,^  legibus^  inter  se  differunt. 

2.  Oppida    sua    omnia   numero^    ad   duodecim^    incendunt. 

3.  Eo^   circiter^  hominum    numero   sedecim  milia^  misit. 

4.  Helvetii  reliquos  Gallos  virtute  praecedunt.  5.  Helvetii 
toti  Galliae^  bellum  inferebant.  6.  Pars  civitatis  Helvetiae 
insignem  calaraitatem  popiilo  Romano  intulerat.  7.  Helvetii 
minus  fecile  flnitimis  bellum  inferre  poterant.**^  8.  Obsides, 
arma,  servi  conferuntur.  9.  Aedui  dixerunt  frumentum  con- 
ferri.®  10.  Caesar  sarctnas-^^  in  unum  locum  conferri^  jussit.^ 
11.  Helvetii  cum  omntbus  suis  carris  secuti^^  impedimenta^^ 
m  unum  locum  contulerunt.  12.  His  responsis^^  ad  Cae- 
sarem  relatis  iterum  ad  eum  Caesar  legatos  cum  his  mandatis 
mittit. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  All  differed  from  one  another  in  language  and  laws. 
2.  They  will  burn  their  cities,  about  five  in  number.  3.  The 
Eomans  will  make  war  upon  the  Gauls.^  4.  I  fear  that  the 
Eomans  will  make^^  war  upon  the  Gauls.  5.  Let^^  us  make 
war  upon  both  the  Germans  and  the  Belgae.  6.  The  baggage 
will  be  collected  into  one  place.  7.  The  Gauls,  having  fol- 
lowed with  all  their  horses,  collected  the  wagons. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  103 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  Accent  the  compounds  of  fSro   correctly:     dffSro,    afferre,    dttUli, 
alUtum. 

2  See  124,  »  See  108. 

*  eo  is  an  adverb ;  see  Gen.  Vy.      ^  circitSr  modifies  the  numeral 
6  See  67.  "^  pStSrant,  could. 

8  See  52.  ^  jussit,  from  jiibeo. 

10  What  is  the  difference  between  sarcinae  and  impedimenta  ?    See  Gen- 
eral Vocabulary  under  sarcina  and  impSdimentum. 

11  sSoati  from  sSquor  ;  where  is  it  made  ? 

12  See  122.  13  See  Ln.  XLVI.,  Note  4. 
14  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7. 

LESSON    LXVII. 

IRREGULAR  VERBS  {continued)  :    VOL.O  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS, 

12^.   Learn  the  conjugation  and  meanings  of  volo,  nolo,  malS. 

A.&G.  138:  A.  &S.  242-244:  B.  109,VL:  B.  &  M.  417-419: 
G.  189 :  H.  293 :  C.  85,  3,  4,  5. 

VOCABULARY. 

a-vert6,  vertere,  verti,  versiiin,  turn  away. 

malo,  malle,  malui,  he  more  willing. 

nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  he  unwilling^  not  wish. 

unde,  adv.  from  which  place,  whence. 

vac6,  are,  avi,  atum,  he  unoccupied. 

volo,  velle,  volui,  he  willing,  wish. 

Conjugate  and  give  a  synopsis  of  the  verbs. 

1.  Aeduos^  flagitare^  Titus  fruinentum^vult.  2.  Helvetiis^ 
bellum  inferre  volumus.  3.  Galli  fimtimis  bellum  inferre 
voluerant.  4.  Si  legatus  pugnare  veWt^  hostes  fugiant. 
5.  Num^  proficisci  de  tertia  vigilia  vultis  ?  6.  Dumnorix 
quam^  plurimas  cTvitates  habere  volebat.  7.  Consul  impedi- 
menta^ in  unum  locum  conferri  vult.     8.     ST  vis  me^  flere. 


104  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

9.  Montem  a  Cassio  occupari  voluit.  10.  Mons,  quern  ^  a 
Labieno  occupari  voluit,  ab  hostibus  tenetur.  11.  Dicit  velle 
sese®  de  republica'^  cum  eo  loqui.  12.  Caesar  ab  Helvetiis 
discedere^  nolebat.  13.  Noluit  eum  locum  vacare  Liscus. 
14.  Dixit  Caesarem  ab  Helvetiis  discedere^  nolle.  15.  Noluit 
eum  locum,  unde  Helvetii  discesserant,  vacare.  16.  Yir  in- 
jurias  diu  ferre  nolet.  17.  Si  legatusiter  face  re  nolit,  milites 
laetentur.  18.  Yereor  ne^  dux  suis  auxilium  ferre  nolit.^ 
19.  Iter  ab  Arare  Helvetii  averterant  a  quibus  discedere 
nolebat.  20.  Pugnare^  Helvetii  malunt  quam  fugere.^ 
21.  Nonne  mavis  tuis^  auxilium  ferre  quam  fiigere  ?  22.  Om- 
nes  virtute  ^^  praecedere  mavult  quam  esse  consul.  23.  Gallis 
prodesse  quam  bellum  inferre  maluit.  24.  Exercitui  praeesse 
malet  quam  domi^^  manere. 

TTrite  in  liatin. 

1.  You  do  not  wish  to  bum  the  town,  do  you*  ?  2.  They 
will  wish  to  make  war  upon  the  Eomans.^  3.  I  fear  that  the 
soldiers  will  not  be  willing®  to  collect  the  baggage.  4.  Let  us 
be  willing  to  follow  with  all  our  baggage.  5.  If  Caesar  had 
been  willing  to  fight,  the  soldiers  would  not  have  fled.  6.  Titus 
does  not  wish  this  place  to  be  unoccupied.  7.  He  will  be 
unwilling  to  bring  aid  to  his^  (friends).  8.  You  had  been 
unwilling  to  make  war  upon  (your)  neighbors.  9.  He  will  be 
more  willing  to  fight  than  to  flee.  10.  The  man  was  more 
willing  to  excel  all  in  valor^^  than  to  be  rich. 

Notes. 

1  See  71. 

2  See  A.  &  G.  271,  a  :  A.  &  S.  532:  B.  315,  /,  3  :  B.  &  M.  1152^ 
1153:  G.  424:  H.  533  :  C.  241. 

^  See  67.  4  gee  Lx.  LXI.,  ISTote  1. 

5  See  Ln.  XLII.,  Note  7.  6  See  53. 

7  See  110.  8  See  Ln.  XLVL,  Note  4. 

9  See  Ln.  LXV.,  Note  1.  lo  See  124. 
11  See  106, 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  105 

LESSON   LXVIli. 

IRREGULAR  VERBS   {continued)  :    EO  AND  FIO. 

120,  Learn  the  conjugation  and  meanings  of  e6  and  fi6.  A.  &  G. 
141;  142:  A.  &S.  246;  248,  a:  B.  lOD,  II.,  V.  :  B.  &  M.  413^ 
415;  426-4:29:  G.  135;  188,  Remark:  H.  294;  295,  1,  3  :  C. 

85,  2,  7. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  De  Caesaris  adventu  certlor  f actus  est,  he  was  informed  of 

Caesar's  arrival. 

2.  Caesar  certior  factus  est  hostes  eastra  posuisse,  Caesar  was 

informed  that  the  enemy  had  pitched  a  camp. 

3.  Caesarem   certiorem   faciunt  hostes   transire,   they  inform 

Caesar  that  the  enemy  is  crossing. 

VOCABULARY. 

certiis,  a,  um,  certain,  sure;  certior  fiSri,  to  be  in- 

formed; lit.,  to  be  made  more  certain, 
e6,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  go. 

ex-eo,  ire,  ii,  itum,  go  out,  go  forth,  depart. 

fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,         be  made,  become,  occur, 
trans-eO,  Tre,  ii,  itum,        go  across,  cross. 

Conjugate  the  verhs  and  parse. 

1.  Doraum^  eunt ;  E5mamibo;  Bibracte^  eamus.^  2.  Per 
angustias  Ibamus ;  per  Gallorum  fines  iverunt.  3.  I,^  miles^ 
domum;  ite,  pueri,  doraum.  4.  Hostes  per  nostram  provin- 
ciam  Tverant.  5.  Legatus  Bibracte  Ire  contendit.  6.  Caesar 
cum  his  quinque  legiombus  ire*  contendit.  7.  In  earn  par- 
tem Galliae  ituros^  esse  Helvetios  dixit.  8.  Propter  angus- 
tias Tre*  non  poterant.  9.  Helvetii  de  finibus  suis  cum 
omnibus  copiis  exTbant.  10.  Nituntur  tit  e  flnibus  exeant.^ 
11.    Magnus    niimerus    eorum"^    do  mo®    exibit.       12.     Hie 


106  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

pagus  unus  domo  patrum  nostrdrum  memorial  exierat.^^ 
13.  Flumen  Helvetii  ratibus^^  transTbant.  14.  Si  flumen 
transeant/^  eos  vincamus.  15.  Si  hostes  Ehodanum  transire 
conentur^  prohibeamus.  16.  Boii  ^^  trans  Elienum  incoluerant 
et  m  agrum  Noricum^^  transierant.  17.  Undique  uno  tem- 
pore in  hostes  impetus  fiebat.  18.  His  rebus ^^  flebat. 
19.  De  ejus"^  adventu  Helvetii  certiores  facti  sunt.  20.  Cae- 
sar eodem  die  ab  exploratoribus  certior  factiis  suas  copias 
praemittere  volebat.  21.  Duo  viri  consules^^  facti  erunt. 
22.  Per  exploratores  Caesar  certior  factiis  est  Sequanos  per 
provinciam  iter  fecisse.^^ 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  What  question  do  dSmum  and  Bibracte  answer  ?    See  105,  a. 

2  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  7.  ^  In  what  is  the  Imperative  used  ?  (47) 
*  See  69,                                        ^  Why  is  ituros  in  the  Ace.  Plural  ? 

^  How  is  the  Subjunctive  with  iit  to  be  translated  after  verbs  of  striving 
and  endeavoring  ? 

7  See  Ln.  LVIII.,  Note  2. 

^  What  question  does  d5mo  answer  ? 

9  See  111.  10  r&tis,  is,  f.  raft, 

11  See  Ln.  XXIX.,  Ex.  1.  12  See  Gen.  Vy. 

13  See  79.  14  See  64. 

16  See  Ex.  2.  I6  exigrat  =  exivSrat. 


LESSON   LXIX. 

DEFECTIVE   AND  IMPERSONAL  VERBS. 

127.  Defective  Verbs.     A.  &  G.  143,  a- c,  Note:  A.  &  S. 
249  (l)-(3)  :  B.  Ill,  6,  Rem.   1,  2  :  B.  &  M.  434-437:  G.  190, 

5  :  H.  397,  I.,  2  :  C.  86,  5,  6. 

128.  Impersonal    Verbs.     A.  &  G.   145:  A.   &  S.  250:   B. 
112;  113:  B.  &M.451 ,-  45*^ ^  454:  G.  199  :  H.298;  299:  C.  8T. 

12!).  Infinitive  as  Subject.     A.  &  G.  270  :  A.  &  S.  531 :  B. 
315,  a,  h:  B.  &  M.  1147:  G.  423:  H.  538 :  C.  236,  1. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  107 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  PerfScile  est  imperio  potiri  (129)^  it  is  very  easy  TO  GET  pos- 

session OP  the  government. 

2.  Mihi  ire  (129)  licet,  it  is  permitted  me  to  go  ;  or,  /  may  go. 

3.  Mihi  ire  licuit,  it  was  permitted  me  to  go  ;  or,  /  might  have 

gone. 

4.  Rogat  tit  id  sibi  f  Scere  liceat,  he  asks  that  it  he  permitted  him 

TO  DO  this  ;  better,  he  asks  permission  to  do  this. 

5.  Rogabat  tit  id  sibi  f  acere  liceret,  he  was  asking  that  it  he  per- 

mitted him  TO  DO  this  ;  or,  permission  to  do  this. 

6.  Me  ire  {129)  oportet,  it  is  necessary  that  I  should  go;  or,  / 

ought  to  go. 

7.  Me  ire  oportuit,  it  was  necessary  that  I  should  go ;  or,  /  ought 

to  have  gone. 

8.  Dicit  me  ire  Sportere,  he  says  it  is  necessary  that  I  should  go  ; 

or,  he  says  that  I  ought  to  go. 


Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Meminerunt/ odemnt.  2.  Memineram  Titum^  videram 
Cassium.  3.  Memento  venire^;  dicit  se  meminisse.  4.  Liscus 
dixit  Dumnongem  odisse  Caesarem  et  Eomanos.  5.  Et  te  et 
ilium  ^  oderamus.  6.  Neque*  me  neque  eum  odit.  7.  Divi- 
tiacus  multis  ciim  lacrimis  Caesarem  obsecrare^  coepit.  8.  Sue- 
vi,  qui^  ad  rlpas  Eheni  venerant^  domum  reverti  coepermit. 
9.  Omnes  mllites  Ehodanum  transTre  coepermit.  10.  Fru- 
mentum'^  conferri^  oportet.  11.  Nos*^  Rhenum  transire  opor- 
tuit.^ 12.  Dicit  ilium  ad  se  venire  oportere.^^  13.  Caesarem 
de  ejus  adventu  certiorem^^  fieri  oportuit.  14.  Eogaverunt 
lit  sibi ^2  liceret  concilium  totius  Galliae  convocare.  15.  Eo- 
gavit  ut  sibi  ire  liceret.  16.  Tibi  eo  die  Tre  licebit.  17.  Per- 
facile  est  totius  Galliae  imperio  potiri.  18.  Tibi  Caesarem 
oertiorem  f acere  de  meo  adventu  licet.^^  19.  Tibi  domum 
Tre  licuit.^^ 


108  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Write  in  Ijatin. 

1.  We  shall  go  home.  2.  Are  you  going  home?  3.  You 
ought  to  go  home.  4.  We  ought  to  have  gone  home.  5.  You 
can  go  to  Geneva ;  you  may  go  to  Geneva ;  you  ought  to  go 
to  Geneva.  6.  You  could  have  gone  to  Bibracte ;  you  might 
have  gone  to  Bibracte ;  you  ought  to  have  gone  to  Bibracte. 
7.  You  are  not  going  to  Eome  are  you  ?  8.  Are  you  not 
going  to  Eome?  9.  Who  will  go  home  with  me ?  10.  He 
says  that  com  ought  to  be  collected.  11.  We  shall  ask  that 
it  be  permitted  us  to  go  home.     12.  Let  us  go  home. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  What  is  a  Defective  Verb  ?    What  is  an  Impersonal  Verb  ? 

2  See  52, 

3  ilium,  that  one;  see  Ln.  LVIII.,  Notes  1  and  13. 
*  See  Ln.  LXI.,  Note  3.  ^  gee  69. 
6  Where  is  qui  made  and  why  ?      ^  "^  See  S3. 

8  See  129.  9  See  Example  7. 

^^  In  this  sentence  ilium  is  the  subject  of  vSnire  ;  ilium  —  venire,  the 
subject  of  oportere  ;  ilium  —  Sportere,  the  object  of  dlcit. 

11  See  Ln.  LXVIIL,  Ex.  1. 

12  How  does  this  sibi  differ  from  the  sibi  in  sentence  15  ? 

18  What  is  the  subject  of  licet  ?  i*  See  Example  3. 


LESSON   LXX. 

THE  PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATIONS.  —  DATIVE  OF  AGENT. 

ISO,    reriphrastic   Conjugations,     A.  &   G.  109,  a;  129 : 

A.   &  S.  229   (1),  (2):  B.  94,  a,  b:  B.  &  M.  32S ,-  S29:  G.  149; 
150;  239;  243:  H.  233 ;  234:  C.  82. 

131,  Dative  of  Agent.     A.  &  G.  232  :  A.  &  S.  383 :  B.  248, 
Rule  XXXVI.  :  B.  &  M.  847:  G.  353:  H.  388:  C.  15T. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  109 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Docturus  sum,  /  am,  about  to  teach;  I  intend  to  teach;  I  am,  to 

teach, 

2.  Docturus  erat  (f  uit),  he  was  about  to  teach  ;  he  was  intending  to 

teach;  he  was  to  teach. 

3.  Audiendi  sumus,  we  must  he  heard ;  tve  ought  to  be  heard. 

4.  Tibi  (131)  audiendi  siimus,  you  must  hear  us;  you  ought  to 

hear  us. 

5.  Agri  consuli  vastandi  grant  (f  uerunt),  the  consul  had  to  lay 

waste  the  fields. 

6.  Vexillum  propdnendum  grat,  the  fl^ig  had  to  be  displayed. 

v.    Oppidum  oppugnandum  erit,  the  town  will  have  to  be  stormed. 
8.    Oppidum  vobis  muniendum  grit,  y(m  will  have  to  fortify  the 
town. 

Translate^  and  parse. 

1.  Obsides  tibi  daturus  sum.^  2.  Caesar  mihi  obsides  da- 
turns  fuit.  3.  Ariovistus  Eomanos  victurus  fuit.  4.  Hostes 
M  ripas  Kheni  Tturi  sunt.  5.  Nunciat  hostes  ad  ripas  Eheni 
ituros  esse.  6.  Frumentum^  Aeduos^  flagltaturus  legatus  erat. 
7.  Domum  ituri  sumus.  8.  Patriae*  profiituri  estis.  9.  No- 
bis^ bellum  gerendum  Srit.  10.  Duo  consules  creandi  sunt. 
11.  In  hostes  venientes  tela  nobis  conjicienda  erant.  12.  Op- 
pidum legato  expugnandum  erit.  13.  Per  Alpes  mllitibus 
iter  faciendum  grit.  14.  Frumentum  Aeduis  dandum  est.® 
15.  Urbs  delenda  est.  16.  Caesari  in  Galliam  maturandum 
est."^  17.  Caesar  maturandum  sibi  esse  existimavit.  18.  De 
ejus  adventu  Caesar  certior^  faciendus  est.  19.  Caesari  omnia 
uno  tempore  erant  agenda :  vexillum  proponendum,^  quod^^ 
erat  insigne,  quiim  ad  arma  concur ri^^  oporteret^^ ;  signum 
tuba  dandum^;  ab  opere  revocandi^^  milites;  qui^®  paulo 
longius^*  aggeris  petendi  causa  ^^  processerant  arcessendi^^; 
§.cies  instruenda,^  milites  cohortandi.^ 


110  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  I  intend  to  write  a  letter.  2.  I  was  intending  to  go  to 
Bibracte.  3.  The  lieutenant  was  to  storm  the  town.  4.  My 
brother  is  about  to  go  to  the  city.  5.  The  Gauls  intend  to 
carry  on  war  with  their  neighbors.  6.  The  boys  must  hasten 
home.  7.  We  must  carry  on  war  with  our  neighbors.  8.  You 
will  have  to  fortify  the  town.  9.  We  shall  have  to  exhort 
the  soldiers.  10.  The  consul  had  to  give  the  signal.  11.  The 
city  will  have  to  be  fortified.  12.  The  town  had  to  be 
stormed. 

Notes  and  Quesiions. 

1  Imitate  the  Examples  in  translation. 

2  Give  the  Synopsis  and  Conjugation  of  each  Periphrastic  form. 

3  See  71.  *  See  67. 

^  See  131  and  Example  8  ;  what  is  the  literal  translation  ? 

^  What  are  the  diiferent  translations  of  this  sentence  ?    See  39  and  13 1. 

^  mllt^randnin  est  has  no  personal  subject ;  verbs  which  do  not  take  a 
Direct  Object  in  the  Active  Voice  have  only  the  impersonal  construction  in 
the  Passive. 

8  See  Ln.  LXVIIL,  Example  1.  9  Supply  Srat. 

10  Why  is  quod  in  the  Neuter  Singular  ? 

n  See  Ln.  LXIX.,  Examples  6  and  7  ;  what  is  the  subject  of  6port6ret? 
Translate  by  the  Indicative. 

12  Supply  grant.  i3  concurri,  to  rush. 

14  paulo  longius,  a  little  too  far. 

15  aggSris  —  causa,  for  the  purpose  of  seeking  materials  for  a  mound. 

16  The  antecedent  of  qui  is  ii,  which  is  the  subject  of  aroessendi  (grant). 

LESSON   LXXI. 

USE  OF  THE  DATIVE. 

132.    Dative  tvith  Intransitive  Verbs.     A.  &  G.  226  ;  227  : 

A.  &S.  374(1);  376:  B.  241,  Rule  XXIX.  ;  244,  Rule  XXXII.: 

B.  &  M.  824;  831:  G   345:  H.  385,  I.,  II.,  and  Note  3 :  C.  153; 
155. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  Ill 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Civitati  {132)  persuasit  fit  exirent,^  he  perstiaded  the  state 

to  go  forth. 

2.  Novis  rebus  studebat,  he  was  eager  for  a  revolution;  lit., 

for  new  things. 

3.  AUobrogibus  imperavit,  he  gave  orders  TO  the  Allobroges. 

4.  Pl5.cuit  ei  (182)  ut  mittSreV  it  pleased  him  to  send. 

5.  Si  AUobrogibus  satisfaciat,  if  he  should  give  satisfaction  to 

the  Allobroges. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Hoc 2  facilius  eis  persuasit,  quod^  undique  loci  natura* 
Helvetii  continentur.  2.  Is,  Marco  Messala  et  Marco  Pis5ne 
consiilibus/  regni  cupiditate  inductus^  conjurationem  nobili- 
tatis  fecit  et  civitati ^^  persuasit,  tit  de  fiuibus  suis  cum  omni- 
bus copiis  exirent.^  3.  Persuadent  Eauracis  et  Tulingis,  f  Tni- 
timis/  iiti,  eodem  usi^  consilio,^  oppidis^  suis  vicisque  exustis/^ 
una  cum  iis  proficiscantur.^  4.  Orgetorix  cupiditate  regni 
adductus^  novis  rebus  ^^  studebat.  5.  Liscus  dixit  Dumnori- 
gem  favere  Helvetiis  sed  odisse^^  Caes§,rem  et  Eomanos. 
6.  Caesar  AUobrogibus  imperavit  tit  iis  frumenti  copiam  fa- 
cerent.^  7.  Quamobrem  placuit^^  ei  lit  ad  Ariovistum  legatos 
mitteret.  8.  Huic  legioni  Caesar  indulserat  praecipue. 
9.  Si^^  Aeduis  de^^  injuriis,  quas  ipsis^^  sociisque  coram ^^ 
intiilerint,^^  item  sT  AUobrogibus  satisfSciant,  ciim  iis  pacem 
faciat. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  We  persuaded  the  men  to  go^  forth.  2.  They  per- 
suaded the  Allobroges  to  go  to  Rome.  3.  We  shall  persuade 
the  Helvetii  more  easily  for  this  reason,^  because  they  are 
hemmed  in  on  all  sides  by  mountains.  4.  We  shall  en- 
deavor to  persuade  (our)  neighbors  to  adopt  ^  the  same  plan, 
burn  up^^   their  houses  and  set   out^  in  company  with  us. 


112  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

5.  We  shall  favor  neither  the  enemy  nor  our  friends.  6.  He 
will  give  satisfaction  to  the  citizens  for^^  the  wrongs  which  he 
has  brought  upon  them^^  and  their  ^^  allies.  7.  We  can^^  not 
give  you  satisfaction  for  all  the  wrongs  which  we  have  brought 
upon  you. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  XXXVIII.,  Note  3.  2  gee  79. 

3  qu6d  is  a  conjunction  ;  what  kind  of  a  clause  does  it  introduce  ? 

*  See  Ln.  XLV.,  Note  4  and  79.  ^  See  l^H. 

6  See  Ln.  LXIIL,  Examples.  ^  See  25, 

8  usi  from  utor,  to  adopt;  lit.,  having  adopted,  made  use  of. 

9  See  104. 

10  oppidis  —  exustis,  to  hum  up  their  toimis,  etc.;  lit.,  their  towns,  etc. 
having  been  burned  up.    {122) 

11  See  Ex.  2. 

12  What  kind  of  a  verb  is  Odisse  ?  (127) 

13  placuit  is  an  impersonal  verb  in  this  sentence  ;  what  is  its  subject  ? 
i'^  Sc.  satisfaciant.  i^  de,  for. 

16  See  67.  17  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2. 

18  intiilSrint  from  infSro  ;  render  it  by  the  Perfect  Indicative. 

19  See  Ln.  XXVIIL,  Ex.  1. 

20  civitati,  state,  is  used  here  for  civibus,  citizens ;  hence  the  dependent 
clause  has  exirent  instead  of  exlret. 


LESSON   LXXII. 

USE   OF   THE  ABLATIVE  AND  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

t33.  Ablative  with  Comparatives*  A.  &  G.  347 :  A.  &  S. 
416:  B.  261,  Rule  XLVL,  c:  B.  &  M.  895:  G.  399:  H.  417: 
C.  174. 

134:.  Subjunctive  expressing  a  Wish  or  Command.  A.  & 
G.  266;  267:  A.  &  S.  472;  473,  a:  B.  309,  Rule  LXVIIL  :  B. 
&  M.  119S;  1197:  G.  247;  249;  253;  256:  H.  483;  484,  I., 
II.,  IV.;  C.  203,  1  and  note. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  113 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Non  amplius   milibus   (ISS)   passuum   octodgcim  ^bSrat, 

he  was  not  more  than  eighteen  miles  distant 

2.  Nihil  virtute  (183)  melius  est,  nothing  is  better  than  virtue. 

3.  Cives  mei  sint  (134:)  beati,  MAY  my  fellow-citizens  be  happy. 

4.  Amemus  (134)  patriam,  LET  US  LOVE  our  country. 
6.    Veniat  (134),  LET  him  come. 

6.   Ne  hodie  proficiscamur  (134),  let  US  not  SET  OUT  to-day. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Quid  virtute  melius  est?  2.  ScTmus  solein  majorem 
esse  terra.  3.  Amicitia,  qua^  nihil  melius  habemus^  nobis '^  a 
dis^  immortalibus  data  est.  4.  Haec^  sunt  dulciora  melle. 
5.  Mllites  fortiores  sunt  imperatore.  6.  Caesar  ab  oppido 
non  amplius  milibus  passuum  duobus  castra  posuit.  7.  Ab  urbe 
non  amplius  milibus  passuum  quinque  castra  ponemus.  8.  Ipse 
ab  hostium  castris  non  longius  mille^  et  quingentis  passibus 
aberat.  9.  Quod  a  Bibracte^  oppido  Aeduorum  longe  maximo 
et  copiosissimo,  non  amplius  milibus  passuum  octodecim 
Sberat,  rei  frumentariae  prospiciendum^  existimavitiHter^  ab 
Helvetiis  avertit  ac  Bibracte  Ire  contendit.  10.  Mllites  veniant. 
11.  Sitis^  beati.  12.  Hos  latrones  interficiamus.  13.  Cae- 
sarem  de  ejus  adventu  certiorem  faciamus.  14.  Ad  Bibracte 
de  quarta  vigilia  ne  proficiscamur.  15.  Legatus  certior  fiat 
de  meo  consilio.  16.  Iter  celerius  per  Galliam  faciamus. 
17.  Clvitati^^  persuadeamus  iit  exeant.^^  18.  No  vis  rebus  ne 
studeamus.  19.  Hostibus  patriae  ne  faveamus.  20.  Aeduis 
de  injuriis,  quas  eorum  sociis  ^^  intulimus,  satisfaciamus. 

Write  in  I<atin. 

1.  This  man  is  bigger  than  Caesar.  2.  Nothing  is  better 
than  friendship.  3.  The  lieutenant  is  braver  than  the  gen- 
eral.    4.  We  are  not  more  than  twenty  miles  from  the  city. 


114  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

5.  May  we  be  brave.  6.  Let  us  set  out  in  the  third  watch. 
7.  Let  us  look  out  for  supplies.  8.  Let  us  not  kill  these 
men.  9.  Let  us  persuade  the  citizens  to  go  forth.  10.  May 
it  please  ^^  you  to  send  ambassadors  to  Caesar.  11.  Let  the 
enemy  come.     12.  Let  us  make  haste  to  go  home. 

Notes  and  Questions. 
1  See  133.  ^  See  39. 

8  See  20.  *  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  13. 

6  Is  mille  in  this  sentence  an  adjective  or  substantive  ?    See  108, 

6  Sc.  essS.     See  130. 

7  rgi  —  existimavit,  he  thought  that  he  ought  to  look  out  for  supplies, 

8  Introduce  the  translation  of  this  clause  with  accordingly. 

9  See  Example  3.  ^^  See  132. 
11  See  Ln.  LXXL,  Note  20.                   12  See  67. 
18  See  Ln.  LXXL,  Example  4. 


LESSON   LXXIII. 

TENSES     OF     THE     SUBJUNCTIVE.  —  SUBJUNCTIVE    IN    FINAL 

CLAUSES. 

135.  Sequence  of  Tenses.  A.  &  G.  283-286  :  A.  &  S.  524- 
526:  B.  61;  311,  Rule  LXX.  :  B.  &  M.  1103  f  1164:  G.  216; 
510:  H.  198;  490-493:  C.  234. 

136.  Subjunctive  of  Purpose,  A.  &  G.  317,  Remark  : 
A.  &  S.  482:  B.  295,  Rule  LVIIL;  299,  Rule  LXL  :  B.  &  M. 
1205;  1207 :  G.  543-546;  632  :  H.  49T,  I.,  II.  :  C.  206.  This 
answers  such  questions  as  For  what  purpose  ?  With  what  design  f 
With  tvhat  aim?     To  what  end?     Why?     What? 


EXAMPLES. 
1.   Venit      1  he  comes 


2.  Vgniet 

3.  Venit 


ut  videat, 


he  will  come 
he  has  come 


4.   Venerlt  -1  he  will  have  come  - 


TO  SEE,  IN  ORDER 
TO  SEE,  THAT  HE 
MAY  SEE. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  115 


5.  Vgniebat  i  he  was  coming 

6.  Venit         I  iit  videret,         he  came 

7.  Vengrat   J  he  had  come 


TO  SEE,  IN  ORDER 
TO  SEE,  THAT  HE 
MIGHT  SEE. 

8.  Ut  consequi  posset  pontem.  fecit,  he  m/ide  a  bridge  that  he 

MIGHT   BE   ABLE    to  pursue. 

9.  Postiilavit  ne  Aeduis  bellum  inf  erret,  he  dem/inded  tha^  he 

SHOULD  NOT  MAKE  War  UPON  the  Aedui. 

10.  Equitatum  qui  sustineret  impetum  misit,  he  sent  cavalry  to 

WITHSTAND  the  attack. 

11.  Ne  offenderet  vgrebatur,  he  was  fearing  that  he  should  offend. 

12.  Ut  Isocii  venirent  vgrebatur,  he  was  fearing  that  the  allies 

would  NOT  come. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Allobrogibus  imperavit,  iit  iis  frumenti  copiam  ftcerent. 
2.  Caesar  Dumnorigem  monet,  iit  m  reliquum  tempus^  sus- 
pTciones  vitet.  3.  Nam,  ne  ejus  supplicio^  DivitiSci  animum 
ojBFenderet,  vercbatur.  4.  Dumnongi  persuasit  iit  idem^  co- 
naretur.  5.  Copias  suas  Caesar  in  proximum  collem  subducit 
equitatumque,  qui  sustineret  hostium  impetum,  misit.  6.  Le- 
gates ad  eum  mittunt  qui  dicant  agros  consiili*  vastandos  esse.^ 
7.  Postiilavit  ne  aut  Aeduis^  aut  eorum  sociis^  bellum  infer- 
ret.  8.  NonnuUi  piidore  adducti,"^  iit  timoris  suspicionem 
vitarent,  remanebant.  9.  Caesar  omnium  ex  conspectu  re- 
motis  equis/  iit  spem  fiigae  toUeret,  cohortatus^  suos^^  proe- 
lium  commlsit.  10.  Caesar  ad  Ariovistum  legatos  mIsit,  qui 
ab  eo  postiilarent,  iiti  aliquem^^  locum  medium  utriusque^^ 
colloquio^^  dicSret.  11.  Castella  commiinit,  quo^*  facilius,  si 
se  invito  ^^transire  conarentur,  proMbere  possit. 

Write  in  liatin.^^ 

1.  I  shaU  give  orders  to  the  Gauls  to  furnish  us  with  a 
supply  of  corn.  2.  He  had  given  orders  to  the  Sequani  to 
furnish  a  supply  of  com  to  the  soldiers.     3.  We  shall  advise 


116  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

him  ^^  to  avoid  suspicions  in  the  future.^  4.  We  have  ad- 
vised Cassius  to  avoid  suspicions  in  the  future.  5.  We  advised 
Cassius  to  avoid  suspicions  in  the  future.  6.  Caesar  was 
fearing  that  Dunmorix  would  not  avoid  suspicions  in  the  fu- 
ture. 7.  We  shall  send  cavalry  to  withstand  the  attack  of 
the  Gauls.  8.  Caesar,  after  removing  his  horse  ^  out  of  sight, 
urged  his  men  to  fight  bravely.  9.  He  demanded  that  they 
should  not  mate  war  either  upon  us  or  upon  our  allies. 
10.  We  shall  fortify  the  place  that^*  we  may  be  able  to  more 
easily  withstand  an  attack. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  in  renquTim  tempus,  in  the  future;  lit.,  into  the  reTnaining  tiTne, 

2  See  79. 

8  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  13  ;  where  would  idem  be  made  ? 

*  See  131.  6  See  ^^q  and  62. 

«  See  67.  7  See  Ln.  LXIII.,  Ex.  3. 

8  See  122  and  Examples.  9  See  Ln.  LXIIL,  Ex.  2. 

10  See  Ln.  LXV.,  Note  1.  u  How  declined  ?    See  116,  a. 

12  mgdium  atrinsque,  midtvay  between  both ;  uterque  is  declined  like 
uter.  (24:) 
18  See  39. 
1*  qno  is  preferred  to  nt  when  its  clause  contains  a  comparative. 

15  se  invito,  against  his  will;  see  122 ;  lit,  he  unwilling, 

16  In  writing  these  imitate  carefully  the  preceding  Latin  sentences, 
"  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2. 


LESSON   LXXIV. 

USE  OP  THE  DATIVE  {continued). 

137»    I>ative  of  fhe  iPerson  vossesslng.    A.  &  G.  231 :  A. 

&  S.  384 :  B.  243,  Rule  XXXI. :  B.  &  M.  S21 :  G.  349 :  H.  38T : 
0.  156. 

138.     Two  natives.     A.  &  G  233,  «;  A.  &  S.  385;  386  :  B. 
246,  Rule  XXXI V.  :  B.  &  M.«4«.- G.  350  :  H.  390, 1.,  II.:  C.  161. 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN.  117 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Est  mihi  {1S7)  domi  pater,  I  have  a  father  at  home;  lit., 

a  father  is  to  me  at  home, 

2.  Sex  viro  {137)  filii  fuerunt,  A  man  had  six  sons. 

3.  Haec  mihi  (1S8)  sunt  curae,  these  (things)  are  A  care  to  me  ; 

lit.,  these  (things)  are  for  a  care  to  me. 

4.  Tertiam  aciem  nostris  subsidio  misit,  he  sent  the  third  line 

AS  a  relief  to  our  (men). 

5.  Novissimis  praesidio  erant,  they  were  A  protection  to  the 

hindmost. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Mihi  est  amicus;  tibi  sunt  plurimi  amici.  2.  Magni 
pedes  sunt  meo  fratri  sed  caput  parvum.  3.  Erit  consuli 
magnus  exercitus.  4.  Imperatori  fuerunt  milites  multi  et^ 
fortes.  5.  Yirtus  est  viro  honori.  6.  Dixit  haec  sibi  esse 
curae.  7.  Quinque  cohortes  castris  praesidio  rellquit.  8.  Le- 
gato^  imperavit  tit  quinque  cohortes  castris  praesidio  relin- 
queret.^  9.  Magno  usui  nostris  fuit.  10.  Nam  equitatui,* 
quem^  auxilio  Caesari  Aedui  miserant,  Dumnorix  praeerat. 
11.  Gallis  magno  ad  pugnam^  erat"^  impedimento,  quod  non 
satis  commode  pugnare  poterant.  12.  Boii  et  Tulingi,  qui 
hominum  milibus^  circiter  quindecim  agmen  hostium  claude- 
bant  et  novissimis^  praesidio  erant,  ex  itmere^^  nostros  circum- 
venere.^^  13.  His  rebus^^  cognitis  Caesar  Gallorum  animos 
verbis  ^^  confirmavit  poUicitusque  est  sibi  cam  rem  curae  fiitu- 
ram.^*  14.  Ariovistus  dixit  amlcitiam  popiili  Eomani  s3[bi 
omamento  et  praesidio  non  detrimento  esse^^  oportere.^® 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  My  friend  has  four  sons.  2.  The  lieutenant  had  many 
soldiers.  3.  He  wiU  leave  two  legions  as  a  protection  to  the 
camp.  4.  The  cavalry,  which  the  lieutenant  sent,  was  a  great 
protection  to  the  rear.     5.  It  was  a  great  hindrance  to  us  in 


118  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

battle  that  we  could  ^^  not  fight  with  suiRcient  ease.  6.  He 
will  order  the  lieutenant ^  to  send^^  soldiers  as  a  relief  to  our 
men.  7.  He  ordered  the  lieutenant  to  send  soldiers  as  a  relief 
to  our  men.  8.  The  consul  ought ^^  to  send  soldiers  as  a 
relief  to  us. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  Ln.  VI.,  Note  5.  2  gee  132. 

2  Why  is  the  Subjunctive  used  ?  (136)   Why  the  Imperfect  Tense  ?  (135) 
What  question  does  ut  —  rglinquSret  answer  ?  {136) 

*  See  67. 

^  quern  ;  why  is  the  Masculine  Singular  used  ?    Why  the  Accusative  ? 

6  ad  pugnam,  in  battle. 

^  The  subject  of  §rat  is  the  substantive  clause  quod  —  potSrant. 

^  Is  milibus  used  as  a  noun  or  as  an  adjective  ?  {108) ;  see  also  54, 

^  novissimis,  to  the  hindmost ;  lit.,  to  tlie  newest, 

10  ex  itingre,  on  the  march. 

11  What  is  the  other  ending  of  the  Perfect  Indicative  Active  3d  Plural  ? 

12  See  122.  13  gee  54. 
1*  Sc.  ess6.  15  See  129. 

16  See  12H  and  Ex.  8.  17  See  Ln.  XXVIII.,  Ex.  2. 

"  See  136, 


LESSON   LXXV. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  IN  CONSECUTIVE  CLAUSES. 

139*  Subjunctive  of  Result.  A.  &  G.  319,  d;  332,  a  :  A.  &> 
S.  483;  494,  a;  499:  B.  296,  Rule  LIX.  ;  297,  Rule  LX.;  301, 
Rule  LXII.  :  B.  &  M.  121S-1220:  G,  553-558:  551,  1,  2: 
H.  500,  L,  II.  ;  501,  I.,  1  ;  504:  C.  207;  208;  209;  223. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Tantus  timor  exercitum  occiipavit  ut  omnium  mentes 
perturbaret,  siich  fear  seized  the  army  that  it  disturbed 
the  minds  of  all. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  119 

2.  Dixit  non  se  tSm  barbSrum  essS  ut  n5n  sciret,  he  said  he 

was  not  so  uncivilized  as  not  to  know. 

3.  Fiebat  iit  minus  late  vagarentur,  it  happened  that  they 

ROAMED  ABOUT  less  extensively. 

4.  Retineri  n5n  poterant  quin  tela  conjicerent,  they  could  not 

be  prevented  from  hurling  weapons. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Milites  numero^  tarn  multi  erant^  tit  agmini^  novissimo 
magno  praesidio^  essent.^  2.  His  rebus*  fiebat^  tit  et  minus 
late  vagarentur  et  minus  ^cile  f  initimis  bellum  inferre  possent. 

3.  Ariovistus  dixit  non  se  tam  barbarum  esse^  ut  non  scTret 
bello^  AUobrogum  proximo  Aeduos  E5manis  auxilium  non 
ttilisse.  4.  Tantus  siibito  timor  omnem  exercitum  occtipavit, 
tit  non  mediocriter  omnium  mentes  "^  animosque  perturbaret. 
5.  Mons  autem  altissimus  impendebat,  tit^  facile  perpauci 
prohibere  possent.  6.  Divico  respondit :  Ita^  Helvetios  a 
majoribus  suis  institutos  esse/^  liti  obsTdes  accipere,  non  dare, 
consuerint.^^  7.  Ita  dies^^  circiter  quindecTm  iter  fecerunt, 
titi  inter  novissimum  hostium  agmen  et  nostrum  primum^^  sex 
milia  passuum  interessent.  8.  Ipse  autem  Ariovistus  tantos 
sibi^*  spiritus,  tan  tam  arrogantiam  sumpserat,  lit  ferendus^^ 
non  videretur.  9.  Germani  retineri  non  poterant  quin  m 
nostros  tela  conjicerent. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Such  fear  seized  the  men  that  they  all  fled.  2.  Such  fear 
seizes  the  men  that  they  all  flee.  3.  We  are  so  many  in  num- 
ber^ that  we  can  easily  keep  their ^^  army  from  the  march.^^ 

4.  For  these  reasons*  it  happened  that  they  easily  kept  our 
army  from  the  march.^^  5.  For  these  reasons  it  happens  that 
they  make  w^ar  upon  their  neighbors.  6.  They  marched  in 
such  a  manner  that  four  miles  intervened  between  their  rear 
and   our  van.^^       7.    This  man  assumes  ^^   such  lofty  airs 


120  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

that  he  does  not  seem  endurable.^^  8.  The  lieutenant  as- 
sumed such  lofty  airs  that  he  did  not  seem  endurable.^^ 
9.  The  Romans  could  not  be  prevented  from  making  ^^  war 
upon  their  neighbors. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

I  See  124.  2  See  138. 

3  Why  the  Imperfect  ?  (135) 
*  his  rebus,  for  these  reasons  ;  see  79, 
6  What  is  the  subject  of  fiebat  ?  6  ggg  nt. 

■^  How  do  mens  and  animus  diifer  in  signification  ?    See  Gen.  Vy. 
8  ut,  so  that.  9  ita  modifies  institutes  essg. 

10  institutes  ess6  is  object  of  respondit.  {52) 

II  See  A.  &  G.  128,  a;  A.  &  S.  2i28,  «,  h:  B.  95,  d:  B.  &  M.  315: 
G.  151,  1:  H.  235:  C.  84;   7. 

12  See  93,  i^  primum,  so.  agmen  ;  render  'Vian, 

1*  See  39, 

15  fSrendus,  endurable  ;  lit.  {one)  to  he  endured. 

16  See  Ln.  XLIIL,  Note  6^.^  i^  See  Ln.  LVIII.,  Note  2. 
18  See  Example  4.  i^  to  assume,  sibi  stimSre. 

LESSON   LXXVI. 

USE   OF  THE  GENITIVE. 

140.  Genitive  with  Adjectives.     A.  &  G.  218  :  A.  &  S.  359 : 
B.  234,  EuLE  XXIII.  :  B.  &  M.  765:  G.  373 :  H.  399 :  C.  136,  2. 

141.  Genitive  in  Predicate,     A.  &  G.  214,  c:  A.  &  S.  357: 

B.  230,  Kem.  1  :  B   &  M.  780:  G.  365:   H.  401:  C.  135. 

142.  Genitive  tvitli  certain  Verbs.     A.  &  G.  219 :  A.  &  S. 
365  :  B.  235,  Rule  XXIV. :   B.  &  M.  78S:  G.  375 :  H.  406,  II. : 

C.  137,  1,  2. 

EXAMPLES. 
1.   Qui  rSi  (14:0)  militaris  peritissimus  habebatur,  who  wan 

considered  very  skilful  in  military  science. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  121 

2.  Bellandi  {140)  ciipidi,  desirous  OP  carrying  ON  WAR. 

3.  Judicium  imperatSris  {14=1)  est,  the  decision  is  the   gen- 

eral's ;   or,    belongs  to  the  general. 

4.  Gallia  est  popiili  (141)  Romani,  Gaul  belongs  TO  THE  Roman 

people. 

5.  Reminiscatur  pristinae  virtutis  {142)  Helve tiorum,  let  him 

recollect  the  former  valor  of  the  Helvetii. 

6.  Vgteris  contumeliae  {142)  oblivisci  vult,  he  is  willing  to 

forget  the  old  insult. 

Analyze  and  parse* 

1.  Legatus  belli  peritus^  liabetur.  2.  Legatus  nititur  lit 
belli  peritus  f  iat.^  8.  Nitebatur  tit  rei  militaris  perltissimus 
fieret.^  4.  Publius  Considius^  qui  rei  militaris  perltissimus 
habebatur  et^  m  exercitu  Luci  Sullae  et  postea  m  Marci  Crassi* 
fuerat^  cum  exploratoribus  praemittitur.  5.  Ariovistus  dixit 
se  non  tam  imperitum  esse  rerum^  ut  non  scTret^  Aeduos  aux- 
ilio*^  populi  Somani  non  usos  esse.^  6.  Milites  hortabor,  tit 
gloriae  semper  memores  sint.  7.  Nos  monuit  tit  virtutis 
semper  memores  essemus.  8.  Qua  de  causa^  homines  bel- 
landi ^^  ctipidi  magno  dolore  afficiebantur.  9.  Dlcit  ipsum 
esse  Dumnorigem  cupidum  no  varum  rerum.  10.  Dicunt  de 
summa  belli ^^  judicium  imperatoris  esse^^  se  existimavisse.^^ 
11.  Neque  judicat  Galliam  potius  esse  Ariovisti  quam  popiili 
Romani.  12.  Mllitum  est  fortiter  pugnare;^^  imperat5ris  est 
imperare.  13.  Divico  Caesarem  hortatur  tit  reminiscatur  et^* 
veteris  incommodi  populi  Eomani  et  pristinae  virtutis  Helve- 
tiorum.  14.  Caesar  recentium  injuriarum  oblivisci  non  vult.^^ 
15.  Omnis  contiimeliae  oblTviscamur. 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  I 'am  not  considered  very  skilful  in  war.^^  2.  I  shall 
strive  to  become^  skilful  in  war.  3.  This  lieutenant,  who 
had  been  in  SuUa^s  army  and  afterwards  in  Caesar^s  and  was 


1*22  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

considered  skilful  in  battle^  was  sent  forward  with  soldiers. 

4.  These   soldiers   are  very  desirous  of  carrying   on  war.^^ 

5.  The  decision  concerning  the  general  managements^  of  affairs 
belongs  s^  to  the  consul.  6.  This  house  is  Caesar^s.  7.  We 
ought  to  forget  insults.^^     8.  Let  us  forget  all  wrongs. 

Notes  and  Questionis. 
1  See  64.  2  gee  126  and  136. 

3  Why  Imperfect  ?  {13S) 

*  in  Marcl  Crassi,  sc.  exercitu  ;  translate,  in  that  of  Marcus  Crassus, 

^  6t  connects  habebatur  and  fuSrat.        ^  See  139  and  Example  2. 

7  See  104,  8  usos  essS  depends  upon  sciret 

9  qua  de  causa,  for  this  reason. 

10  bellandi  is  a  Gerund  ;  parse  it  like  a  noun. 

11  de  summa  belli,  concerning  the  general  management  of  the  war. 

12  ess^  depends  upon  ezistimavisse  ;  existimavisse  upon  dicunt 

13  See  129.  14  See  Ln.  LXL,  Note  3. 
15  See  125.                                                   16  See  140. 

17  See  Ex.  3.  is  See  142. 


LESSON    LXXVII. 

CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES. 

143.  A.  &  G.  304-308:  A.  &  S.  476,  a,  b:  B.  30.5,  a,  1-3  ; 
306,  Rule  LXVI.  :  B.  &  M.  1259-1208:  G.  590;  591;  596  - 
599:  H.  506;  507,  I. -III.  :  C.  215,  1,  2,  3,  4. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Si  vincit,  laetatur,  if  he  is  conquering,  he  is  rejoicing. 

2.  Si  vincet,  laetabitur,  if  he  conquers  (shall  conquer),  he  will 

rejoice. 

3.  Si  vicerit,  laetabitur,  if  he  conquers  (shall  have  conquered),  he 

will  rejoice. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  123 

4.  Si  vincat,  laetetur,  if  he  should  conquer,  he  would  rejoice. 

5.  Si  vinceret^  laetaretur,  if  he  were  conquering,  he  would  he 

rejoicing. 

6.  Si  vicisset,  laetatus  esset,  if  he  had  conquered,  he  would  have 

rejoiced. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Si  pugnat,  vincit.  2.  Si  pugnabit,  vincet.  3.  Si  pugna- 
verit,  vincet.  4.  Si  pugnet,  vincat.  5.  Si  pugnaret,  vinceret. 
6.  Si  pugnavissetj  vicisset.  7.  Si  Helvetii  Allobrogibus  ^ 
satis^cient_,  cum  iis  pacem  faciam.  8.  Si  Helvetii  Allobro- 
gibus  satis:Kciant^  ciim  iis  pacem  iKciam.  9.  Caesar  dicit  si 
Helvetii  AUobrogibus  satisfaciant^  sese  ciim  iis  pacem  esse 
factiirum.2  iq^  Si  quid^  vultis^^^  revertimini.*  11.  Si  pacem 
popiilus  Eomanns  cum  Helvetiis  faciet^  in  eam  partem  ibunt-^^ 
Helvetii  iibi  eos  esse  volueris.^  12.  Sin  bello®  persequi^  per- 
severabis,^  reminiscere*  et  veteris  incommodi^  populi  Eomani 
et  pristmae  viriiitis  Helvetiorum.  13.  Si  veteris  contumeliae 
oblivisci  vellem,^^  niim^^  etiam  recentium  injuriarum  memo- 
riam  deponere^  possem?  14.  Si  id  fiet,  provinciae^^  pericu- 
losum  erit.  15.  Caesar  dicit  si  nemo^^  sequatur^  se  cum  sola 
decima  legione  itiirum  esse.^^ 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  If  he  is  satisfying  the  Aedui/  he  is  rejoicing.  2.  If  he 
satisfies  the  Aedui,  he  will  rejoice.  3.  If  he  should  satisfy 
the  Aedui,  he  would  rejoice.  4.  If  he  were  satisfying  the 
Aedui,  he  would  be  rejoicing.  5.  If  he  had  satisfied  the  Aedui, 
he  would  have  rejoiced.  6.  If  you  wish  anything,^  ask.  7.  If 
they  mate  peace  with  us^  we  shall  go  into  that  part  where  they 
wish^  us  to  be.  8.  But  if  they  persist  in  pursuing^  us  with 
war,^  let  them  recall  to  mind^^  our  former  valor.^  9.  If  we 
were  willing  to  forget  the  old  misfortune,  could  we  also  get 
rid  of  the  remembrance  of  recent  insults  ? 


1^4  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  132.  2  essg  factamm  =  factiimm  ess& 

8  See  116  and  Ex.  6.  *  See  47. 

^  What  does  the  Future  Perfect  Tense  denote  ?  (42) 
6  See  54.  "^  See  69. 

s  persSqui  persSvero,  I  persist  in  pursuing. 
»  See  14;?.  lo  See  lj&5. 

"  See  126. 

12  What  answer  is  implied  ?    See  Ln.  LXI.,  Note  1. 

13  See  86. 

1*  The  Genitive  and  Ablative  of  nemo  are  rare  :  these  cases  are  supplied 
by  nuUins  and  nuUo  (from  nuUus,  24). 
IS  See  134. 


LESSON   LXXVIII. 

USE  OF  THE  ABLATIVE. 

14:4:.  Ablative  eacpressing  Measure  {Degree)  of  Differencem 

A.  &  G.  250:  A.  &  S.  415:  B.  262,  Rule  XLVII.  :  B.  &  M. 
929:  G.  400:  H.  423:  C.  176. 

144,  a.     Ablative  of  Quality.     A.  &  G.  251 :  A.  &  S.  411 : 

B.  263,  Rule  XLVIII.:  B.  &  M.  888:  G.  402:  H.  419,  II.:  C. 
ITS.  This  is  called  sometimes  the  Ablative  of  Characteristic ,  some- 
times the  Descriptive  Ablative. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Altgrum  iter  multo  {14:4)  expeditius  erat,   the  other  rmite 

was  MUCH  TYiore  passable. 

2.  Maturius  paulo  {144)  domum  contendit,  he  hastens  home  A 

LITTLE  sooner. 

3.  Ipsum  Dumnorigem,  summa  audacia  {144,  a),    Dumnorix 

himself^  (a  man)  op  the  greatest  boldness. 

4.  Summa   humanitate   {144,  a)  ^dolescens,  a  youth  OF  the 

highest  culture. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  125 


Analyze  and  parse. 


1.  Caesar  multo  gravius  queritur.^  2.  Multo  major  alacri- 
tas  exercitui^  injecta  est.  3.  Alteram  iter  per  provinciam 
nostram  erat,  multo  facTHus  atque  expeditius,  propterea  quod 
inter  fines  Helvetiorum  et  AUobrogum,  qui  nuper  pacati  erant, 
Ehodanus  fluit.  4.  Caesar  una  aestate^  duobus  maximis 
bellis^  eonfectis  maturius  paulo,  quam  tempus  anni  postulabat, 
in  hibema  in^  Sequanos  exercitum  deduxit.  5.  Post  ejus 
mortem  nihilo  minas  Helvetii  id^  quod  constituerant,^  facere 
c5nantur,  tit  e  finibus  suis  exeant.'''  6.  Reliquum  spatium 
mons  continet  magna  altitudine,  ita^  tit  radices^  montis  ex 
utraque  parte  ^  ripae^^  fluminis  contingant.^^  7.  Galli  ingenti 
magnitudine  corporum  Germanos,^^  incredibili  virtute  atque 
exercitatione  in  armis  esse^^  praedicabant.  8.  Commodissi- 
mum  visum  est^^  Caium  Valerium  Procillum^  summa  virtute 
et  humanitate  adolescentem,  ad  eum  mittere.  9.  Eeperit 
ipsum  esse  Dumnorigem,  summa  audacia^  magna  apud  plebem 
propter  liberalitatem  gratia^  ctipidum^^  rerum^^  no  varum. 


Write  in  Latin. 

1.  He  censures  the  soldiers  much  more  severely.  2.  He 
censured  me  a  little  more  severely  than  the  remaining  soldiers. 
3.  The  route  through  our  province  is  much  more  practicable 
than  through  the  territory  of  the  Sequani.  4.  The  lieutenant 
led  his  army  into  winter-quarters  among  ^  the  Aedui  a  little 
sooner  than  the  time  of  year  demanded.  5.  We  shall  none 
the  less  attempt  to  do  that  which  we  have  resolved  (to  do) . 
6.  Caius  is  a  youth  of  extraordinary  valor.  7.  We  have  seen 
mountains  of  great  height.  8.  It  seemed  ^"^  most  suitable  to 
send  to  him  Titus^  a  youth  of  extraordinary  practice  in 
arms. 


126  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


Notes. 


1  See  103.  2  See  67. 

3  See  111*  *  See  122. 

6  in,  among.  ^  constitugrant,  sc.  facSre. 

7  ut  —  exeant  is  an  appositive  to  id  ;  for  the  mood,  see  139 ;  translate, 
to  go  forth. 

8  See  34.  ^  ex  utraque  parte,  m  each  side, 
10  See  32.  "  See  139. 

12  See  53.  13  See  52, 

14  What  is  the  subject  of  visum  est  ?  {129) 

15  See  64.  i^  gge  140. 


LESSON    LXXIX. 

CONCESSIVE  CLAUSES.       ' 

145.  A.  &  G.  313,  a-e:  A.  &  S.  478-480;  510  (2):  B.  292, 
e,  Rule  LVI.  ;  303,  d,  Rule  LXIV.  :  B.  &  M.  1281-1284:  G. 
605-609:  H.  514;  515,  I.-IIL  :  C.  204,  1,  2;  214,  3  ;  225. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Quum  pugnatum  sit,  although  they  fought ;  lit.,  it  was  fought, 

2.  Licet  victoria  glorietur,  although  he  glories  in  victory, 

3.  Quamvis  cSreret  nSmine,  although  he  was  without  the  name. 

4.  Etsi  videbat,  tSmgn  non  putabat,  although  he  saw,  yet  he  did 

not  think. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Quiim  fortiter  pugnent,  tamen  non  vincent.  2.  Quiim 
Sequani  Romanis^  satisfecerint^  tamen  legatus  pacem  cum  iis 
non  facit.  3.  Quiim  ea^  ita  sint,  tamen,  sT  obsides  ab  iis  sibi 
dentur/  ciim  iis  pacem  faciat.^  4.  Nam  hoc  toto  proelio,* 
quum  ab  hora  septima  ad  vesperum  pugnatum  sit/  aversum 
hostem  videre  nemo  potuit.  5.  Licet  ^  me  hortetur,  non  pug- 
uabo.     6.  Licet  miles  vulneratus  sit,  tamen  laetatur.     7.  LT- 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  127 

cet  Helvetii  sua  vict5ria^  glorientur,  tamen  iter  jK,cient  non 
per  nostram  provinciam.  8.  Erat  dignitate^  regia,  quamvis 
careret  nomme.^  9.  Quamvis  sint  sub  aqua,  siib  aqua  male- 
dicere  tentant.  10.  Caesar,  etsi  prope  exacta  jam  aestas  erat, 
tamen  eo^^  exercitum  adduxit.  11.  Nam  etsi  sine  uUo 
perTculo  legionis^^  delectae  cum  equitatu  proelium  fore^^ 
videbat,  tamen  committendum^^  non  putabat.  12.  Ita  dies 
circiter  quindecim  iter  fecerunt,  iiti  inter  novissimum  hostium 
agmen  et  nostrum  primum  non  amplius  quinis^*  aut  senis 
milibus^^  passuum  interesset.^^ 

Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  Although  thej  fought  bravely,  yet  they  did  not  conquer. 
2.  Although  these  things  are  so,  yet  we  shall  make  peace  with 
them.  3.  No  one  fled  in  this  whole  battle,  although  they 
fought  from  the  fifth  hour  till  sunset.  4.  We  cannot  see  the 
mountain,  although  it  is  of  great  height.^  5.  The  lieutenant 
did  not  lead  his  army  into  winter- quarters,  although  the  sum- 
mer was  almost  gone.  6.  He  thinks  that  he  ought  to  begin ^^ 
battle,  although  he  sees  that  it  will  not  be  without  danger  to 
the  legions. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

I  See  132.  2  See  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  13. 

8  See  Ln.  LXXVIL,  Ex.  4.  What  is  the  force  of  this  conditional 
clause?  {143) 

4  See  111.  5  See  Ex.  1. 

6  licSt  is  properly  an  Impersonal  Verb  {128),  Present  Tense,  with  tit 
(tliat)  omitted ;  hence  it  is  followed  only  by  the  Present  and  Perfect  Sub- 
junctive. {135)    What  is  the  literal  translation  ? 

'^  See  79.  8  See  144,  a. 

9  See  Ex.  3.  lo  ed,  thUher. 

II  A.  &  G.  317:  A.  &  S.  353  (2):  B.-tJ33,  Rule  XXII.  :  B.  &  M. 
74G:  G.  361,  2:  H.  396,  III.:  C.  133,  3. 

12  fSre  =  fiiturum  essg.   {62) 

13  committendum,  sc.  essg  ;  see  130. 
1*  quinis,  etc.,  than  jive ^  etc.  each  day. 

15  See  133>  16  See  139. 


128  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

LESSON    LXXX. 

USE  OF  THE  ABLATIVE  (continued). 

146.  Ablative  of  Price.     A.  &  G.  253  :  A.  &  S.  408 :  B.  258, 

Rule  XLIIL,  c;  B.  &  M.  884=:  G.  404:  H.  422:  C.  179.  This 
answers  such  questions  as  For  how  much  ?    At  what  'price  ? 

147.  Ablative  of  IHstance.  A.  &  G.  257,h:  A.  &  S.  423,  h :' 
B.  262,  Rule  XLVIL  :  B.  &  M.  958:  G.  335,  Remark  1  :  H. 
379,  2  :  C.  176.     This  answers  the  question  How  far  ? 

148.  Ablative  tcitn  Adjectives.  A.  &  G.  245,  a:  A.  &  S. 
418:  B.  261,  Rule  XLVL,  a:  B.  &>  M.  919:  G.  373,  Remarks 
1-4  :  H.  421,  IIL  :  C.  179,  2. 

bXAMPLES. 

1.  Domum  duobus  talentis  (146)  emit,  he  bought  a  house  FOR 

TWO   TALENTS. 

2.  Oppidum  parvo  pretio  (146)  vendidit,  he  sold  the  town  AT  A 

SMALL   PRICE. 

3.  Milibus  {147)  passuum  quattuor  gt  vigintl  absunt,  they  are 

TWENTY-FOUR  MILES  distant 

4.  Dignus  est  majoribus  {148),  he  is  worthy  OF  (his)  ANCESTORS. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Hic^  mercede  pueros  et  puellas  docet.  2.  Vigintl  ta- 
lentis unam  orationem  Isocrates  vendidit.  3.  Vendidit  hie 
auro  patriam.  4.  Victoria  nobis ^  multo  sanguine  stetit.^ 
5.  Vereor  ne  victoria  iis  multo  sanguine  stet.^  6.  Quuin  Ro- 
mani   vTcerint^^    tamen   victoria   iis   multo    sanguine    stetit. 

7.  Septimo  die  ab  exploratoribus  certior  factus^  est  Ariovisti 
cdpias"^  a  nostris^  milTbus  passuum  quattuor  et  vigintl  abesse.^ 

8.  Hie  locus  aequo  fere  spatio  ab  castris  Ariovisti  et  Caesaris 
aberat.  9.  Legionem  Caesar,  quam  equis^^  devexerat,  passi- 
bus   diicentis   ab   eo  tumulo  constituit.      10.    Item  eauites 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  129 

Ariovisti  pari  intervallo  constiterunt.^^  11.  Eodem  die  castra 
promovit  et  mllibus  passuum  sex  a  Caesaris  castris  sub  monte 
consedit.  12.  Hi  pueri  patnbus  indigni  sunt.  13.  Hie  im- 
perator  immortalitate  dignus  est.  14.  Licet ^^  j^^  milites 
fortissimi  sint,  tamen  majoribus  indigni  sunt.  15.  Puerum 
hortemur  ut  majoribus  dignus  sit.^^  16.  Nulla  vox  est  ab  iis 
audita  popiili  Eomani  majestate  et  siiperioribus  victoriis  in- 
digna. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  This  man^  will  teach  for  wages.  2.  I  shall  sell  my 
house  at  a  small  price.  3.  He  is  by  no  means  rich,  although 
he  sells ^  houses  at  a  large  price.  4.  I  fear  that  I  shall  not 
sell*  my  house  at  a  large  price.  5.  We  are  about  fifteen  miles 
from  the  city.  6.  We  shall  station  the  third  legion  three 
hundred  paces  from  the  hill.  7.  He  will  station  his  cavalry  at 
nearly  an  equal  distance  from  the  same  place.  8.  We  shall 
move  forward  our  camp  on  the  same  day,  and  encamp  at  the 
foot  of  a  mountain  ten  miles  from  Geneva.  9.  I  fear  that 
these  girls  are  not  worthy  of  their  mother.  10.  Let  us  urge 
the  soldiers  to  be^^  worthy  of  their  country. 


Notes. 

1  See  Ln.  LVIII.,  Note  13.  2  gee  39. 

8  See  Gen.  Vy.  under  st6.  *  See  Ln.  XLVL,  Note  4. 

6  See  145.  6  gee  Ln.  LXVIIL,  Ex.  2. 

■^  See  S3,  8  So.  copiis. 

^  &bess6  depends  upon  the  idea  of  saying  contained  in  ab  —  factus  est, 

he  was  informed  by  scouts  that,  etc.,  i.  e.  who  said  that,  etc. 

i<^  Squis,  on  horseback  ;  see  54.  ii  See  consistS,  Gen.  Vy. 

12  See  Ln.  LXXIX.,  Note  6.  13  gee  136. 


130  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

LESSON    LXXXI. 

CAUSAL  CLAUSES. 

140.  A.  &  G  321,  a,  &,  c;  326 :  A.  &  S.  500  (2)  h;  510  (2)  ; 
519:  B.  302,  Rule  LXIII.  :  B.  &  M.  1250 ;  1251;  1255:  G. 
538-541;  587;  636:  H.  516,  L,  11.  ;  517:  C.  214,  3 ;  224;  232. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Quiiin  impetus  sustinere  non  possent,  alter!  se  in  montem 

receperunt,  since  they  could  not  withstand  the  attacks,  one 
party  withdrew  upon  the  mountain. 

2.  Caesar  injuriam  f^ciebat  qui  vectigalia  deteriora  faceret, 

Caesar  was  doing  urrong  because  he  was  making  the  revenues 


3.  Aedui  questi  sunt  quod  Harudes  fines  eSrum  popularen- 

tur,  the  Aedui  complained  because  (as  they  said)  the  Harudes 
were  laying  waste  their  territory. 

4.  Quod  a  Bibracte  Sbgrat,  rei  friinientariae  prospiciendum 

existimavit,  because  he  was  distant  from  Bibracte^  he  thought 
that  he  must  look  out  for  supplies. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Perfacile  est^  quum  virtu te^  omnibus  praestetis^  totius 
Galliae  imperio^  potiri.^  2.  Orgetorix  dixit  perfacile  esse, 
quurn  virtute  omnibus  praestarent,  totius  Galliae  imperio 
potlri.  3.  Quum  magna  ex  parte*  eorum  precibus^  adductus 
bellum  susceperit,  queritur.  4.  Caesari  quum  id  nunciatum 
esset,  maturat  ab  urbe  proficisci.  5.  Diutius^  quum  nos- 
trorum'^  impetus  sustinere  non  possent,  alteri  se,  ut  coeperant,^ 
in  montem  receperunt,  alteri  ad  impedimenta  et  carros  suos  se 
contulerunt.  6.  In  fines  Lingonum  die  quarto  pervenerunt 
quum  propter  vulnera  mllitum  nostri  triduum  morati  eos 
sequi  non  potuissent.     7.  Ariovistus  dixit  magnam  Caesarem 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  131 

injuriam  facere  qui  suo  adventu  vectigalia  deteriora^  faceret. 
8.  Graviter  eos  accusat  quod  ab  iis  non  sublevetur.  9.  Mul- 
to^^  etiamgravius  quod  sit  destitutus  queritur.  10.  Propter 
frlgora^  quod  Gallia  sub  septemtrionibus  posita  est/^  frumenta 
m  agris  matura  non  erant.  11.  Eo  autein  frumento,^  quod^^ 
flumine  Arare  navibus^^  subvexerat,  propterea  minus  uti^^ 
poterat^  quod  iter  ab  Arare  Helvetii  averterant^  a  quibus  disce- 
dere  nolebat.^^  12.  Quod  a  Bibracte,  oppTdo  Aeduorum 
longe  maximo  et  copiosissimo,  non  amplius  milibus^^  passuum 
octodecim  aberat,  rei  frumentariae  prospiciendum  ^''  existima- 
vit :  iter  ab  Helvetiis  avertit  ac  Bibracte^^  Ire  contendit. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  Since  we  excel  the  Romans  in  valor,  it  will  be  very  easy 
to  get  possession  of  their  government.  2.  Since  they  fight 
more  bravely  than  the  Gauls  ^^  they  will  easily  conquer.  3.  We 
are  fleeing,  since  we  cannot  longer  withstand  their  attacks. 
4.  Since  they  cannot  longer  withstand  the  attack  of  the  enemy, 
one  party  withdraws  upon  a  mountain,  the  other  betakes  itself 
to  the  baggage.  5.  He  complained  because  (as  he  said)  he 
could  not  use  the  corn.  6.  He  complains  because  (as  he 
says)  he  has  sold  his  house  at  a  small  price.^^  7.  Because 
Germany  is  placed  towards  the  north  the  cold  there  is  great. 
8.  We  shall  march  through  Geneva  at  sunset,^^  because  we 
are  not  more  than  twenty  miles  distant. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  124,  2  See  104, 

8  See  129,  *  magna  ex  parte,  in  great  part. 

5  See  79,  6  Diutius  modifies  sustinere. 

^  The  Possessive  Pronouns^  like  the  Demonstrative,  are  often  used  sub- 
stantively.    See  Ln.  LVIII.,  Notes  1  and  13. 

8  What  kind  of  a  verb  is  coepSrant  ?  {127) 

9  See  Example  2.  lo  See  144, 


132  FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

11  Of  what  does  qu6d  —  p5sita  est  express  the  cause  ? 

12  See  115  and  34.  13  See  54, 
14  See  69.                                              15  See  125. 

16  See  133.  17  See  Example  4. 

18  See  105.  19  TAaTi  ^^e  (?ai^^5,  quam  Galli. 

25  See  146.  21  gee  m. 


LESSON   LXXXII. 

TEMPORAL  CLAUSES. 

150.  A  &  G  323 ;  325 ;  327 ;  328  :  A.  &  S.  502 ;  503 ;  505 ; 
509,  a;  B.  292,  d,  1-3,  RuLE  LVI. ;  304,  1-3,  Rule  LXV.  :  B. 
&M.1237;  1238;  1241;  1244:  G  570;  571;  574;  576;  579; 
580;  581:  H.  519,  I.,  II,  1,  2;  520,  I.,  1,  2,  II.  ;  521,  I.,  II.,  1, 
2  :  C.  214,  1,  2,  4,  5. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Quiiin    legati    mitterentur,    Ariovistus    postulavit,    when 

ambassadors  were  sent,  Ariovistus  demanded, 

2.  Priusquam  quidquam  conaretur  Divitlacum  vocat,i  before 

he  attempted  anything  he  summoned  Divitiacus. 

3.  Dum   haec   geruntur   Caesari   nunciatum   est,  while    these 

things  were  taking  place  it  was  reported  to  Caesar. 

4.  Non  exspectandum  sibi  statuit  dum  pervenirent,  he  decided 

that  he  ought  not  to  wait  until  they  should  arrive. 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Diu  quiim  esset  pugnatum,  impedimentis  castrisque^ 
nostri^  potiti  sunt.  2.  Quum  tndui  viam*  processisset,  nun- 
ciatum est^  ei  Ariovistum  cum  suis  omnibus  copiis  contendere. 
3.  Hie  pagus  unus,  quum  domo^  exisset  patrum  nostrorum 
memoria,'^  Lucium  Cassium  constilem  interfecerat  et  ejus  exer- 
citum  siib  jugum  miserat.  4.  Quum^^  hostium  acies  a  smis- 
tro  cornu^  pulsa^  atque  m  fugam  con  versa  esset^  a  dextro 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  133 

comu  vehementer  multitudine  suorum^  nostram  aciem  preme- 
bant.  5.  Itaque  priusquam  quidquam  conaretur  DivitiScum 
ad  se  vocari  jiibet.^  6.  Postquam  id  aiiimum  advertit  copias 
suas  Caesar  in  proximum  collem  subducit.  7.  Eo  postquam 
Caesar  pervenit  obsides,  arina,  servos  ^^  poposcit.  8.  Dum 
haec  in  coUoquio  geruntur,^^  Caesari  iiiuiciatum  est^  equites 
Ariovisti  lapides  telaque^in  nostros  conjicere.  9.  Tamen,  iit 
spatium  intercedere  posset,  diim  milites,  quos  ^  imperaverat, 
convenirent,  legatis  respondit  diem  se  ad  dellberandmn  ^^ 
sumpturum.^^  10.  Quibus^®  rebus  adductus  Caesar  non  ex- 
spectandum^^  sibi  statuit,  dum,  omnibus  fortunis^^  sociorum 
consumptis,  in  Santonos  Helvetii  pervenlrent. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  When  ambassadors  were  sent  to  Caesar,  he  demanded 
corn  of  them.^*  2.  When  they  had  proceeded  a  three  days' 
march,*  they  pitched  (their)  camp.  3.  Before  they  attempted 
to  set  out  they  summoned  a  council.  4.  After  the  general 
arrived  in  the  territory  of  the  Aedui  he  demanded  corn,  wagons, 
and^^  horses.  5.  Although  we  had  routed  the  enemy's  line 
on  the  right  wing,  on  the  left  he  was  pressing  furiously  upon 
us.     6.  While  the  troops   are   assembling  we  are   waiting. 

7.  We   shall  remain  in  the  city  until  the  troops  assemble. 

8.  Influenced  by  these^^  affairs,  we  decided  that  we  ought ^^ 
not  to  wait  until  the  enemy  should  lay  waste  our  fields. 


Notes. 

1  See  A.  &  G.  ^16,  d :  A.  &  S.  466:  B.  58  i  B.  &  M.  1082:  G.  320: 
H.  46T,  III, :  C.  189,  6. 

2  See  Ln.  XXIII.,  Note  2.  8  See  Ln.  LXXXI.,  Note  7. 
*  See  109. 

fi  What  is  the  subject  of  nunciatum  est  ?  (129) 

«  See  107.  "^  See  111. 

B  a  sinistro  oomn,  on  the  left  v;ing^,     ^'  pnlsaK  sc.  esset. 


134  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

10  When  several  nouns  follow  each  other  in  the  same  construction,  the 
Latin  language  either  omits  the  conjunction  altogether,  or  repeats  it :  e.  g. 
either  obsides,  arma,  servos  ;  or  obsides  et  arma  et  servos  ;  not  obsides, 
arma  et  servos. 

11  A.  &  G.  276,  e:  A.  &  S.  468:  O.  220,  Remark  :  H.  467,  4  :  C. 
ai4,  1,  note  2. 

12  An  enclitic  throws  its  accent  back  upon  the  final  syllable  of  the  word 
to  which  it  is  attached  :  teMqne. 

13  So.  oonvenlre.  i^  ad  deliberandum,  for  ddileraiing, 

15  snmpturum,  sc.  ess6. 

16  The  Latin  often  employs  a  relative  where  the  English  prefers  a  demon- 
strative :  quae  res,  these  affairs. 

1'^  exspectandum,  sc.  essS.    See  ISO  and  131 

18  See  122.  19  See  71  and  Ln.  LVIIL,  Note  2. 

2^  See  14.5. 


LESSON   LXXXIII. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  IN   INDIRECT  QUESTIONS. 

161.  The  Indirect  Question.  A.  &  G.  334,  w.  preceding 
Note  :  A.  &  S.  518:  B.  294.  a.  Rule  LVIL  :  B.  &  M.  1182:  G. 
454;  461) :  H.  528,  2  Note  ;  529,  I.  :  C  231,  1  w.  n.  I. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Quid  sui  consilii  sit  ostendit,  he  shows  what  his  plan  is, 

2.  Causa  quae  esset  quaesiit,  he  ashed  what  the  cause  was. 

3.  Ariovisto  mirum  visum  est  quid  in  Gallia  Caesari  nggotii 

esset,  Ariovistiis  wondered  what  business  Caesar  had  in  Gaul, 

Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Qualis  esset  natiira  montis,  qui^  cognoscerent,^  misit. 

2.  Dicit   intelligere   sese   quanto   id    ciim    periculo    fecerit. 

3.  Ex  quo  judicari  potest/  quantum  habeat  in  se  boni^  con- 
stantia.  4.  Dumnorigi  custodes  ponit,^  lit^  quae  agat,  quibus- 
eum^  loquatur,  scire  possit.  5.  Ariovistus  dixit  sibi  mirum 
videri,'^  quid  m  sua  Gallia,  quam  bello^  vicisset,^  aiit  Caesari ^^ 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  135 

aut  omnino  popiilo  Romano ^^  negoti^  esset.  6.  Flumen  est 
Arar^  quod  per  fines  Aeduorum  et  Sequanorum  in  Ehodanum 
influit  incredibili  lenitate^  ita  tit  ociilis,  m  utram  partem  ^^  fluat, 
judicari  non  possit.  7.  Postero  die  castra  ex  eo  loco  movent. 
Idem  ^2  facit  Caesar,  equitattimque  omnem,  ad  numerum  quat- 
tuor  milium,  quem  ex  omni  provincia  et  Aeduis  atque  eorum 
sociis  coactum  liabebat/^  praemittit,  qui  videant,^  quas  in 
partes  liostes  iter  faciant.  8.  Caesar  veliementer  eos  incusavit 
quod,  aut  quam  m  partem  aut  quo  consilio^^  ducerentur/^ 
sTbi  quaerendum^^  aut  cogitandum  putarent.^'^  9.  Caesar  dixit 
de  quarta  vigilia  se  castra  moturum,  ut  quam  primum  intelli- 
gere  posset,  utrum  apud  eos  pudor  atque  officium,  an  timor 
valeret.  10.  Quum  ex  captivis  quaereret  Caesar,  quam  ob 
rem  Ariovistus  proelio^  non  decertaret,  hanc  leperiebat  cau- 
sam. 

Write  in  Ijatin. 

1.  Caesar  asked  in  what  direction  the  river  flowed.  2.  We 
shall  send  (men)  to  ascertain^  in  what  direction  the  river  flows. 

3.  It  cannot  be  determined  in  what  direction  the  river  flows. 

4.  Labienus  sent  forward  the  cavalry  to  see  in  what  direction 
the  enemy  had  fled.  5.  Liscus  censures  them  severely  because 
(as  he  says)  they  think  ^^  they  ought  to  ask^^  in  what  direction 
they  are  to  be  led.  6.  We  shall  break  up  camp  in  the  first 
watch,  that  we  may  be  able  to  know  as  soon  as  possible  whether 
our  soldiers  are  brave  or  cowardly.  7.  We  shall  place  guards 
over  him,^  that  we  may  know  with^  whom  he  speaks.  8.  The 
general  placed  guards  over  the  soldiers,  that  he  might  be  able 
to  ascertain  what  they  were  doing. 

Notes  and  Quesiions. 

1  quid  sui  consili,  what  his  plan  ;  lit. ,  ichat  of  his  plan.  See  A.  &  G. 
216:  A.  &  S.  354:  B.  221,  Rule  XVIL  :  B.  &  M.  77  :  G.  366;  3T1: 
H.  396,  IV.  :  C.  133,  4. 


136  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

2  qui,  sc.  viros  as  antecedent.  ^  See  136  and  Ex.  10. 

^  What  is  the  subject  of  potest  ? 

s  Dumnorigi  —  ponit,  he  places  guards  over  (lit.  for)  Dumnorix. 
6  See  Ln.  LIX.,  Note  1. 

'  sibi  —  videri,  he  wondered;  lit.,  it  seemed  to  him  wonderfid ;  for  sibi, 
see  39, 
8  bello,  in  war;  see  54, 
^  vicisset,  translate  by  the  Indicative. 

10  See  137. 

11  in  utram  partem,  in  which  direction. 

12  How  does  idem  differ  in  meaning  from  idem  ? 

1^  coactum  hababat,  he  had  collected.     A.  &  G.  392,  c:  A.  &  S.  547  c: 
B.  &  M.  135S;  G.  '230:  H.  388,  1,  Note:  C.  351,  3. 
1*  See  7d.  1^  ducerentur,  they  were  to  he  led. 

16  quaerendum,  sc.  esse :  see  130,       i^  See  149  and  Ex.  3. 


LESSON    LXXXIV. 
ORATIO   OBLIQU A.  —  INDIRECT  DISCOUKSE. 

152.  A.  &  G.  335,  Rem.;  336;  339:  A.  &  S.  515;  516:  B. 
316;  317,  Rule  LXXIV.  :  B.  &  M.  1295;  1296:  G.  651-653: 
H.  522;  523,  L,  IL,  1,  2,  III.  ;  524  :  C.  228;  229. 

EXAMPLE. 

Oratio   Recta,   Direct   Dis-  Oratio  Obliqua,  Indirect  Dis- 
course, course. 

Ob  earn  Ldciltus  est  Divitidcus :  6b  earn 

rem     ex     cTvitate     profugi     et  rem  se  ex  civitate  profugisse  et 

Romam      veiii,      quod      neque  Romam    venisse,    quod    neque 

jfirejurando     neque     obsidibus  jurejurando      neque      obsidibus 

tenefear.  tenerefwr. 

I  fled  from  Divitiacus  said :  he  fled  from 
the  state  and  came  to  Rome  for  the  state  and  came  to  Rome  for 
this  reason,  because  I  was  re-  this  reason,  because  he  was  re- 
strained neither  by  an  oath  nor  strained  neither  by  an  oath  nor 
by  hostages.  by  hostages. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 


137 


Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Divico  respondit:  Ita  Helvetios  a,  majonbus  suis  insti- 
tutos  esse,  utl  obsides  accipere,^  non  dare  coiisuerint^;  ejus 
rei  populum  Eomaimm  esse  testem.  2,  Legati  dixerunt  sese 
habere  quasdam  res,  quas  ex  cominuni  consensu  ab  eo  petere 
vellent.  3.  Locutus  est  pro  his  Divitiacus  Aeduus  :  Galliae 
totius  factiones  esse  duas :  harum^  alterius*  principatum  te- 
uere  Aeduos,  alterius  Arvernos.  4.  Dixit  horum^  primo  cir- 
citer  inUia  quindecim  Eheiiuni  transisse  :  posteaquam  agros 
et  cultum  et  copias^  Galloruui  homines  feri  ac  barbari  adamas- 
sent,  traductos^  plures:^^  nunc  esse  m  Gallia  ad  centum  et 
vTginti  milium  numerum.  5.  Dixit  cum  his  Aeduos  eorumque 
clientes  semel  atque  iterum  armis"^  contendisse;  magnam  cala- 
mitatem  pulsos^  accepisse,  omnem  nobilitatem,  omnem  sena- 
tum,  omnem  equitatum^  amisisse.  6.  Ammadvertit  Caesar 
unos  ex  omnibus  Sequanos  nihil  earum  rerum^  facere,  quas 
ceteri  facerent,  sed  tristes  capite^^  demisso  terram  intueri. 


Notes. 

1  See  69, 

2  See  139  and  Ln.  LXXV.,  Note  11. 

8  See  Ln.  LXXXIIL,  Note  1. 

*  alterius  modifies  factionis  understood. 
5  copias,  wealth. 
"^  See  54. 

9  See  Ln.  LXXXIL,  Note  10. 
11  plus  is  declined  as  follows  : 

N. 
■  Nom.  plus, 
Gen.    pluris, 

Sing.  \  Bat.   Plur. 

Ace.    pliis, 


6  traductos,  sc.  ess^. 
8  See  pello. 
10  See  12Sf. 


M.  and  F. 
plures, 
plurium, 
pluribus, 
plures, 
pluribus, 


N. 
pliira, 
plurium, 
pluribus, 
plura, 
pliiribus. 


138 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


LESSON    LXXXV. 

INDIRECT  DISCOURSE  {continued). 


EXAMPLE. 


Direct  Discourse. 


Si 
pacem  popiilus  Romanus  ciim 
Helvetiis  facte*,  in  earn  partem 
Ibunt  atque  ibi  erunt  Helve- 
tia, ubi  eos  tu  constitu- 
gWs  atque  esse  volugyis  ;  sin 
bello  persequi  perseveraftis,  re- 
miniscere  et  veteris  incom- 
modi  populi  Romani  et  pristinae 
virtutis  Helvetiorum. 


If  the  Roman  people 
shall  make  peace  with  the 
Helvetii,  the  Helvetii  tvill  go 
into  that  part  and  stay  where 
you  shall  have  determined  and 
wished  that  they  should  be  ; 
but  if  you  shall  persist  in 
continuing  war,  recollect  the 
old  misfortune  of  the  Roman 
people  and  former  valor  of  the 
Helvetii. 


Indirect  Discourse, 


Is  ltd  cum  Caesdre  egit:  Si 
pacem  popiilus  Rdmanus  ciim 
Helvetiis  laceref ,  in  eam  partem 
Ituros  atque  ibi  fiitaros  Helve- 
tios,  iibi  eos  Caesar  constitu- 
isset  atque  esse  wbluisset ;  siu 
bello  persequi  perse veraref,  re- 
mmisc^retur  et  veteris  incom- 
modi  popiili  Romani  et  pristinae 
virtutis  Helvetiorum. 

He  treated  with  Caesar  as  fol- 
lows: If  the  Roman  people 
should  make  peace  with  the 
Helvetii,  the  Helvetii  would  go 
into  that  part  and  stay  where 
Caesar  should  have  determined 
and  wished  that  they  should  be ; 
but  if  he  should  persist  in  con- 
tinuing war,  let  him  recollect 
the  old  misfortune  of  the  Roman 
people  and  former  valor  of  the 
Helvetii. 


Analyze  and  parse. 

1.  Ariovistus  multa^  praedicavit :  Transisse  Ehenum  sese 
non  sua  sponte^^  sed  rogatum^  et  arcessTtum^  aGallis;  noii 
sine  magna  spe  magnisque  praemiis  domum  propinquosque 
reliquisse  :  sedes  habere*  in  Gallia  ab  ipsis^  concessas,^  obsides 
ipsoram^  voluntate^  datos;    stTpendium  capere*  jure^  belli, 


PIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN.  139 

quod^  victores  victis^  imponere  consueriiit.^^  2.  His  Caesar 
ita  respondit :  Eo^^  sibi  mmils  dubitationis^^  dari,  quod  eas 
res,  qiias  legati  Helvetii  commemorassent,^^  memoria^^  teaeret, 
atque  eo^^  gravius  ferre,  quo^^  minus  mento'^  popiiK  Eoinani 
accidissent:  qui  si^^  alicujus  injuriae^^  sibi^®  conscius  fuisset, 
non  fuisse  difficile  cavere^^ ;  sed  eo^^  deceptum/^  quod  neque 
commissum  ^^  a  se  intellTgeret,  quare  timeret,  neque  sine  causa 
timendum^  putaret. 

Notes. 

1  A.  &  G.  1S8:  A.  &  S.  438  (3):  B.  269:  B.  &  M.  6S8 :  G.  195, 
Remark  2  :  H.  441 ;  C.  113,  7. 

2  See  79.  »  See  121  and  Exs.  3  and  4. 
^  habere,  capere,  sc.  se.                        ^  ipsis,  sc.  GaUis. 

6  concessas,  from  concedo  ;  ipsorum,  tJieir  oum. 

7  The  Ablative  of  Caicse  often  designates  that  in  accordance  with  which 
anything  is  done  :  jure,  in  accordance  with  the  law. 

8  See  115. 

9  A.  &  G.  188:  A.  &  S.  438  (2):  B.  269:  B.  &  M.  eSS:  G.  195, 
Remark  1 :  H.'  441,  1  ;  this  rule  includes  Partici[>les  and  Pronouns : 
C.  251,  8.     For  the  ccvse  of  victis,  see  67. 

10  See  Ln.  LXXV.,  Note  11.  ^^  eo,/or  this  reason. 

12  See  Ln.  LXXXIIL,  Note  1.  i^  See  Gen.  Vy.  under  eo. 

1*  qui  si,  if  they,  i^  See  14:0. 

16  See  86 ;  translate,  (m  their  part. 

1''  See  129,  i^  deceptum,  sc  ess§  sd. 

19  commissum,  sc.  essS  ^liquid. 

20  timendum,  sc.  sibi  essS,  and  see  130. 

21  See  S4, 


LESSON   LXXXVI. 

INDIRECT  DISCOURSE  (continued), 
"Write  in  I<atin. 

1.  Caesar  replies  :  The  Romans  have  been  so  trained  up  by 
their    fathers  that  they  do  not  give^  hostages.     2.  He  in- 


140  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

forms  Caesar  (that)  the  Helvetii  are  marching  tlirough  the 
province  because  thej  have  no  other  way.  3.  He  says  (that) 
the  Aquitani  are  hemmed  in  by  the  Pyrenees,  which  separate 
Aquitania  from  Spain.  4.  We  shall  say  many^  (things)  : 
(that)  we  did  not  cross  the  Ehone  of  our  own  free  will,  but 
because^  we  had  been  invited^  by  the  Sequani ;  we  did  not 
set  out  from  home^  without  great  rewards ;  we  have  among 
the  Helvetii  large  possessions,  granted  to  us  with  their  own^ 
consent;^  we  levied  tribute  on  the  conquered"^  in  accord- 
ance with  the  law®  of  war.  5.  You  said  (that)  you  remem- 
bered those  things  which  the  Sequani  had  called  to  mind; 
that  you  had  been  deceived  for  this  reason,^  that^^  you  had 
neither  done  anything  for  which  ^^  you  should  fear,  nor  did  you 
think  (that)  you  ought  to  fear^^  without  a  reason. 

Notes. 

1  See  139.  2  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  1. 

8  See  121  and  Ex.  3.  *  See  107. 

^  their  own,  ipsdrum.  6  gee  79. 

7  See  e7  and  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  9. 

8  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  7. 

^  for  this  reason,  eo.  lo  tJmt,  quSd. 

11 /or  which,  quarg.  12  gee  130  and  131. 

LESSON   LXXXVII. 

THE  GERUND. 

153.  The  Gerund.     A.  &  G.  295:  A.  &  S.  548  (1):  B.  324: 
B.&M.JS19;  1321:  G.426;  427:  H.  541;  542,  L- IV.:  C.  252. 

EXAMPLES. 
1 .   Hostibus  pugnandi  potestatem  fecit,  he  gave  the  enemy  an 
opportunity  for  fighting. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  141 

2.  Bellandi  ciipidi,  fond  OF  carrying  on  war. 

3.  Diem  ad  deliberandum  sumet,  he  will  take  a  day  for  delib- 

erating. 

4.  Reperiebat  in  quaerendo,  he  found  on  inquiring. 
6.   Studiun^i  pugnandi,  a  desire  FOR  fighting. 

Analyze  and  parse.^ 

1.  Qua  de  causa  homines  bellandi^  cilpidi  magno  dolore^ 
afficiebantur.  2.  His  rebus  adducti  et  auctoritate  Orgetongis 
pemioti,  constituerunt  ea,  quae  ad  prof  iciscendum  pertmerent/ 
comparare.  3.  Caesar  legatis  respondit^  diem  se  ad  deliber- 
andum sumpturum.^  4.  Eeperiebat  in  quaerendo  Caesar  im- 
tium  ejus  fiigae  factum^  a  Dumnorige  atque  ejus  equitibus. 

5.  Caesar  Divitiacum  consolatus  rogat,  finem  orandi  faciat.^ 

6.  Ariovistus,  quiim  neque  aditum  neque  causam  postulandi 
justam  haberet,"^  liberalitate^  senatus  ea  praemia  consecutus 
est.  7.  Caesar  loquendi  finem  facit  seque  ad  suos^  recipit, 
suisque  imperavit  ne  quod  ^^  omnino  telum  in  liostes  rejicerent. 
8.  Multo^^  major  alacritas  studiumque  pugnandi  majus  exer- 
citui  injectum  est.  9.  Proximo  die  Caesar  aciem  instruxit 
hostibusque^^  pugnandi  potestatem  fecit.^^  10.  ItS  nostri® 
acriter  in  hostes  signo^^  dato  impetum  fecerunt^  tit  spatium 
pila  in  hostes  conjiciendi  non  daretur.^^ 

"Write  in  I^atin. 

1.  He  sajs  the  Eomans  were  fond  of  carrying  on  war. 
2.  We  shall  take  ten  days  for  deliberating.  3.  We  shall  ask 
them  to  make^  an  end  of  entreating.  4.  A  much  greater  de- 
sire for  carrying  on  war  was  infused  into  all  of  us.^^  5.  They 
gave  us  an  opportunity  for  strengthening  peace  with  them. 
6.  We  shall  give  them  an  opportunity  for  strengthening  peace 
and  friendship  with  us.  7.  You  will  find  on  inquiring  (that) 
we  do  not  easily  keep  the  enemy  from  our  towns.     8.  They 


142  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

said  you  would  find  on  inquiring  (that)  they  do  not  easily  keep 
the  enemy  from  their  cities.  9.  We  made  an  end  of  speaking 
and  betook  ourselves  to  our  (friends).  10.  Although  we  had 
no  just  cause  for  asking,  we  obtained  many  things  ^^  by  reason 
of  your  generosity.^ 

Notes. 
1  Parse  tTie  Gerunds  like  nouns.  2  gee  140, 

y  A.  &  G.  *«48,  R.  :  A.  &  S.  410  (2)  :  B.  259,  Rl'LE  XLIV.  :  B.  &  M. 
873:  G.  401:  H.  419,  IlL  :  C.  166,  1. 

4  A.  &  G.  320 :  A.  &  S.  500  (2),  {d)  :  B.  301 :  B.  k  M.  1218 :  G.  633 : 
H.  500,  I. :  0.  iJ'23,  1» 

^  ess6  is  often  omitted  from  the  compound  forms  of  the  Infinitive. 

6  See  136  and  Ln.  XXXVII I. ,   Note  3  ;   ut,  as  here,  is  sometimes 
omitted. 

7  See  145.  8  See  79, 

9  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  9.  i'^  See  116,  second  part. 

11  See  144.  12  See  39. 

13  See  Example  1.  i*  See  122  and  Ex.  2,  b. 

15  See  139,  1^  all  of  its,  omnibus  nobis ;  see  67. 

17  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  1. 


LESSON    LXXXVIII. 

THE  GERUNDIVE. 

154.   The  Gerundive.     A.  &  G.  296:  A.  &  S.  548  (2);  550: 
B.  325,  Rule  LXXVI.  :  B.  &  M.  1322:  G.  428:  H.  543:  C.  252. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Ad  minuendam  gratiam,  for  diminishing  'popularity. 

2.  Ad  eas  res  conficiendas  Orgetorix  deligitur,   Orgetorix  is 

chosen  to  execute  these  plans. 

3.  Speni  regni  obtinendi,  the  hope  OF  obtaining  the  sovereignty. 

4.  Data  f  acultate  itineris  f  aciendi,  if  an  opportunity  for  marching 

should  he  granted. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  143 

Analyze,  and  parse. 

1.  Quibus  opibus^  ac  nervis  non  solum  ad  minuendam^ 
gratiam/^  sed  paene  ad  perniciem  suam  uteretur.^  2.  Ipse  in 
citeriorem  Galliam  ad  conventus  agendos  profectus  est.  3.  Ad 
eas  res  conf  iciendas  biennium  sibi  satis  esse  duxerunt.  4.  In 
Gallia  ab  his,  qui  ad  conducendos  h6mt!nes  facultates  liabe- 
bant,  regna  occupabantur.  5.  Ea,  quae  ad  effeminandos 
aminos  pertinent,  important.  6.  Decima  legio  se  esse  ad  bel- 
lum  gerendum  paratissimam  confirmavit.  7.  Ariovistus  dixit 
omnes  Galliae  civitates  ad  se  oppugnandum  venisse.  8.  Fru- 
mentum  omne,  praeterquam  quod  secum  portaturi  erant/  com- 
burunt,  lit  domum^  reditionis  spe*^  sublata^  paratiores  Sd 
omnia  perTcula  subeunda  essent.  9.  Liscus  dicit  si  quid  ac- 
cidat^  Eomanis,  summam  in  spem^^  per  Helvetios  regni  obti- 
nendi  Dumnorigem  venire.  10.  Hac  oratione  liabita^^  summa 
alacritas  et  cupiditas  belli  gerendi  innata  est.  11.  Neque 
homines  inimico  animo/^  data  facultate  per  provinciam  itineris 
faciendi,  temperaturos^^  ab  injuria  et  maleficio  existimavit. 
12.  Hoc  proelio  facto  reliquas  copias  Helvetiorum  tit  consequi 
posset,^*  pontem  in  Arare  faciendum  curat ^^  atque  M  exer- 
citum  traducit. 

Write  in  Latin. 

1.  We  consider  two  days  sufficient  for  collecting  the  men. 
2.  They  thought  five  days  were  sufficient  for  destroying  the 
city.  3.  We  entertain^^  the  highest  hope  of  establishing 
friendship  with  all.  4.  He  says  he  entertains  the  highest 
hope  of  establishing  friendship  wath  the  Gauls  if  anything 
happens^  to  us.  5.  An  opportunity  for  marching  through 
entire  Gaul  was  granted  the  Romans.  6.  A  very  great  desire 
for  obtaining  the  sovereignty  was  infused  into  Dumnorix.* 
7.  Let  us  not  import  ^^  those  things  which  tend  to  enervate  the 
mind.     8.  Let  us  do  that  which  tends  to  strengthen  peace 


144  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

with  all  men.  9.  Caesar  said  that  entire  Germany  had  come 
to  attack  him.  10.  We  shall  burn  up  our  villages^  that  we 
may  be  more  ready  to  endure  all  perils. 

Notes. 

1  See  104. 

2  Translate  the  Gerundives  like  Gerunds  (see  Ex.  1) ;  parse  them  like 
adjectives. 

3  gratiam,  so.  suam. 

4  tltSretur,  translate  by  the  Indicative. 
6  See  Ln.  LXX.,  Ex.  2. 

6  See  105 ;  dSmum  limits  the  idea  of  motion  in  the  verbal  noun 
reditidnis. 

7  See  122.  ^  From  tollo. 

9  accidat,  translate  by  the  Indicative ;  why  is  it  in  the  Subjunctive  ? 
{152) 
^^  in  spem  v^nio,  /  entertain  the  hope. 
11  See  Ln.  LXIV.,  Note  2.  12  See  144,  a, 

13  See  Ln.  LXXXVIL,  Note  5.  1*  See  130. 

15  pontem  —  curat,  he  attends  to  building  a  bridge  over  the  Sa&ne;  lit., 
he  cares  for  a  bridge  to  be  built,  etc.     How  is  Sa67ie  pronounced  ? 

16  See  134. 

LESSON   LXXXIX. 

THE  SUPINE. 

155,  The  Supine.  A.  &  G.  302;  303:  A.  &  S.  554  (2); 
555:  B.  326,  Rules  LXXVII.  and  LXXVIII.  :  B.  &  M.  1360,' 
1365:  G.  435-437:  H.  546-547:  C.  253;  254. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  Legates  mittunt  rogatiim  auxilium,  they  send  legates  to  ask 

FOR  aid. 

2.  Perf3.cile  factu,  very  easy  to  do. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  145 


Analyze  and  parse. 


1.  Aedui^  qutim  se  suaque^  ab  iis  defendere  n5n  possent^^ 
legates  ad  Caesarem  mittunt  rogatum  aaxilium.  2.  Bello 
Helvetiorum  confecto  to  tins  fere  Galliae  legati,  principes^  ci- 
vitatum^  ad  Caesarem  gratulatum  convenerunt.  3.  Legati 
ab  Aeduis  et  a  Treviris  veniebant ;  Aedui*  questum  quod 
Harudes^  qui  nuper  in  Galliam  transportati  essent/  fines 
eorum  popularentur^ ;  sese  ne  obsidibus  quTdem  datis  pacem 
Ariovisti  redimere  potuisse.  4.  Divitiacus  dixit  ob  earn  rem 
se  ex  civitate  profugisse  et  Eomam^  ad  senatum  venisse  auxi- 
lium  postulatum,  quod  solus  neque  jurejurando  neque  obsidi- 
bus teneretur.  5.  Liscus  dicit  Dumnorigem  ipsum  ex  Hel- 
vetiis  uxorem  habere^  sororem  ex  matre''  et  propinquas  suas 
nuptum  m  alias  civitates  coUocasse.  6.  Hostis^  est  uxor  in- 
vTta^  quae  ad  virum  nuptum  datur.  7.  Perfacile  factu  esse 
illis  probat  conata  perficere,  propterea  quod  ipse  suae  civitatis 
imperium  obtenturus  esset.^^ 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  We  have  sent  legates  to  the  general  to  ask  for  troops. 
2.  We  shall  send  a  legate  to  you  to  ask  for  aid.  3.  Since  we 
cannot^  defend  ourselves  and  our  possessions^^  from  the 
enemy,  we  shall  send  legates  to  Geneva^  to  ask  for  aid. 
4.  We  shall  go  to  the  consuls  to  congratulate  (them).  5.  Let 
us  go  to  the  praetor  to  congratulate  (him).  6.  Ambassadors 
came  from  all  the  states  ;  the  Gauls  to  complain  because  the 
Germans  had  crossed^  the  Ehine  to  attack ^^  their  towns; 
(saying  that)  not  even  after  a  pledge  ^^  had  been  given 
were  they  able  to  establish  peace.  7.  You  are  attempting 
that  which  is  not  very  easy  to  do.  8.  He  shows  (that)  to 
march  through  the  enemy^s  territory  is  (a  thing)  not  easy 
to  do. 


146  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Notes. 

1  See  A.  &  a.  19,  c:  A.  &  S.  35 ;  B.  24,  Exc.  3  :  B.&M.  21 :  G.  14, 
Remark  1:  H.  18,  2,  1):  C.  11. 

^  See  149.  3  See  25. 

4  Aedui,  sc.  veniebant. 

^See  A.  &  G.  343:  A.  &  S.  323.-  B.  310,  Rule  LXIX.  :  B.  &  M. 
1291  i  G.  666:  H.  529,  II.  :  C.  226. 

6  See  105. 

7  sororem  ex  matre,  his  half-sister.      ^  See  64. 
9  invita,  against  her  will ;  it  modifies  quae. 

10  See  Ln.  LXX.  and  149.  "  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  1. 

12  See  155.  13  See  122. 


LESSON    XC. 

THE  ROMAN   CALENDAR.  —  ABBREVIATIONS. 

156.  The  Calendar.  A.  &  G.  Note,  376,  a-d:  A.  &  S. 
660  (l)-(4),  a,  h,  Notes  1,  2,  (5),  a:  B.  374,  a-c:  B.  &  M.  15;?J- 
1337:  G.  Appendix,  page  387:  H.  641-645:  C.  313. 

157*  Abbreviations.  A.  &  G.  80,  a -c?.-  A.  &  S.  666,  (^;  B. 
373:  B.  &  M.  1538-1542:  H.  649-650:  C.  317,  1. 

VOCABULARY. 

Januarius,  a,  um,  (Jan.)  of  January. 

Februarius,  S,  um,  (Febr.)  of  February. 

Martius,  a,  um,  (Mart.)  of  March. 

Aprilis,  e,  (Apr.)  of  April. 

Maiiis,  a,  um,  (Mai.)  of  May. 

Junius,  a,  um,  (Jun.)  of  June. 

Quintilis,  e,  (Quint.)  of  July. 

Sextilis,  e,  (Sext.)  of  August. 

Septemiber,  bris,  bre,  (Sept.)  of  September, 

Oct5ber,  bris,  bre,  (Oct.)  of  October. 

November,  bris,  bre,  (Nov.)  of  November. 

December,  bris,  bre,  (Dec.)  of  December. 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN.  147 

K^Ieudae,  arum,  (Kal.)  f.  pi.,    Calends;  the  first  day  of  the  Roman 

month. 
Nonae,  arum,  (Non.)  f.  pi.  Nones;  the  7th  of  March,  May,  July, 

and  October,  and  the  5th  of  the 

other  months. 
Idus,  uiim,  (Id.)  f.  pL,  Ides;  the  15th  of  March,  May,  July, 

and  October,  and  the  13th  of  the 

other  months. 
pridie,  (pr.  or  prid.)  adv.,  the  day  before. 

Pronounce  the  abbreviated  words  as  if  they  were  printed  in  full. 

1.  Genavam  Kuleiidis^  ipsis  Novembribus^  occiipabit. 
2.  Qui  dies  erit  a.  d.  VI.  Kal.  Nov.^  (ante  diem  sextum  Ka- 
lendas  Novembres).  3.  C.^  Julius  Caesar  Idibus  Martiis 
occisus  est.  4.  M.  TuUius  Cicero  a.  d.  III.  Non.  Jan.  natus 
est.  5.  P.  Scipio  a.  d.  XVII.  Kal.  Mai.  mortuus  est.  6.  Ap. 
Claudius  a.  d.  II.  Non.  Apr.  m  senatu  locutus  est.  7.  Ti. 
Gracchus  Nonis  Juniis  Eoma^  profectus  est.  8.  M.  Manllius 
ad  Eomam  profectus  est  a.  d.  VI.  Id.  Sext.  9.  Multa  verba 
oratores  faciunt  a.  d.  IV.  Non.  Quint.  10.  C.  Caesar  prid. 
N5n.^  Febr.  castra  movit.  11.  Dixi  ego  in  senatu  caedem  te 
contiilisse"  principum  in  a.  d.  V.  Kal.  Nov.  12.  Caedem 
principum  contiilisti  ex  a.  d.  V.  Kal.  Dec.  ad  pr.  Kal.^  Jan. 
13.  T.  Labienus  prid.  Id.^  Sept.  hostes  stipe ravit.  14.  Is 
dies  erat  a.  d.  V.  Kal.  Apr.  L.  Pisone  A.  Gabinio  considibus.^ 
15.  Si  quid  vellent,  ad  Id.  Apr.  reverterentur.  16.  Horum 
est  nemo  qui  nesciat^  te  prid.  Kal.^  Jan.  stetisse  in  comitio 
eiim  telo. 

Imitate  in  Abbreviations  the  preceding  liatin  exercises. 

1.  Gaius  Cassius  was  bom  on  the  31st  of  October.  2.  Mar- 
cus Flaccus  died  on  the  4th  of  May.  3.  Gaius  Gracchus  was 
killed  on  the  25th  of  January.  4.  Titus  Labienus  set  out 
from  Geneva  on  the  15th  of  July.     5.  Tiberius  Gracchus  will 


148  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

break  up  camp  on  the  12th  of  February.  6.  Lucius  Piso  was 
elected  on  the  1st  of  December.  7.  That  day  was  the  16th  of 
April,  when  Lucius  Cassius  and  Appius  Claudius  were  con- 
suls.® 8.  If  you  wish  anything,  return  on  the  13th  of  June. 
9.  He  put  off  the  murder  of  the  consuls  to  the  30th  of  No- 
vember. 10.  There  was  no  one  of  these  who  did  not  know^ 
that  you  stood  in  the  Comitium  on  the  20th  of  August. 


Notes. 

1  See  111. 

2  The  Latin  names  of  months  are  adjectives. 

8  Such  an  expression  as  antS  diem  sextum  Kalendas  Novembres  is 
treated  as  a  single  word;  hence  it  is  often  used  like  an  Ablative  of  Time, 
as  in  sentence  4  ;  like  a  Predicate  Substantive,  as  in  sentence  2 ;  or  it  is 
governed  by  the  prepositions  in,  ex,  and  rarely  by  ad,  as  in  sentences  11 
and  12. 

*  Gaius:  Latin  pronunciation,  6rrf^-2/oos;  English  pronunciation,  Gd-yics. 
6  See  107. 

«  See  A.  &  G.  261,  a:  A.  &  S.  660,  a,  Note  1 :  B.  &  M.  1010:  H. 
43T,  1  :  0.  313,  3,  at  end. 

^  From  confgro.  8  See  122, 

9  A.  &  G.  320:  A.  &  S.  500,  a:  B.  301,  5  :  B.  &  M.  1218:  G.  034: 
H.  503,  1  :  C.  2543,  3. 


LESSON    XCI. 

GENERAL  EXERCISE. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  prima  luce,  at  daybreak,  at  earliest  dawn. 

2.  multo  die,  late  in  the  day. 

3.  prima  nocte,  in  the  first  part  of  the  night. 

4.  Sd  multam  noctem,  till  late  at  night. 

5.  pridie  ejus  diei,  on  the  day  before. 

6.  postridie  ejus  diei,  on  the  following  day. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  149 

Translate  and  parse. 

1.  Prima  luce/  quiim  summus  mons  a  T.  Labieno  tenere- 
tur,2  ipse  ab  hostium  castris  non  longius  mille  et  quingentis 
passibus^  abesset,  Considius  equo^  admisso  ad  eum  accurrit, 
dicit  montem^  quern  a  Labieno  occupari  voluerit/  ab  hostibus 
teneri.  2.  Multo  deiiique  die  per  exploratores  Caesar  cog- 
novit et  montem  a  suis  teneri  et  Helvetios  castra  movisse  et 
Considium  timore  perterritum,  quod  non  vidisset^  pro  viso  sibi 
renunciasse.^  3.  Circiter  hommum'^  milia  sex  prima  nocte  e 
castris  Helvetiorum  egressi  ad  Rhenum  f  Tnesque  Germanorum 
contenderunt.  4.  Ad  multam  noctem  etiam  ad  impedimenta 
pugnatum  est,  propterea  quod  pro  vallo  carros  objecerant. 
5.  Colloquendi^  Caesari  causa  visa  non  est,  et  eo^  magis,  quod 
pridie  ejus  diei^^  Germani  retmeri  n5n  poterant,  quln^^  in 
nostros  tela  conjicerent.^^  6.  Postridie  ejus  diei^^  praeter 
castra  Caesaris  suas  copias  traduxit  et  milibus^'^  passuum  duo- 
bus  ultra  eum  castra  fecit.  7.  Postridie  ejus  diei  Caesar 
praesidium  utrisque  castris,  quod  satis  esse  visum  est,  reli- 
quit. 

Write  in  liatin. 

1.  The  cavalry  hastened  to  the  city  at  full  speed,^^  and 
pitched  their  camp  at  daybreak  not  farther  than  nine  miles 
from  ours.  2.  We  ascertained  late  in  the  day  that  the  top  of 
the  mountain  was  held  by  the  Sequani.  3.  We  set  out  on 
the  day  before  at  earliest  dawn,  hastened  at  full  speed,  and 
arrived  at  sunset  in  the  vicinity  of  Geneva.  4.  They  set  out 
in  the  first  part  of  the  night  and  arrived  in  the  territory  of  the 
Gauls  on  the  following  day  at  earliest  dawn.  5.  We  stayed 
at  home  on  the  fourth  of  July  till  late  at  night.  6.  The  reason 
for  holding  a  conference^  does  not  seem  good  to  us,  and  the 
more^  because  the  Eomans  cannot  be  restrained  from  hurling  ^^ 
missiles  upon  our  men.  7.  We  shall  leave  for  both  camps  a 
garrison  which  will  seem  to  be  sufficient. 


150 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 


Noies  and  Questions. 


1  What  is  the  literal  meaning  of  prima  luce  ?   Why  is  the  Ablative  used  ? 

2  Why  is  the  Subjunctive  used?  See  A.  &  G.  325:  A.  &  S.  509,  a: 
B.  304,  Rule  LXV.:  B.  &  M.  1244:  G.  581,  K. :  H.  55^1,  II.,  2;  C. 
214,  5. 

3  See  133. 

*  See  122 ;  what  is  the  literal  meaning  of  Squo  admisso  ? 
^  What  mood  is  voluSrit  ?     Why  is  that  mood   used  in   this   clause  ? 
See  152. 

6  See  Ln.  LXXV.,  Note  11. 

7  See  Ln.  LXXXIIL,  Note  1.  «  See  153. 

9  eo  magis,  the  more  ;  for  eo,  see  ^9. 

10  See  A.  &  G.  tJ14,  ^  on  p.  208  :  A.  &  S.  355  &/  B.  &  M.  1005:  H. 
398,  5  :  C.  133,  7,  1. 

11  quin  —  conjicerent,  from  hiirling ;  why  is  the  Imperfect  used?  See 
135;  why  is  the  Subjunctive  used  ?  See  A.  &  G.  319,  d:  A.  &  S.  493, 
(2):  B.  297,  Rule  LX.:  B.  &  M.  1218:  G.  551:  H.  504:  C.  211. 

12  See  147. 

13  at  full  speedy  Squis  admissis  ;  why  the  Plural  ? 


LESSON   XCII. 

GENERAL  EXERCISE. 

EXAMPLES. 

1.  plus  posse,  to  he  more  powerful. 

2.  plurimum  posse,  to  he  the  most  powerful,  or  to  he  very  powerful. 

3.  ei  gratias  Sgere,  to  thank  him. 

4.  n5l>is  est  in  Snimo  iter  fXcSre,  we  intend  to  march. 

5.  l&tere  aperto,  on  the  unprotected  flank. 

6.  ex  equis,  on  horseback. 

7.  mgmoria  tSnere,  to  rememher. 

8.  maximis  potest  itineribus,  hy  the  longest  possible  Tfiarches. 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  151 

Translate  and  parse. 

1.  Li^us  (licit  esse  nonnullos,  qui  privatim  plus^  pos- 
sint^  quam  ipsi  magistratus.  2.  Non  erat  dubium,  quin  totlus 
Galliae  plunmum^  Helvetii  possent.^  3.  Dumnorix  gratia  et 
largitione  apiid  Sequanos  plunmum  poterat.  4.  Divitiacus 
dixit  eos^  qui  et  sua  virtute  et  populi  Rdmaiii  hospTtio  atque 
amicitia  plunmum  ante  in  Gallia  potuissent/  coactos  esse^ 
Sequanis^  obsides  dare.  5.  Decima  legio  per  tribunes  milT- 
tum  ei  gratias  egit.  6.  Caesari  renunciatur^  Helvetiis'^  esse 
in  ammo  per  agrum  Sequanorum  et  Aeduorum  iter  m  San- 
tonum  fines  facere.  7.  Helvetii  legates  ad  eum  mittunt^  qui 
dicerent^  sibi  esse  in  ammo  sine  ullo  maleficio  iter  per  pro- 
vincifem  facere.  8.  Pars  aperto  latere  ^^  legiones  circumve- 
nire  coepit.^^  9.  Capto  monte^^  BqJJ  gf^  Tulingi  nostros  latere 
aperto  aggressi  circumvenire  coeperunt.  10.  Ariovistus,  ex 
equis  tit  coUoquerentur  ^^  et  praeter  se  denos  ut  ad  colloquium 
adducerent/^  postulavit.  1 1 .  Eorum  una  pars,  quam  Gallos 
obtmere  dictum  est/^  attingit  ab^^  Sequanis  et  Helvetiis  flu- 
men  Ehenum.  12.  Id^^  hoc  facilius  eis  persuasit,  quod  un- 
dique  loci  natura  Helvetii  contmentur.  13.  Moribus  ^^  suis 
Orgetorigem  ex  vinculis^^  causam  dicere  coegerunt;  damna- 
tum^^poenam  sequi  oportebat,,^^  ut  igni  cremaretur.  14.  Cae- 
sar, quod  memoria'^^  tenebat^  L.  Cassium  consulem  occisum 
exercitumque  ejus  ab  Helvetiis  pulsum^  et  sub  jiigum  mis- 
sum/^  concedendum^*  non  putabat.  15.  Caesari  quiim  id^ 
nunciatum  esset/^  eos  per  provinciam  nostram  iter  facere 
conari,^"^  maturat  ab  urbe  prof  icisci  et  quam  maximis  potest 
itineribus^^  in  Galliam  ulteriorem  contendit  et  ad  Genevam 
pervenit.  16.  Itaque  re^^  frumentaria  quam  celerrime  potuit 
comparata  magnis  itmeribus  ad  Ariovistum  contendit. 
-17.  Liscus  dlcit  Dumnorigem  complures  annos^  portoria 
relTquaque*'^  omnia  Aeduorum  vectigalia  parvo  pretio  redempta 
habere/^  propterea  quod  illo^^  iTcente  contra  liceri  audeat^^ 
nemo. 


162  FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Notes  and  Questions. 

1  See  A.  &  G.  240,  a:  A.  &  S.  39T:  B.  2'2'^,  Kule  XIII.:  B.  &  M. 
728:  G.  331,  REMARKS  2  and  3  :  H.  378:  C.  128,  2. 

2  Why  is  the  Subjunctive  used  in  this  clause  ?    See  152, 

3  Why  the  Subjunctive  ?    See  Ln.  XCI.,  Note  11. 

4  From  cOgo.  ^  See  39, 

6  What  is  the  subject  of  rgnunciatur  ?  What  is  it  that  is  reported  to 
Caesar  ? 

■^  See  137 ;  what  is  it  that  the  Helvetii  intend  (have  in  mind)  to  do? 
What  then  is  the  subject  of  esse  ? 

8  See  Ln.  LXXXII.,  Note  1. 

^  See  136  and  Example  10  ;  what  question  does  qui  dicSrent  answer  ? 

10  latere  is  an  Ablative  of  Place,  answering  the  question  Where  ? 

11  What  kind  of  a  verb  is  coepit  ?     See  127. 

12  See  122,  13  See  136  and  Example  9. 
1*  What  is  the  subject  of  dictum  est  ? 

1^  ab,  on  the  side  of. 

1^  id  —  quod,  he  persuaded  them  to  this  the  more  easily,  because  ;  lit. ,  he 
persuaded  this  to  them,  etc. ;  for  hoc,  see  79, 

17  See  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  7. 

18  ex  vinciilis,  in  chains  ;  what  is  its  literal  meaning  ? 

19  damnatum,  if  condemned ;  see  121 ;  it  modifies  eum  understood,  the 
object  of  sequi. 

2'>  What  kind  of  a  verb  is  oportebat  ?  See  128 ;  what  is  its  subject  ? 
See  Ln.  LXIX.,  Examples  6  and  7. 

21  See  54. 

22  What  kind  of  a  clause  is  qu6d  —  tenebat  ?  See  1^9  ;  what  is  the 
object  of  tenebat  ? 

23  See  Ln.  LXXXVIL,  Note  5. 

24  concedendum,  sc.  esse  ;  translate,  that  it  ought  to  he  granted^ 

25  To  what  does  id  refer  ?    What  had  been  reported  to  Caesar  ? 

26  See  Ln.  XCL,  Note  2.  27  conari  is  in  apposition  with  id. 
28  See  93.  29  See  Ln.  LXXXIX.,  Note  1. 

30  rSdempta  habere,  had  bought  up. 

31  What  kind  of  a  verb  is  audeat  ?  See  A.  &  G.  136:  A.  &  S.  196,  a- 
B.  110,  a:    B.  &  M.  312:   G.  182:    H.  $468,  3  :  C.  81,  1. 


SELECTIONS  FOR  READING. 


I.    FABLES. 

1,    The  Mouse  and  the  Kite. 

Milvius  laqueis  irretitus  musculum  exoravit^  ut  eum^  corro- 
sis  plagis,  liberaret.  Quo  facto,  milvius  liberatus  murem 
arripuit  et  devoravit. 

Haec  fabiik  ostendit,  quam  gratiam  mali  pro  beneficiis  red- 
dere  soleant. 

2.    The  Kid  and  the  Wolf. 

Haedus,  stans  in  tecto  domus,  lupo  praetereunti  maledixit. 
Cui  lupus,  Non  tu,  inquit,  sed  tectum  mihi  maledlcit, 
Saepe  locus  et  tempus  homines  timidos  audaces  reddit. 


3.    The  Crane  and  the  Peacock. 

Pavo,  coram  grue  pennas  suas  explicans,  (Quanta  est,  inquit, 
formositas  mea  et  tua  deformttas  !  At  grus  evolans,  Et  quanta 
esty  inquit,  levitas  mea  et  tua  tarditas  ! 

Monet  haec  fabiila,  ne  ob  aliquod  bonum,  quod  nobis  natura 
tribuit,  alios  contemnamus,  quibus  natura  alia  et  fortasse  ma- 
jora  dedit. 


154  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 


4.    The  Goat  and  the  Wolf. 


Lupus  capram  in  alta  rupe  stantem  conspicatus^  Cur  non, 
inquit^  relinquis  nuda  ilia  et  sterilia  loca,  et  hue  descendis  in 
herbulos  campoSy  qui  tibi  laetum  ^ahulum  offerunt  ?  Cui 
respondit  capra  :  Mihi  nou  est  in  ammo  dulcia  tutis  m'aejw- 
nere 

5,    The  Dog  in  the  Manger. 

Canis  jacebat  in  praesepi  bovesque  latrando  a  pabulo 
arcebat.  Cui  unus  bourn,  Quanta  ista,  inquit,  i^ividia  esty 
quod  non  pater  is  ut  eo  cibo  vescdmury  quern  tu  ipse  capere  nee 
velis  7iee  possis  ! 

Haec  fabula  invidiae  indolem  declarat. 


6.    The  Fox  and  the  Lion. 

Vulpes,  quae  nunquam  leonem  viderat,  quum  ei  forte  occur- 
risset,  ita  est  perternta,  ut  paene  moreretur  formidiiie.  Eun- 
dem  conspicata  iterum,  timuit  quidem,  sed  nequaquam,  ut 
antea.  Tertio  illi  obviam  facta^  ansa  est  etiam  propius  acce- 
dere  eumque  alloqui. 

7.    The  Oxen. 

In  eodem  prato  pascebantur  tres  boves  in  maxima  concordia, 
et  sic  ab  omni  ferarum  incursione  tuti  erant.  Sed  dissidio 
inter  illos  orto,  singuli  a  feris  petiti  et  laniati  sunt. 

Pabiila  docet  quantum  boni  sit  in  concordia. 

8,    The  Ass  in  the  Lion's  Skin. 

Asmus,  pelle  leonis  indutus,  territabat  homines  et  bestias 
tamquam  leo  esset.     Sed  forte^  dum  se  celerius  movet,  aures 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  155 

eminebant ;    unde   agnitus   in   pistrinum   abductus   est,   ubi 
poenas  petulantiae  dedit. 

Haec  fabiila  stolidos  notat,  qui  immeritis  honoribus  super- 
biuiit. 

9.    The  Golden  Egg. 

Mulier  quaedam  habebat  gallmanij  quae  ei  quotidie  ovum 
pariebat  aureum.  Hinc  suspicari  coepit,  illam  auri  massam 
intus  celare,  et  gallmain  occTdit.  Sed  nihil  in  ea  reperit,  nisi 
quod  in  aliis  gallTnis  reperiri  solet.  Itaque  dum  majoribus 
divitiis  inhiabat,  etiam  minores  perdidit. 


lO,    The  Travellers  and  the  Ass. 

Duo  qui  una  iter  faciebant,  asinum  oberrantem  in  solitu- 
dine  conspicati,  accurrunt  laeti,  et  uterque  eum  sibi  vindicare 
coepit,  quod  eum  prior  conspexisset.  Dum  vero  contendunt 
et  rixantur,  nee  a  verberibus  abstinent,  asinus  aufugit  et 
neuter  eo  potitur. 

11,    The  Trumpeter. 

Tubicen  ab  hostibus  captus,  JVe  me,  inquit,  interficUe  ;  nam 
inermis  sum,  neque  quidquam  habeo  praeter  Jianc  tubam.  At 
hostes,  Propter  hoc  ipsum,  inquiunt,  te  interimemus,  quod,  qnum 
ipse  pugnandi  sis  imperltus,  alios  ad pvgnam  inciidre  soles, 

Fabula  docet,  non  solum  maleficos  esse  puniendos  sed  etiam 
eos,  qui  alios  ad  male  faciendum  irrltent. 


1^.    Sour  Grapes. 

Vulpes  uvam  in  vite  conspicata  ad  illam  subsiliit  omnium 
virium   suarum    contentione,  si   earn   forte    attingere   posset. 


156  FIRST   LESSONS    IN    LATIN. 

Tandem  defatigata  inani  labore  discedens  dixit :  At  nunc  etiam 
acerbae  sunt,  nee  eas  in  via  repertas  toller  em, 

Haec  fabula  docet^  multos  ea  contemnere^  quae  se  assequi 
posse  desperent. 

IS.    The  Mice. 

Mures  aliquando  liabuerunt  consilium,  quomodo  sibi  a  fele 
caverent.  Multis  aliis  propositis,  omnibus  placuit  ut  ei  tin- 
tinnabtilum  annecteretur ;  sic  enim  ipsos  sonitu  admonitos 
eam  fugere  posse.  Sed  quum  jam  inter  mures  quaereretur, 
qui  feli  tintinnabulum  annecteret,  nemo  repertus  est. 

Fabula  docet,  in  suadendo  plurimos  esse  audaces^  sed  in  ipso 
periciilo  timidos. 

14:.    The  Wolf  and  the  Crane. 

In  faucibus  lupi  os  inhaeserat.  Mercede  igitur  conducit 
gruem,  qui  illud  extrahat.  Hoc  grus  longitudine  colli  facile 
effecit.  Quum  autem  mercedem  postularet^  subrldens  lupus 
et  dentibus  infrendens,  Num  tibi,  inquit,  parva  merces  videtur, 
quod  caput  incolume  ex  lupi  faucibus  extraxisti  ? 


II.    STOEIES  FEOM  EARLY  EOMAN  HISTORY. 

Saturn. 

1.  AntiquissTmis  temporibus  Saturnus  in  Italiam  venisse 
dicTtur.  Ibi  hand  procul  a  Janiculo  arcem  condidit,  eamque 
Saturniam  appellavit.  Hie  Italos  primus  agriculturam  do- 
cuit. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  157 

Liatinus  and  Aeneas. 

2.  Postea  Latinus  in  illis  regionibus  imperavit.  Sub  hoc 
rege  Troja  in  Asia  eversa  est.  Hinc  Aeneas,  Anchisae  filius, 
cum  mnltis  Trojanis,  quibus  ferrum  Graecorum  pepercerat, 
aufugit  et  in  Italiam  pervenit.  Ibi  Latinus  rex  ei  benigne 
recepto  filiam  Laviniam  in  matrimonium  dedit.  Aeneas  urbem 
condidit,  quam  in  honorem  conjugis  Lavinium  appellavit. 

Founding  of  Alba  Longa  by  Ascanius. 

3.  Post  Aeneae  mortem  Ascanius,  Aeneae  filius,  regnum  ac- 
cepit.  Hie  sedem  regni  in  alium  locum  transttilit,  urbemque 
condidit  in  monte  Albano,  eamque  Albam  Longam  nuncu- 
pavit.  Eum  secutus  est  Silvius,  qui  post  Aeneae  mortem  a 
Lavinia  genitus  erat.  Ejus  posteri  omnes  usque  ad  Eomam 
conditam  Albae  regnaverunt. 

Other  Kings  of  Alba. 

4.  Unus  horum  regum,  Eomulus  Silvius,  se  Jove  majorem 
esse  dicebat,  et,  quum  tonaret,  militibus  imperavit,  ut  cljpeos 
hastis  percuterent,  dicebatque  hunc  sonum  multo  clari5rem 
esse  quam  tonitru.  Pulmine  ictus  et  in  Albanum  lacum 
praecipitatus  est. 

5.  Silvius  Procas,  rex  Albanorum,  duos  filios  relTquit  Nu- 
mitorem  et  Amulium.  Horum  minor  natu,  Amulius,  fratri 
optionem  dedit,  utrum  regnum  habere  vellet,  an  bona,  quae 
pater  reliquisset.  Numitor  patema  bona  praetiilit;  Amulius 
regnum  obtinuit. 

Birtb  of  Romulus  and  Remus. 

6.  Amulius,  ut  regnum  firmissime  possideret,  Numitoris 
filium  per  insidias  interemit  et  filiam  fratris  Kheam  Silviam 


158  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

Vestalem  virginem  fecit.  Nam  his  Yestae  sacerdotibus  non 
licet  viro  nubere.  Sed  haec  a  Marte  geminos  filios  Eomulum 
et  Eemum  peperit.  Hoc  quum  Amulius  comperisset^  matrem 
in  vincula  conjecit^  pueros  autem  in  Tiberim  abjtci  jussit. 

7.  Porte  Tiberis  aqua  ultra  ripam  se  effuderat^  et,  quum 
pueri  in  vado  essent  positi,  aqua  refluens  eos  in  sicco  rellquit. 
Ad  eorum  vagitum  lupa  accurrit,  eosque  uberibus  suis  aluit. 
Quod  videns  Paustulus  quidam,  pastor  illTus  regionis,  pueros 
sustiilit  et  uxori  Accae  Laurentiae  nutriendos  dedit. 

Foundation  of  Rome,  B.  C.  753. 

8.  Sic  Eomulus  et  Eemus  pueritiam  inter  pastores  transe- 
gerunt.  Quum  adolevissent  et  forte  compcrissent  quis  ipso- 
rum  avus,  quae  mater  fuisset,  Amulium  interfecerunt  et 
Numitdri  avo  regnum  restituerunt.  Tum  urbem  condiderunt 
in  monte  Aventlno  quam  Eomulus  a  suo  nomine  Eomam  vo- 
cavit.  Haec  quum  moembus  circumdaretur,  Eemus  occisus 
est,  dum  fratrem  irridens  moenia  transiliebat. 

How  Romulus  increased  the  Number  of  Citizens. 

9.  Eomulus,  ut  civium  numerum  augeret,  asylum  patefecit, 
ad  quod  multi  ex  civitatibus  suis  pulsi  accurrerunt.  Sed 
novae  urbis  civibus  conjilges  deerant.  Festum  itaque  Neptuui 
et  ludos  instituit.  Ad  hos  quum  multi  ex  finitimis  popiilis 
cum  mulieribus  et  liberis  venissent,  Eomani  inter  ipsos  ludos 
spectantes  virgines  rapuerunt. 

War  with  the  Sabines.  —  Tarpeia. 

10.  Popiili  illl,  quorum  virgines  raptae  erant,  bellum  ad- 
versus  raptores  susceperunt.  Quum  Eomae  appropinquarent, 
forte  in  Tarpeiam  virginem  inciderunt,  quae  in  arce  sacra  pro- 


FIRST   LESSONS    IN    LATIN.  159 

curabat.  Hanc  rogabant,  ut  viam  in  arcem  monstraret,  elque 
permiserunt^  ut  munus  sibi  posceret.  Ilia  petiit^  ut  sibi 
darent,  quod  in  sinistris  manibus  gererent,  anfdos  aureos  et 
armillas  signif  icans.  At  hostes  in  arcem  ab  ea  perducti  scutis 
Tarpeiam  obruerunt;  nam  et  ea  in  sinistris  manibus  gere- 
baut. 

Treaty  with  the  Sabines. 

1 1 .  Tum  Eomulus  cum  lioste,  qui  montem  Tarpeium  tene- 
bat,  pugnam  conseruit  in  eo  loco^  ubi  nunc  forum  Eomanum 
est.  In  media  caede  raptae  processerunt,  et  hinc  patres  hinc 
conjuges  et  soceros  complectebantur^  et  rogabant^  ut  caedis 
finem  facerent.  Utrlque  his  precTbus  commoti  sunt.  Romulus 
foedus  icit  et  Sablnos  in  urbem  recepit. 

Institutions  of  Romulus.  —  His  Death. 

12.  Postea  eivitatem  descripsit.  Centum  senatores  legit 
eosque  quum  ob  aetatem  tum  ob  reverentiam  iis  debitam  patres 
appellavit.  Plebem  in  triginta  curias  distribuit^  easque  rap- 
tarum  nominibus  nuncupavit.  Anno  regni  tricesimo  septimo, 
quum  exercitum  lustr«aret,  inter  tempestatem  ortam  repente 
ociilis  hommum  subductus  est.  Hinc  alii  eum  a  senatoribus 
interfectum^  alii  ad  deos  sublatum  esse  existimaverunt. 

Reign  of  Numa  Pompilius,  B.  C.  TIG  -  673. 

13.  Post  Eomiili  mortem  unlus  anni  interregnum  fuii 
Quo  elapso.  Numa  Pompilius  Curibus^  urbe  in  agro  Sabinorum, 
natus  rex  creatus  est.  Hie  vir  bellum  quidem  nullum  gessit ; 
nee  minus  tamen  civitati  profuit.  Nam  et  leges  dedit,  et 
sacra  plurima  instituit,  ut  popiili  barbari  et  bellicosi  mores 
molliret.     Omnia  autem^  quae  faciebat,  se  nympliae  Egeriae, 


160  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

conjugis  suse^  jussu  facere  dicebat.  Morbo  decessit^  quadra- 
gesimo  tertio  imperi  anno. 

Keign  of  Tullus  Hostilius,  B.  C.  673  -  641. 

14.  Numae  successit  Tullus   Hostilius^   cujus  avus  se   in 
'  bello  adversus  Sabinos  fortem  et  strenuum  virum  praestiterat. 

Eex  creatus  bellum  Albanis  indixit^  idque  trigeminorum  Hora- 
tiorum  et  Curiatiorum  certamine  finivit.  Albam  propter  per- 
fidiam  Metti  Fufeti  diruit.  Quum  triginta  duobus  annis 
regnasset,  fulmine  ictus  cum  domo  sua  arsit. 

Reign  of  Ancus  Marcius,  B.  C.  640  -  616. 

15.  Post  liunc  Ancus  Marcius^  Numae  ex  filia  nepos^  sus- 
cepit  imperium.  Hie  vir  aequitate  et  religi5ne  avo  similis, 
Latinos  bello  domuit_,  urbem  ampliavit_,  et  nova  ei  moenia  cir- 
cumdedit.  Carcerera  primus  aedificavit.  Ad  Tiberis  ostia 
urbem  condidit^  Ostiamque  vocavit.  A^icesimo  quarto  anno 
imperi  morbo  obiit. 

Reign  of  Tarquinius  Prisons,  B.  C.  616  -  578. 

16.  Deinde  regnum  Lucius  Tarquinius  Priscus  accepit^ 
Demarati  filius^  qui  tjrannos  patriae  Corintlii  fugiens  in  Etru- 
riam  venerat.  Ipse  Tarquinius,  qui  nomen  ab  urbe  Tarquiniis 
accepit,  aliquando  Romam  profectus  erat.  Advenienti  aquTla 
pileum  abstulit,  et,  postquam  alte  evolaverat,  reposuit.  Hinc 
Tanaquil  conjux,  mulier  auguriorum  perita,  regnum  ei  portendi 
intellexit. 

17.  Quum  Eomse  commoraretur,  Anci  regis  familiaritatem 
consecutus  est,  qui  eum  filiorum  suorum  tutorem  reliquit.  Sed 
is  pupillis  regnum  intercepit.  Senatoribus,  quos  Romulus 
croaverat,  centum  alios  addidit,  qui  minorum  gentium  sunt 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  161 

appellati.  Pkira  bella  feliciter  gessit^  nee  paueos  agros  liostT- 
bus  ademptos  urbis  territorio  adjunxit.  Primus  triumplians 
urbem  iutravit.  Clofieas  fecit;  Capitolium  iiiclioavit.  Tri- 
cesTmo  octavo  imperi  anno  per  Anci  filios^  quibus  regnum 
eripuerat^  occisus  est. 

Reign  of  Servius  Tullius,  B.  C.  578  -  531. 

18.  Post  liLinc  Servius  Tullius  suscepit  imperium,  gcnitus 
ex  nobili  femma^  captiva  tamen  et  famula.  Quum  in  domo 
Tarquini  Prisci  educaretur,  fiamina  in  ejus  capTte  visa  est. 
Hoc  prodigio  Tanaquil  ei  suinrnani  diguitatem  portendi  iritel- 
lexit,  et  conJLigi  persuasit,  ut  eum  sicuti  liberos  suos  educaret. 
Quum  adolevisset^  rex  ei  filiam  in  matrimpnium  dedit. 

19.  Quum  Priscus  Tarquiiiius  occTsus  esset,  Tanaquil  de 
superiore  parte  domus  populum  allocuta  est,  dicens;  regem 
grave  quidem  sed  non  letdle  vulmis  accepisse  ;  eum  petere,  ut 
populits,  dum  convalidsset,  Servio  Tiillio  obedlret.  Sic  Servius 
regnare  coepit,  sed  bene  imperium  administravit.  Montes  tres 
urbi  adjunxit.  Primus  omnium  censum  ordinavit.  Sub  eo 
Eoma  habuit  octoginta  tria  milia  civium  Romanorum  cum  his, 
qui  in  agris  erant. 

20.  Hie  rex  interfectus  est  scslere  filiae  TuUiae  et  Tarquini 
Superb i,  fili  ejus  regis,  cui  Servius  successerat.  Nam  ab  ipso 
Tarquinio  de  gradlbus  curiae  dejectus,  quum  domum  fugeret, 
interfectus  est.  TuUia  in  forum  properavit,  et  prima  conjugem 
regem  salutavit.  Quum  domum  redlret,  aurlgam  super  patris 
corpus  in  via  jacens  carpentum  age  re  jussit. 

Reign  of  Tarquinius  Superbus,  the  last  king  of  Rome, 
B.  C.  534-510. 

21.  Tarquinius  Superbus  cognomen  moribus  meruit.  Bello 
tamen  strenuus  plures  finitimorum  populorum  vicit.     Tern- 


163         ^  FIRST   LESSONS    IN   LATIN. 

plum  Jovis  in  Capitolio  aedificavit.  Postea^  dum  Ardeam 
oppuguabat,  urbem  Lati^  imperiuin  perdidit.  Nam  quum 
films  ejus  Lucretiae,  nobilissimae  feminae^  coiijiigi  Tarquini 
CollatTni_,  vim  fecisset^  haec  se  ipsam  occldit  in  conspectu  mariti^ 
patris^  et  amicorum^  postquam  eos  obtestata  fuerat,  ut  lianc 
injuriam  ulciscerentur. 

22.  Hanc  ob  causam  L.  Brutus^  CoUatlims^  alilque  nonnulli 
in  exitium  regis  conjurarunt,  populoque  persuaserunt^  ut  ei 
portas  urbis  clauderet.  Exercitus  quoque^  qui  civitatem  Ar- 
deam cum  rege  oppugnabat^  eum  rellquit.  Fugit  itaque  cum 
uxore  et  liberis  suis.  Ita  Eomae  septem  reges  regnaverunt 
annos  ducentos  quadraginta  tres. 


NOTES  ON  THE   SELECTIONS  FOR  READING. 

The  References  are  mainly  to  the  Sections  of  this  Book. 

I.    FABLES. 

1,  ut  —  liberaret,  see  ISG  and  Ln.  XXXVIII.,  Note  3. — corrosis 
plagis,  hy  gnaioing  the  nets;  see  122.  —  quo,  see  122 ;  what  is  its  ante- 
cedent?—  ostendit,  what  is  its  object  ?  —  mali,  see  Ln.  LXXXY.,  Note  9. 
—  soleant,  see  151  and  Ln.  XCIL,  Note  31. 

2,  lupo,  see  132, —  praetereunti  (praeter  and  eo),  see  126  ;  translate 
the  Participle  by  a  Relative  Clause.  —  inquit,  see  A.  &  G.  144,  h  :  A.  & 
S.  249  (5):  B.  Ill,  c,  2  :  B.  &  M.  444:  G.  190,  2:  H.  397,  II.,  2:  C. 
86,  2.  — reddit,  see  A.  &  G.  205,  6  ;  A.  &  8.  340:  B.  287,  a :  B.  &,  M. 
G44:  G.  281,  Exception  2  :  H.  463,  II.,  2  :  C.  lio,  2,  h. 

S,  explicans,  spreadinrj.  —  inquit,  see  note  on  inquit,  Fable  2.  —  ali- 
quod,  see  116^  a.  —  quod,  see  34  and  115,  —  contemnamus,  see  136,  — 
alia,  majora,  see  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  1. 

4,  laetum,  abundant.  —  mihi,  see  137,  —  est,  what  is  its  subject  ?  — 
dulcia,  see  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  1.  — tutis,  see  67. 

5.  boves,  see  A.  &  G.  61,  page  33  :  A.  &  S.  110,  bos  :  B.  138:  B.  &  M. 
123:    G.   80:  H.    66:   C.   31.  —  latrando,   see  153  and  54. —quod  — 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN.  163 

patSris,  see  149. — cibo,  see  54  and  104.  —  veils,  see  125  and  Ln. 
LXXXIX.,  Note  5. 

O.  occurrisset,  see  A.  &  G.  3*25:  A.  &  S.  509,  a;  B.  304,  RULE 
LXV.:  B.  &  M.  1244:  G.  581,  II.:  H.  521,  II.,  2:  C.  214,  5.  — more- 
retur,  see  139. — nequaq^uam,  antea,  what  do  they  modify?  —  obviam 
facta,  having  niet ;  obviam  is  used  with  the  Dative.  —  ausa  est,  see  Ln. 
XCII.,  Note  31. 

7.  pascebantnr,  what  does  the  Imperfect  Tense  denote  ?  see  S6.  —  boves, 
see  note  on  boves,  Fable  5.  —  petiti,  sc.  sunt.  —  boni,  see  Ln.  LXXXIIL, 
Note  1.  —  sit,  see  151. 

Sm  pelle,  see  54.  ~  indutus,  having  clothed  himself.  — esset,  see  A.  &  G. 
313:  A.  &  S.  481,  (2):  G.  604:  H.  513,  II.  :  C.  220.  —  movet,  see  Ln. 
LXXXIL,  Note  11.  —  unde,  for  which  reason,  i.  e.  because  his  ears  stuck 
out.  —  agnitus,  from  agnosco  ;  render  as  if  it  were  agnitus  est,  and  supply 
a7id.  —  dedit,  suffered.  —  honoribus,  see  79. 

9.  suspicari,  see  69.  —  coepit,  see  127. — illam,  why  in  the  Accusa- 
tive? why  Feminine?  —  quod  is  here  equivalent  to  id  quod;  compare  the 
English  whaty  equivalent  to  that  which.  —  solet,  see  Ln.  XCIL,  Note  31. 
—  majoribus,  see  84  and  « J.  —  divitiis,  see  67.  —  minores,  what  does  it 
modify  ? 

10.  duo,  see  108  and  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  9.  —  accurrunt,  see  Ln. 
LXXXIL,  Note  1.— laeti,  joyf tolly ;  see  A.  &  G.  191:  A.  &  S.  557,  h: 
B.  270,  6;  B.  &  M.  663:  G.  324,  Remark  6:  H.  443:  C.  113,  6.  — 
prior,  see  note  on  laeti ;  the  comparative  is  used  when  two  only  are  men- 
tioned. —  conspexisset,  see  149.  — qo^  see  104. 

11.  tubicen,  what  is  its  derivation?  see  Gen.  Vy. — inqnit,  see  note 
on  inquit.  Fable  2.  —  interficite,  see  47.  — inermis,  derivation  ?  see  Gen. 
Vy. — propter  hoc  ipsum,  for  this  very  reason;  what  is  the  reason?  — 
pugnandi,  see  153  and  140.  — sis,  see  i4J.— soles,  see  Ln.  XCIL, 
Note  31. — esse  puniendos,  see  130. — eos,  why  in  the  Accusative?  — 
irritent,  see  A.  &  G.  320:  A.  &  S.  500,  (2),  {d):  B.  301:  B.  &  M.  1220, 
b :  G.  633 :  H.  500,  I. :  C.  223,  1. 

12.  vulpes,  see  A.  &  G.  30,  b :  A.  k  S.  84  :  B.  118,  IIL,  Rem.  2  : 
B.  &  M.  41:  G.  20,  3  :  H.  43,  3  :  C.  13,  L,  3.  —omnium— contentiflne, 
with  all  its  might ;  what  is  the  literal  translation  ?  for  the  Abl.  contentione, 
see  54.  — Si,  [to  see)  whetTier. —-poaset,  see  151.— repertas,  from  re- 
perio;  see  121.  —  tollerem,  see  143  and  A.  &  G.  310,  a;  A.  &  S.  477, e: 
B.  305, third  clause:  G.  594,  2:  H.  507,  Note  7:  C.  219;  250.  —  quae, 
see  34. — S8,  see  53.  —  dssp3rent,  see  note  on  irritent.  Fable  11. 

13.  quomodo,  {to  see)  by  mhat  means,  —  sibi,  see  A.  &  G.  227,  c ;  A.  &  S. 
378:  B.239!  B.  &  M.  836:  G.  347:  H.  385,  1:  C.   160.— caverent 


164  FIRST   LESSONS   IN   LATIN. 

see  i51.  — aliis,  see  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  1  and  122,  — -plsLCmtt  what  is 
its  subject  ?— ami3ctdrdtur,  see  A.  &  G.  333,  a :  A.  &  S.  494,  a:  B. 
301,  Rule  LXIL  :  B.  &  M.  1222:  G.  558:  H.  501, 1.,  1:  C.  ao«.  — sic 
—  posse;  this  Infinitive  Clause  depends  upon  some  such  expression  as 
they  thought,  they  said.  —  quaereretur,  see  note  on  occurrisset,  Fable  6  ; 
what  is  the  subject  of  quaereretur  ?  —  suadfindo,  see  153,  —  plurimos,  se« 
85  and  Ln.  LXXXV.,  Note  9. 

14:,  inhaeserat,  from  inhaereo.  —  mercede,  see  146,  —  extrahat,  see 
136,  —  hoc,  what  was  this  that  the  crane  accomplished  ?  —  postularet,  see 
note  on  occurrisset,  Fable  6.  —  num,  what  answer  is  implied  ?  See  Ln. 
LXL,  Note  1.  —  merces,  see  64,  —  videtur,  what  is  its  subject  ?  —  fauci- 
bus,  how  declined  in  the  Singular  ?  in  the  Plural  ?    See  Gen.  Vy. 


II.    STORIES  FEOM  EAELY  ROMAN  HISTORY. 

1.  Janiculo,  the  Janiculum  is  a  hill  on  the  west  side  of  the  Tiber  ;  the 
seven  hills  are  on  the  east  side ;  these  are  the  Palatine,  Capitoline,  Quiri- 
naly  AveMine,  Coelian,  Esquiline,  and  Viminal.  —  earn  Saturniam,  see  58, 
—  Italos,  agriculturam,  see  71.  —  primus  —  docuit,  was  the  first  who 
taught;  see  A.  &  G.  191:  A.  &  S.  557  h:  B.  271,  Remakk:  B.  &  M. 
663:  G.  324,  7  :  H.  442,  Note:  C.  113,  6,  note  1. 

fi,  in  —  regionibus;  what  country  is  meant  ?—  sub,  in  the  reign  of.  — 
Troja,  Troy  is  said  to  have  been  destroyed  in  b.  c.  1184.  — hinc, /rom  this 
place,  i.  e.  from  Troy.  —  Aeneae,  Anchisae,  how  declined  'i    See  A,  &  G.  37  : 

A.  &  S.  94:  B.  125:  B.  &  M.  52:  G.  72:  H.  50:  C.  20.  — quibus,  see 
132,  —  Lavinium  was  situated  about  16  miles  south  of  Rome,  three  miles 
from  the  coast. 

3,  Aeneae,  see  note  on  Aeneae  in  preceding  section.  —  transttilit,  see 
123,  —  Albam  Longam,  Alba  Longa  was  about  16  miles  southeast  of 
Rome,  situated  on  the  western  slope  of  the  Alban  Mount  and  overlooking 
the  Alban  Lake.  —  sectitus  est,  succeeded.  —  genitus  erat,  from  gigno.  -^ 
ad  Romam  conditam,  until  the  founding  of  Rome  ;  what  is  the  literal  trans- 
lation ?  —  Albae,  see  106» 

4,  Jove,  see  133  and  A.  &  G.  60,  b,  page  32  :  A.  &  S.  Ill,  (3) :  B.  13S: 

B.  &  M.  123:  H.  66,  3  :  C.  31.  — tonaret,  see  128  and  note  on  occurrisset. 
Fable 6.  —  multo,  see  J44.  — - tonitru,  what  case?  why  ?—  ictus,  sc.  est.  — 
Albanum  Lacum,  see  note  on  Albam  Longam  in  section  3. 

5,  minor  natu  =  junior ;  for  natu,  see  124,  —  vellet,  see  125  and  151, 
reliquisset,  see  Ln.  LXXXIX.,  Note  6. 


FIRST  LESSONS   IN   LATIN.  165 

6.  vestalem  virginem,  a  vestal  virgin  was  bound  by  a  vow  of  chastity  ; 
if  she  broke  her  vow  she  was  buried  alive.  —  licet,  what  is  its  subject  ?  — 
viro  nubere,  to  inarry ;  for  viro,  see  1S2 ;  what  does  nnbgre  mean?  — 
pepSrit,  from  pario.  —  hoc,  what  was  it  that  Amulius  had  found  out  ? 

7.  essent  positi,  see  A.  &.  G.  3*^6:  A.  &,  S.  510  (2):  B.  30iJ,  1:  H.  & 
M.  1251:  G.  587:  H.  517:  C.  214,  3.  —  quod,  what  is  its  antecedent? 
what  did  a  certain  Faustnlus  see?  —  regionis,  what  region  is  meant?  — 
nutriendos,  to  be  nourished,  modifies  pueros,  and  expresses  the  purpose  of 
dedit. 

8.  adolevissent,  from  adolesco ;  see  note  on  occurrisset,  Fable  6.  -^ 
quis,  see  64,  —  avus,  sc.  fuisset  and  see  151.  —  monte  Aventino,  Mount 
Aventine,  one  of  the  seven  hills  of  Rome.  The  best  authorities  agree  that 
Rome  was  built  at  first  on  the  Palatine,  which  hill  stands  a  short  distance 
northeast  of  the  Aventine. 

9.  civlbus,  see  A.  &  G.  331,  a:  A.  &  S.  380:  B.  242,  Rem.  3:  B. 
&  M.  820 :  H .  386 :  C.  154.  —  inter,  in  the  midst  of.  —  ipsos,  very.  — 
spectantes,  translate  by  a  relative  clause. 

10»  Eomae,  see  67,  —  in  incidgrunt,  they  carrw  unexpectedly  upon.  -^ 
quod,  see  note  on  quod.  Fable  9.  —  gerSrent,  see  Ln.  LXXXIX.,  Note  5. 

—  et  ea,  these  also,  i.  e.  as  well  as  the  rings  and  bracelets. 

11.  Montem  Tarpeium,  the  Tarpeian  mount;  probably  the  Capitoline 
hill.  —  forum  Eomanum,  the  Roman  F(yrum,  an  open  space  in  the  vaUey 
between  the  Capitoline  and  Palatine,  surrounded  by  temples  and  other 
buildings ;  here  the  Roman  people,  the  Populus  Eomanus,  met  to  transact 
business.  —  media,  midst  of.  —  raptae,  sc.  muliSres,  —  hinc  —  hinc,  here 

—  tliere.  —  ntrique,  who  are  meant  ?  —  icit,  compare  the  English  expres- 
sion, strike  a  bargain  ;  the  Romans  were  accustomed  to  offer  a  sacrifice  to 
confirm  a  treaty,  and  hence  this  use  of  ico. 

12.  qnum  —  turn,  both  —  and.  —  raptamm,  sc.  muligrum.  —  inter,  in 
the  midst  of.  —  ortam,  which  had  arisen.  —  oculis,  see  67.  —  hinc,  i.  e.  by 
reason  of  the  fact  mentioned  in  the  preceding  sentence.  —  alii  —  alii,  som^ 

—  others.  —  interfectum,  sc.  esse.  —  sublatnm  esse  from  tollo. 

IS.  quo,  what  is  its  antecedent  ?  —  Curibus,  see  106.  — jnssn,  see  79^ 
fac6re,  what  is  its  object  ?  —  morbo  decessit,  i.  e.  Numa  died  a  natuial 
death,  which  has  not  always  been  the  lot  of  kings ;  with  decessit  supply 
de  vita. 

14:.  praestitSrat,  what  does  it  govern  ?  see  58.  —  creatus,  see  Ln. 
LXIII.  and  Examples.  — Horatiornm.  The  Horatii  fought  for  Rome,  the 
Curiatii  for  Alba.  The  three  Curiatii  fell,  but  one  of  the  Horatii  survived ; 
this  gave  the  victory  to  the  Romans.  —  Metti  Fnfeti,  see  17 ;  for  his 
treachery  he  was  torn  asunder  by  horses  driven  in  opposite  directions,  and 
his  city  Alba  razed  to  the  ground.     The  inhabitants  of  Alba  were  removed 


166  FIRST   LESSONS   IN  LATIN. 

to  Rome  and  located  on  the  Caelian  Hill ;  this  was  the  origin  of  the  Roman 
Plehs.  —  annis  expresses  duration  of  time ;  what  is  the  more  usual  con- 
struction ?  see  93,  —  arsit,  fr.  ardeo,  ardere,  arsi,  arsum,  burn. 

15»  aequitate,  see  124,  —  avo,  see  86,  —  bello,  see  S4.  —  ei,  see  A.  & 
G.  235,  d:  A.  &  S.  3T9:  B.  242,  Rem.  3  ;  B.  &  M.  859:  G.  348:  H. 
384,  ir.,  2:  C.  152.  —  primus,  see  note  on  primus,  section  1,  —  obiit,  see 
126  and  note  on  morbo  decessit,  section  13, 

16,  deindB,  i.  e.  after  the  death  of  Ancus  Marcius.  — qui  refers  to 
Demarati.  —  advenienti,  sc.  ei  and  see  A.  &  G.  223:  A.  &  S.  380:  B. 
242,  Rem.  3:  B.  &  M.  829:  H.  386,  2  :  C.  151.  — abstalit  from  aufero, 
auferre,  abstuli,  ablatum,  carry  off;  derived  from  ab  axcay^  off ;  and  fero 
carry.  — auguriorum,  see  140, 

17,  Eomae,  see  106,  —  commoraretur,  see  note  on  occurrisset,  Fable  6. 

—  tutorem,  as  guardian  ;  compare  58,  —  pupillis,  see  67.  —  gentium 
modifies  senatores  understood.  —  plura,  several;  how  declined?  See 
Ln.  LXXXIV.,  Note  11. —  ademptos,  from  adimo.  —  primus,  see  note  on 
primus,  section  1,  —  Cloacas.  The  main  sewer,  known  as  the  Cloaca  Maxi- 
ma, and  a  branch  running  from  the  Forum  are  still  in  use.  —  Capitolium, 
the  Capitol,  signifies  here  the  temple  of  Jupiter  on  the  Capitoline.  —  per 
filios,  at  the  instigation  of  the  sons  ;  they  hired  assassins  to  murder  him  : 
a  filiis  would  signify  that  they  killed  him  with  their  own  hands.  —  quibus, 
see  note  on  ei,  section  16, 

18,  genitus,  from  gigno.  —  captiva,  see  25,  —  dome,  how  declined  ? 
See  97,  —  conjugi,  see  132  and  Ex.  1.  —  edticaret,  see  136, 

19,  domus  ;  this  stood  on  the  Palatine.  —  regem  —  obediret ;  change 
this  to  the  Direct  Discourse  ;  see  152,  —  eum  refers  to  regem.  —  coepit, 
see  127,  —  montes  —  adjunxit.  The  Palatine,  Capitoline,  Quirinal,  and 
Ave n tine  had  been  previously  occupied.  —  milia,  how  declined  ?  see  108, 

—  civium,  see  Ln.  LXXXIIL,  Note  1. 

20,  scelere,  see  79,  —  filiae,  see  25.  —  curiae.  The  senate-house  stood 
near  the  Forum.  —  domum,  see  105 ;  how  declined  ?  —  prima,  see  note  on 
primus,  section  1,  —  regem,  as  king  ;  compare  58, 

21,  cognomen,  i.  e.  Superbus,  the  Proud.  —  moribus,  see  79,  —  bello, 
see  111,  —  plures,  how  declined  ?  see  note  on  plura,  section  17,  —  populo- 
rum,  see  Ln.  LXXXIIL,  Note  1.  ^  Templum.  This  temple  had  been 
begun  by  Tarquinius  Priscus  ;  see  section  17,  —  Jovis,  how  declined  ?  see 
note  on  Jove,  section  4,  —  Lucretiae,  see  39,  —  vim,  how  declined  ?  See 
Gen.  Vy.  — ut  —  ulciscerentur,  see  136  and  Ln.  XXXVIIL,  Note  3. 

22,  in,  for.  —  conjurarunt,  see  Ln.  LXXV.,  Note  11.  —  populo,  see 
132,  —  ei,  against  him ;  see  39,  —  civitatem  =  urbem.  —  Ardea  was 
situated  about  18  miles  south  of  Rome. 


GENEEAL  VOCABULARY. 


I.   Latin-English. 


Numerals  and  Pronouns  not  given  in  this  Vocabulary  can  be  found  in  the 
Grammar. 

The  References  are  to  Sections  of  this  book. 

The  English  words  in  small  capitals  are  derived  either  directly  or  indirectly 
from  the  Latin  words  under  which  they  stand,  or  from  the  same  Root. 

The  parts  in  Parentheses  give  the  derivation  of  the  Latin  words.  For  Ab- 
breviations see  page  xii. 


A.,  abbreviation  of  Aulus,  a  Ro- 
man praenomen. 

ab,  a,  prep.  w.  abl.  from,  away 
from ;   by :   on  the  side  of 

ab-duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductum 
(ab  away,  duco  lead),  lead 
away.     Abduct,  abduction. 

ab-jicio,  jicere,  jeci,  jectum 
(ab  away,  down;  jacio  cast), 
cast  away  or  down.     Ab.ject. 

abs-tmeo,  tinere,  tinui,  tentum 
(ab(s)  from,  teneo  keep),  keep 
from,  ABSTAIN.     Abstinence. 

ab-siim,  esse,  fui  (ab  away,  sum 
he)  be  away,  be  absent,  be 
distant. 

ac.  See  atquS. 


Acca,  ae,  f.,  Acca  Larentia,  the 
wife  of  Faustulus. 

ac-cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  cessum 
(ad  towards,  cede  go),  go  to- 
wards, draw  near,  approach; 
assault.     Accede,  accession. 

ac-cido,  cXderg,  cidi  (ad  upon, 
cado  fall),  fall  upon,  befall, 
happen.     Accident. 

ac-cipio,  ciperS,  cepi,  ceptum 
(ad  to  one*s  self,  capio  take), 
receive,  accept,  take. 

ac-curro,  currere,  ciicurri  and 
curri,  cursum  (ad  to,  curro 
run),  run  to,  hasten  to. 

accuso,  are,  avi,  atum  (ad  to, 
causa  a  lawsuit),  acch^k,  blame, 
censure.     Accusation. 

acSr,  acrls,  acrS,  sharp.    Acrid. 


168 


JCERBUS  —  AEQUITJS 


acerbiis,  a,  um,  sour.  Acerbity. 

acies,  aciei,  f.,  edge;  line,  line 
of  battle  ;  army  in  battle-array. 
See  agmen. 

acriter,  acrius,  acerrime,  adv. 
(acer  sharp),  sharply,  fiercely, 
violently. 

ad,  prep.  w.  ace.  to,  towards  ;  for; 
near;  w.  numerals,  about;  w. 
names  of  towns,  towards,  in  or 
into  the  vicinity  of 

ad-amo,  are,  avi,  atum  (ad  de- 
noting a  beginning,  amo  love), 
begin  to  love,  acquire  a  liking  for. 

ad-do,  dere,  didi,  ditum  (ad 
to,  beside;  do  put),  add. 

ad-duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductum 

(ad  to,  duco  lead),  lead  to,  lead; 
influence. 

ad-eo,  ire,  ii,  itum  (ad  to,  eo  go), 
go  to.     See  12  G, 

ad-imo,  imere,  emi,  emptum 
(ad  to  one's  self,  emo  take), 
take  away. 

aditus,  us,  m.  (adeo  go  to),  ap- 
proach, access. 

ad-jungo,  jungere,  junxi,  junc- 
tiiin  (ad  to,  jungo  Join),  join 
to,  join. 

ad-ministro,  are,  avi,  atum 
(ad  without  additional  force, 
ministro  serve),  administer, 
manage.         Administration, 

ADMINISTRATOR. 

ad-mitto,  mittere,  misi,  missum 
(ad  to,  mil  to  let  go),  allow,  ad- 
mit; give  the  reins  to;  equo 
admisso,  at  full  speed.  Ad- 
mission. 


ad-in6neo,  mSnerS,  in5nui, 
monitiim  (ad  w.  no  percep- 
tible additional  force,  moneo 
admonish),  admonish,  warn. 
Admonition. 

adolesco,  adolescgre,  adolevi, 
adultiim  (adoleo  cause  to  grow 
up),  grow,  increase,  grow  up. 
Adult. 

ad-sum,  ad-esse,  af-fui  (ad  near, 
sum  be)^  be  near,  be  present : 
assist. 

ad-venio,  venire,  veni,  ventiim 
(ad  to,  venio  come),  come  to, 
arrive,  come.     Adventure. 

adventiis,  iis,  m.  (advenio  come 
to),  arrival,  approach.  Advent. 

adversiis  and  adversiim,  prep, 
w.  ace.  towards,  against. 

ad-verto,  vertere,  verti,  ver- 
siim  (ad  towards,  verto  lurn), 
turn  towards ;  id  animum  ad- 
vertere,  to  turn  the  mind  to- 
icards  it,  to  perceive  it.  Ad- 
vert. 

aedificium,  i,  n.  (aedifico  build), 
building,  edifice. 

aedifico,  are,  avi,  atiim  (aedes 
building  for  habitation,  facio 
make),  build.  Edify,  edifica- 
tion. 

Aedui,  oriim,  m.  pi.,  a  tribe  in 
Central  Gaul. 

aegSr  aegra,  aegriim,  sick. 

Aeneas,  ae,  m.,  a  Trojan  prince, 
son  of  Venus  and  Anchises. 

aequitas,  atis,  f.  (aequus  fair, 
equitable)^  KquiTY,  justice,  mod- 
eration. 


AEQVUS  —  AMICUS 


169 


aequiis,  a,  iim,  even,  level; 
KQUAL  ;  like ;  fair,  equitable, 

aestas,  atis,  £.,  summer, 

aetas,  atis,  f.,  aye, 

af-fero,af-ferre,  at-tuli,  al-latum 
(ad  to,  fero  bring),  bring  to, 
carry  to  ;  offer  ;  carry. 

af-ficio,  ficere,  feci,  fectum  (ad 
to,  facio  do),  AFFECT,  influence  ; 
magno  dolore  affici,  to  be  very 
grievously  affected. 

ager,  agri,  va.,  field,  land;  country, 
territory. 

agger,  aggeris,  m.,  mound;  mate- 
rials/or a  mound. 

ag-gredior,  gredi,  gressils  sum 
(ad  to,  gradior  go),  go  to,  ap- 
proach ;  go  against,  attack.  Ag- 
gression, AGGRESSIVE. 

agmen,  agmiuis,  n.  (ago  put  in 
motion),  army  on  the  march, 
line  of  march ;  [acies,  army  in 
battle  array ;  exercitus,  a  dis- 
cipUned  army"] ;  agmen  novis- 
simum,  the  rear;  primum 
agmen,  the  van. 

ag-nosco,  noscerg,  novi,  iiitiim 
(ad  denoting  reference,  (g)nos- 
co  know),  recognize :  know. 

ago,  agere,  egi,  actum,  put  in 
motion;  had,  drive,  conduct ;  act, 
do,  perform.     Action,  agent. 

agricultura,  ae,  f.  (ager  field, 
colo  cultivate)^  agriculture. 

alacgr,  alacris,  alacrS,  lively, 
cheerful ;  eager,  fierce. 

^lacritas,  atis,  f.  (alacer  lively), 
liveliness,  eagerness,  zeal.  Alac- 
rity. 


Alba  or  Alba  Longi,  the  mother 
city  of  Rome,  built  by  Ascanius. 

Albanus,  i,  m.,  an  Alban,  an  in- 
habitant of  Alba. 

aliquandd,  adv.  (aliquis  some 
one),  at  some  time,  once,  for- 
merly. 

aliquis,  indef.  pron.  [see  116,  a], 
some  one,  somebody,  something, 
some;  anyone, anybody,  anything, 
any. 

alius,  alia,  aliud  [see  ;S4],  other, 
another, 

Allobroges,  um,  m.  pi.,  a  people 
in  the  southeastern  part  of 
Gaul. 

al-16quor,  16qui,  Idcutus  sum 
(ad  to,  loquor  speak),  speak  to, 
address. 

alo,  alere,  alui,  alitum  or  al- 
tum,  nourish,  feed,  support. 

Alpes,  Alpiiim,  f.  pi.  the  Alps. 

alte,  altius,  altissime  (altus 
high,  low),  on  high,  highly ;  low, 
lowly. 

altSr,  altera,  alterum  [see  24], 
one  of  two,  the  o*her,  the  second ; 
altgr  —  alter,  the  one  —  the 
other. 

altitiido,  altitudinis,  f.  (altus 
high,  deep),  height ;  depth  ;  alti- 
tude. 

altus,  a,  iim  (alo  nourish),  high, 
lofty:  deep. 

amicitia,  ae,  f.  (aunicns  friendly), 
friendship. 

amiicus,  a,  iim  (amo  love),  loving, 
friendly ;  amiciis,  i,  m.  friend. 
Amicaule. 


170 


AMITTO  —  ARIOriSWS 


a-mitto,  mittgrg,  misi,  missiim 
(ab  away,  mitto  let  go),  lose. 

amplio,  are,  avi,  atum  (ampins 
of  large  extent),  enlarge. 

ampliiis,  adv.  more,  farther. 

Amuliiis,  i,  m.,  son  of  Silvius 
Procas  and  brother  of  Numitor. 

an,  adv.  or. 

Anchises,  ae,  m.,  a  Trojan,  the 
father  of  Aeneas. 

Ancus  Marcius,  i,  m.,  the  fourth 
king  of  Rome. 

angustiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (angus- 
tus  narrow),  narrow  pass,  defile; 
difficulty. 

anim-ad-verto,  vertere,  verti, 
versum  (animus  7nind,  adver- 
to  turn  towards),  notice.  Anim- 
advert,  ANIMADVERSION. 

animal,  animalis,  n.,  animal. 

animus,  i,  m.,  mind,  soul;  disposi- 
tion ;  affection ;  feeling,  courage. 
[animus  denotes  the  human 
soul,  including  all  its  faculties, 
including  mens ;  mens  denotes 
the  thinking,  mental  faculty.] 

an-necto,  nectere,  nexui,  nex- 
iim  (ad  to,  necto  tie,  fasten),  tie 
to,  fasten  to.     Annex. 

annus,  i,  m.,  year.    Annual. 

ante,  prep.  w.  ace,  before;  adv. 
hefoi'e,    previously.      Ante    in 

ANTECEDENT,  etC. 

antea,  adv.  (ante  before,  ea  that), 

before,  previously. 
antiquus,  a,  iim   (ante  before), 

ancient,  old;  of  long  continuance. 

Antique,  antiquated. 
aniilus,  i,  m.,  ring.     Annular. 


Ap.,  abbreviation  of  Appius,  a 
Roman  praenomen. 

apertus,  a,  um  (aperio  uncover), 
uncovered,  unprotected. 

ap-pello,  are,  avi,  atiim  (ad  to, 
pello  bring  one's  self  to  a  per- 
son), address;  name,  call.  Ap- 
peal, APPELLATION. 

ap-propinquo,  are,  avi,  atum 
(ad  to,  propinquo  draw  near), 
draw  near  to,  approach. 

apiid,  prep.  w.  ace ,  at,  near,  in 
presence  of  among. 

aqua,  ae,  f.,  water.     Aqueduct. 

aquila,  ae,  f.,  eagle. 

Aquileia,  ae,  f.,  a  town  at  the 
head  of  the  Adriatic  Sea. 

Aquitani,  oriim,  m.  pi.,  inhabi- 
tants of  Aquitania. 

Aquitania,  ae,  f.,  the  southwest- 
ern division  of  Gaul. 

Arar,  Araris,  ace.  Ararim^  m., 
the  Saone  [pronounced  Sone"],  a 
river  in  Gaul,  tributary  to  the 
Rhone. 

arcesso,  arcesserS,  arcessivi, 
arcessitiim,  invite,  summon. 

arceo,  arcere,  arcui,  drive  away; 
icard  off,  keep  from;  restrain. 

Ardea,  ae,  f.,  a  city  of  Latium, 
capital  of  the  Rutuli. 

arma,  oriim,  n.  pi.,  arms,  tceap- 
ons. 

armilla,  ae,  f.,  bracelet  or  ring, 
worn  on  the  left  arm  by  sol- 
diers as  a  reward  for  valor. 

Ariovistus,  i,  m.,  a  powerful 
German  king  in  the  time  of 
Caesar. 


JRRIPIO  —  BELGAE 


171 


ar-ripio,  rfpere,  ripui,  reptiim 
(ad  upon^  rapio  seize),  seize 
upon. 

arr5gantia,  ae,  f.  (arrogans  as- 
suming), haughtiness,  insolence, 

ARROGANCE. 

Arverni,  orum,  m.  pi.,  a  people 
in  the  eastern  part  of  Aqui- 
tania. 

arx,  arcis,  f.,  citadel,  fortress. 

Ascaniiis,  i,  m.,  son  of  Aeneas. 

Asia,  ae,  f.,  Asia. 

asiniis,  i,  in ,  an  ass. 

as-sequor,  sequi,  seciitus  sum 
(ad  with  no  perceptible  addi- 
tional force,  seqviOT  follow),  fol- 
low ;  overtake  ;  obtain. 

asylum,  i,  n.  asylum. 

at,  conj.  hut. 

at-tingo,  tingere,  tigi,  tactiim 
(ad  against,  tango  touch),  touch 
against,  border  upon;  touch, 
reach. 

atque,  ac,  conj.  (ad  in  addition, 
que  and),  and  also,  and. 

auctoritas,  atis,  f.  (auctor  pro- 
ducer), AUTHORITY,  influence. 

audacia,  ae,  f.  (audax  bold), 
boldness^  audacity. 

audaclter  or  audacter,  audaci- 
lis,  audacissime,  adv.  (audax 
bold),  boldly,  courageously. 

audax,  gen.  audacis  (audeo 
dare),  bold,  daiing,  audacious. 

audeo,  audere,  ausiis  sum  [see 
Lx.  XCTL,  Note  31],  dare,  ven- 
ture. 

audio,  ire,  ivi,  itiim,  hear.  Au- 
dit, auditor,  audience. 


au-fGgio,  ftigerg,  fugi,  fugitiim 
(ab  away,  fngioflee),  flee  away, 
escape  ;  flee. 

augeo,  augere,  auxi,  auctiim, 
increase,  augment. 

augiirium,  i,  n.  (auguror  fr.  au- 
gur diviner),  augury,  divina- 
tion. 

aureus,  a,  lim  (aurum  gold), 
golden. 

auriga,  ae,  m.  (aurea  bridle,  ago 
manage),  charioteer. 

auris,  auris,  f.  ear.   Auri-cular. 

aurum,  i,  n.,  gold. 

aut,  conj.  or ;  aut  —  aut,  either 
—  or. 

autezQ,  conj.,  but,  yet,  moreover. 

auxiXiumi,  i,  n.  (augeo  increase), 
help,  aid ;  pi.  auxiliaries. 

Aventinus,  i,  m.,  the  Aventine. 

aversiis,  a,  iim  (averto  turn 
aivay),  turned  away;  aversus 
hostis,  a  retreating  enemy. 

a-verto,  vertere,  verti,  versiim 
(ab  away,  verto  turn),  turn 
away,  turn  aside,  avert.  Aver- 
sion. 

aviis,  i,  m.,  grandfather. 

B. 

barbariis,  a,  iim,  foreign;  un- 
civilized; savage,  rude,  bar- 
barous.    Barbarian. 

beatiis,  a,  iimi  (beo  bless),  happy. 
Beatific. 

Belgae,  arum,  m.  pi.,  a  powerful 
people  dwelling  in  Northern 
Gaul. 


172 


BELLICOSUS  —  CJSSIUS 


bellicosiis,  a,  am,  warlike, 

bello,  are,  avi,  atiim  (bellum 
iuar)y  carry  on  war. 

bellum  i,  n.,  war, 

bene,  adv.,  weU^  finely. 

benef  icium,  i,  n.,  kindness,  bene- 
fit.    Beneficial. 

bgnigne,  adv.  (benignus  kind), 
kindly;    benignly.     Benign, 

BENIGNANT. 

bestia,  ae,  f.,  beast. 

Bibracte,  is,  n.,  the  chief  town  of 
the  Aedui. 

biennium,  i,  n.  (bis  twice,  annus 
year),  two  years.     Biennial. 

Boil,  oriim,  m.  pi.,  the  Boii  [pro- 
nounced B6-yl\,  a  nomadic  peo- 
ple dwelling  chiefly  in  Gaul, 
Italy,  and  Germany. 

bbnus,  a,  um,  good,  friendly ;  b6- 
num,  i,  n.  a  good  thing,  an  ad- 
vantage;  b5na,  oriim,  n.  pi, 
goods,  an  estate. 

bo3,  bovis,  m.  and  f.,  ox,  cow. 

brgvis,  brevS,  short,  brief. 

Briifcus,  i,  m.  (brutus  stupid),  L. 
Junius  Brutus,  the  deliverer  of 
Rome  from  rej^al  dominion. 


c. 

C,  abbreviation  of  Gaius  [pro- 
nounced Ga-yus'],  a  Roman 
praenomen. 

caedes,  caedis,  f.  (caedo  kill), 
murder,  slaughter,  carnage. 

caedo,  caedere,  cecidi,  cae- 
siim,  cut,  cut  down ;  kill,  mur- 


der.       -CIDE      in      PARRI-CIDE, 

matri-cide,  etc. 

Caesar,  Caesaris,  m.,  Caius  Julius 
Caesar,  a  distinguished  Roman 
general,  orator,  statesman,  and 
author. 

Caius  Valerius  ProciUus,  a  dis- 
tinguished Gaul,  friend  of  Cae- 
sar. 

calamitas,  atis,  f.,  calamity, 
disaster,  misfortune. 

campus,  i,  m..,  plain,  field ;  Cam- 
pus, the  Campus  Martius,  a 
grassy  plain  just  outside  the 
walls  of  Rome  on  which  the 
people  assembled  for  elections, 
military  drills,  and  games. 

canis,  canis,  m.  and  f.,  dog. 

capio,  capere,  cepi,  captum, 
take,  capture. 

Capitolium,  i,  n.  (caput  head), 
the  Capitol,  the  temple  of  Ju- 
piter on  the  CapitoUne  hill  at 
Rome;  the  CapitoUne  hill,  in- 
cluding both  temple  and  citadel. 

capra,  ae,  f.,  a  she-goat, 

captiviis,  a,  iim  (capio  capture), 
captive;  captiviis,  i,  m.,  a 
captive,  a  prisoner. 

capiit,  capitis,  n,  head.  Oc- 
ciput. 

career,  carceris,  m.,  prison.     In- 

CARCER-ATE. 

careo,  carere,  carui,  caritum 

he  without,  lack. 
carpentiim,  i,  n.,  chariot. 
carriis,  i,  m.,  cart,  wagon. 
cariis,  a,  iim,  dear,  beloved. 
Cassiiis,  i,  m.,  a  Roman  name. 


CASTELLUM—  COGITO 


173 


castellSm,  i,  n.  (castnim  aforti- 
Jied  place),  castle,  ybr^,  strong- 
hold. 

Casticus,  i,  m.,  a  chief  of  the 
Sequani. 

castr^,  oriiin,  n.  pL,  soldiers' 
huts,  camp. 

causa,  ae,  f.,  cause,  reason,  mo- 
tive;  causa,  for  the  sake  of, 
when  following  a  Genitive ; 
causam  dicere,  to  plead  one's 
cause. 

caveo,  cavere,  cavi,  cautiim, 
be  on  one's  guard.     Cautious. 

cSlSr,  cSlSris,  celere  (cello  im- 
pel), swift,  speedy.     Celerity. 

celeritSr,  celeriiis,  celerrime, 
adv.  (celer  swift),  swift Ig,  quick- 
ly, immediately. 

celo,  are,  avi,  atum,  conceal, 
hide^ 

census,  us,  m.  (censeo  assess, 
register),  census. 

Centrones,  iim,  m.  pL,  a  tribe  in 
Southeastern  Gaul. 

centum,  num.  adj.  indecL,  hun- 
dred. 

certamen,  certaminis,  n.  (certo 
contend),  contest ;  battle. 

certus,  a,  iim  (cerno  determine), 
CERTAIN,  sure ;  Caesarem 
certiorem  facere,  to  inform 
Caesar. 

ceteri,  ae,  a,  adj.  pi,  the  rest. 

cibiis,  i,  m.,food. 

cingo,  cingere,  cinxi,  cinctiim, 
surround,  encircle.     Cincture. 

circitSr,  adv.  (circus  circle), 
about,  near. 


circiim,  prep.  w.  ace.  (circus 
circle),  around;  near,  in  the  en- 
virons of  CiRCUM-  is  a  prefix 
in  many  English  words;   e.  g. 

CIRCUM-FERENCE,  CIRCUM- 

NAVIGATE. 

circum-do,  darS,  d6di,  datum 
(circum  around,  do  put),  put 
around,  surround. 

circum-venio,  venire,  veni, 
ventiim  (circum  around,  ve- 
nio  come),  come  around,  sur- 
round; CIRCUMVENT. 

citerior,  citerius  [see  <S5],  hither. 

citra,  prep.  w.  ace,  this  side  of, 

c^vls,  civis,  m.  and  f.,  citizen. 
Civil. 

ci vitas,  atis,  f.  (civis  citizen),  a 
body  of  citizens,  a  state  ;  citizen- 
ship. 

clarus,  a,  lim,  clear  ;  famous. 

Claude,  claudere,  clausi,  clau- 
siim,  close,  enclose,  shut;  agmen 
claudere,  to  bring  up  the  rear, 
In-clude,  ex-clude. 

cliens,  clientis,  m.  and  f.,  (clu- 
ens  fr.  clueo  hear),  client, 
vassal. 

clipeus  or  clypeiis,  i,  m.,  shield. 

cloaca,  ae,  f.,  drain,  sewer :  Clo- 
aca maxima,  the  great  sewer 
in  Rome,  constructed  by  Tar- 
quinius  Priscus. 

coepi,  coepissg  [see  127']y  have 
begun,  began. 

cogito,  are,  avi,  atiim  (cum  de- 
noting completeness,  agito  weigh 
in  the  mind),  consider,  reflect 
upon.     Cogitate. 


174 


COGNOMEN  —  C0M3IUNI0 


cognomen,  cognominis,  n.  (cum 
denoting  similarity,  (g)nomen 
name),  a  surname. 

co-gnosco,  gnoscgrg,  gnovi, 
gnitiim  (cum  denoting  com- 
pleteness, (g)nosco  know),  know 
completely;  find  out,  ascertain, 
learn,  discover.     Cognition. 

cogo,  cogere,  coegi,  coactiim 
(cum  together,  ago  drive),  drive 
or  lead  together,  collect ;  compel. 
Cogent. 

cohors,  cohortis,  f.,  cohort,  the 
tenth  part  of  a  legion. 

co-hortor,  ari,  atus  siim  (cum 
intensive,  hortor  urge),  exhort, 
encourage. 

CoUatiniis,  i,  m.,  cognomen  of  L. 
Tarquinius. 

collis,  coUis,  m.,  a  hill. 

col-16co,  arS,  avi,  atum  (cum 
denoting  completeness,  loco 
place),  lay, put, place ;  nuptum 
—  collocare,  to  give  in  mar- 
riage. Collocate,  colloca- 
tion. 

coUbquium,  i,  n.  (coUoquor 
speak  together),  conference,  inter- 
view.   Colloquy. 

col-16quor,  16qui,  16cutus  siim 
(cum  with,  loquor  speak),  speak 
ivith,  hold  a  conference. 

collum,  i,  n.,  neck. 

cdlo,  c61ere,  c61ui,  cultiim, 
dwell ;  till,  cultivate  ;  honor. 

com-buro,  burerS,  bussi,  bus- 
turn  (cum  denoting  complete- 
ness, (b)uro  burn),  burn  up. 
Combustion. 


comltium,  i,  n.  (cum  together,  eo 
go),  the  comitium,  a  place  where 
the  Romans  assembled  to  vote. 

commeatus,  us,  m.  (commeo 
come  and  go),  supplies,  provi- 
sions. 

com-mem6ro,  are,  avi,  atiim 
(cum  intensive,  memoro  remind 
of),  call  to  mind ;  relate.  Com- 
memoration. 

com-meo,  arg,  avi,  atum  (cum 
denoting  frequency,  meo  go), 
come  and  go,  resort;  ad  Bel- 
gas  commeare,  to  visit  the  Bel- 
gae. 

com-mitto,  mittere,  misi,  mis- 
sum  (cum  together,  mitto  cause 
to  go),  join;  begin;  commjt. 
Commission. 

commode,  adv.  (commodus 
advantageous),  advantageously, 
fitly,  conveniently ;  satis  com- 
m5de,  conveniently  enough,  with 
sufficient  ease. 

commSdus,  a,  iim  (cum  deno^t- 
ing  completeness,  modus  meas- 
ure), advantageous,  suitable,  fit. 
Commodious. 

com-m6ror,  ari,  atiis  siim  (cum 
denoting  completeness,  moror 
tarry),  stop ;  reside,  stay  at;  re- 
main. 

com-m6veo,  mbvere,  movi, 
motum  (cum  intensive,  moveo 
move),  move,  affect,  excite,  dis- 
turb, stir  up,  induce.  Commo- 
tion. 

com-munio,  munire,  miinivi 
and   munii,   munitum    (cum 


COMMUNIS  —  CONOR 


175 


denoting  completeness,  munio 
fortify),  fortify  on  all  sides. 

communis,  commune  (cum  to- 
gether, munis  serving),  com- 
mon. 

com-paro,  are,  avi,  atiim  (cum 
intensive,  "^2^:0  prepare),  prepare 
with  zeal,  make  ready. 

com-perio,  perire,  peri,  per- 
tiim,  learn,  discover. 

com-plector,  plecti,  plexus 
sum  (cum  with,  plector  en- 
twine one's  self),  embrace. 

complures,  complura  (rarely 
compluria),  gen.  compluri- 
um,  adj.  pi.  (cum  together,  plu- 
res  several) ,  several  together,  very 
many. 

com-porto,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (cum 
together,  porto  bring),  bring  to- 
gether, collect.     Comport. 

conatum,  i,  n.  (conor  to  attempt), 
an  attempt. 

con-cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  cessiim 
(cum  denoting  completeness,  ce- 
de yield),  grant;  concede. 
Concession. 

concilio,  are,  avi,  atum  (con- 
cilium a  calling  together),  bring 
together;  win,  conciliate. 

concilium,  i,  n.  (cum  together, 
calo  call),  council,  assembly. 

Concordia,  ae,  f.  (concors  fr. 
cum  denoting  similarity,  cor 
heart),  concord,  harmony. 

con-curro,  currSre,  ciicurri  and 
curri,  cursiim  (cum  together, 
curro  run),  rush  together ;  has- 
ten.    Concurrent. 


conditio,  conditionis,  f.  (condo 
put  together),  condition. 

condo,  condSre,  condidi,  con- 
ditum  (cum  together,  do  put), 
found,  build. 

con-duco,  ducere,  duxi,  duc- 
tiim  (cum  together,  duco  lead)y 
lead  together,  collect ;  hire;  con- 
duce. 

con-fero,  ferre,  tiili,  col-latiim 
(cum  together,  fero  bring),  bring 
together,  collect;  put  off;  con- 
fer; se  conferre,  to  betake 
one^s  self.  Conference,  col- 
late,  COLLATION. 

con-ficio,  ficere,  feci,  fectum 
(cum  denoting  completeness,  fa- 
cio  make),  execute,  accomplish, 
finish.     Confection. 

con-fir  mo,  are,  avi,  atiim  (cum 
denoting  completeness,  firmus 
firm),  establish,  strengthen,  con- 
firm; encourage;  assert.  Con- 
firmation. 

con-jicio,  jicere,  jeci,  jectiiin 
(cum  intensive,  jacio  throw), 
hurl.     Conjecture. 

conjuratio,  conjiirationis,  f. 
(conjuro  stcear  together),  con- 
spiracy. 

con-jiiro,  arS,  avi,  atiim  (cum 
together,  juro  stcear),  swear  to- 
gether; conspire.     Conjure. 

conjux,  conjiigis,  m.  and  f. 
(conjungo  fr.  cum  together, 
jungo  join),  spouse,  husband, 
wife. 

Conor,  ari,  atiis  siim,  attempt,  try, 
Conative. 


176 


CONSCIUS—  CONTRA 


consciiis,  a,  iiin  (cum  withy  scio 
knoiv),  CONSCIOUS. 

con-sensus,  us,  m.  (consentio 
tJwik  together),  agreeinentj  con- 
sent. 

con-sequor,  sequi,  secutiis  sum 
(cum  denoting  completeness,  se- 
qxior follow),  follow  after,  follow ; 
gain:  obtain.     Consequent. 

con-sero,  serere,  serui,  sertiini 
(cum  together,  sero  join),  join 
together,  join;  pugnam  con- 
serere,  to  join  battle,  to  fight. 

Considiiis,  i,  m.,  Publius  Consi- 
dius,  an  officer  in  Caesar's  army. 

con-sido,  sidere,  sedi,  sessum 
(cum  together,  side  sit  down), 
sit  down  together,  encamp. 

consfliiinv^  i,  n.,  deliberation, 
counsel,  plan,  design. 

con-sisto,  sistere,  stiti,  stitum 
(cum  denoting  completeness, 
sisto  place  one's  self),  take  a 
stand;  keep  a  position;  halt. 
Consist,  consistent. 

con-solor,  ari,  atiis  siim  (cum 
intensive,  solor  comfort),  comfort 
greatly,  console  ;  encourage, 
cheer. 

conspectus,  us,  m.  (conspicio 
look  at),  sight^  view,  presence. 

con-spicio,  spicerg,  spexi,  spec- 
turn  (cum  denoting  complete- 
ness, specie  look),  behold,  see, 

conspicor,  ari,  atiis  sum  (con- 
spicio), behold,  see. 

constantia,  ae,  f.  (constans 
standing  firm),  firmness,  stead- 
fastness, constancy. 

con-stituo,  stituere,  stitui,  sti- 


tutum  (cum  denoting  complete- 
ness, statuo  cause  to  stand),  re- 
solve, determine :  establish,  station. 
Constitute,  constituent. 

consuesco,  ccnsuescere,  con- 
suevi,  consuetum,  become  ac- 
customed^ be  loont. 

consul,  consulis,  m.  (akin  to 
consulo  consult)^  consul;  one 
of  the  two  chief  magistr9,tes  at 
Rome,  chosen  annually. 

con-siimo,  sumere,  sumpsi, 
sumptum  (cum  denoting  com- 
pleteness, sumo  take),  consumk, 
waste,  destroy.     Consumption. 

con-temno,  temnere,  tempsi, 
temptum,  despise,  contemn. 
Contempt. 

con-tendo,  tendere,  tendi,  ten- 
tum  (cum  denoting  complete- 
ness, tendo  stretch),  hasten, 
march  in  haste;  contend,  dispute, 
fight;  w.  inf.  proceed,  set  out 
eagerly. 

contentio,contentionis,f.  (con- 
tendo  contend),  contention, 
strife. 

con-tineo,  tinere,  tinui,  tentum 
(cum  together,  teneo  hold),  hold 
together;  encompass,  hem  in, 
bound  ;  occupy,  restrain.  Con- 
tent, continent. 

continenter,  adv.  (continens 
hanging  together),  continually, 
without  cessation. 

con-tingo,  tingere,  tigi,  tactiim 
(cum  denoting  completeness, 
tango  touch),  touch  on  all  sides; 
touch,  border  upon.     Contact. 

contra,  prep.  w.  ace,  against. 


CONTUMELU  —  CUSTOS 


177 


contiimelia,  ae,  f .  (cum  intensive, 
tumeo  swell),  insult,  abuse;  dis- 
grace.    Contumely. 

con-valesco,  valescere,  valui 
(cum  denoting  completeness,  va- 
lesco  grow  strong),  regain  health, 
recover.     Convalescent. 

con-venio,  venire,  veni,  ven- 
tiim  (cum  together,Yemo come), 
come  together,  assemble;  con- 
vene.    Convention. 

conventus,  U3,  m.  (convenio 
come  together),  court;  conven- 
tum  agere,  to  hold  a  court. 

con-verto»  vertere,  verti,  ver- 
sum  (cum  denoting  complete- 
ness, verto  turn),  turn  about, 
change ;  in  fugam  convertere, 
to  put  to  flight.  Convert,  con- 
version. 

con-^oc6,  are,  avi,  atiim  (cum 
together,  voce  call),  call  together, 
summon,  convoke.  Convoca- 
tion. 

copia,  ae,  f.  (cum  denoting  com- 
pleteness, ops  means  oi  any  kind), 
plenty,  abundance,  supply  ;  num- 
ber;  i)\.,  forces,  trQ0ps;  riches. 

copiosus,  a,  iim  (copia  plenty, 
osus  full  of),  wealthy,  well-sup- 
plied;  COPIOUS. 

coram,  prep.  w.  abl.,  in  the  pres- 
ence of;  before:  adv.,  openly. 

CSrinthiis,  i,  f .,  Corinth,  a  city  in 
Greece. 

corpus,      corporis,      n.,     body; 

CORPSE. 

cornu,  us,  n.,  horn'^  wing,  flank 
of  an  army. 


cor-rodo,  rodSre,  rosi,  rosiim 

(cum  denoting  completeness,  re- 
do gnaw),  gnaw  to  pieces,  gnaw; 

CORRODE. 

Crassus,  M.  Licinius  Crassus,  a 
celebrated  Roman. 

cremo,  are,  avi,  atum,  bwn. 
Cremation. 

creo,  are,  avi,  atum,  create, 
elect,  choose,  appoint.  Crea- 
tion. 

crus,  cruris,  n.,  leg. 

cultiis,  lis,  m.  (colo  cultivate), 
CULTURE,  civilization, 

cuin,Y)reY>.w.2Lh\., with,  together  ivith. 

ciipiditas,  atis,  f.  (cupidus  de- 
sirous), desire,  ivish,  longing; 
eagerness,  enthusiasm;  cupid- 
ity. 

cupidus,  a,  iim,  (cupio  desire), 
desirous,  fond. 

cupio,  cupere,  cupivi  and  cupii, 
cupitiim,  desire. 

cur,  interrog.  adv.,  wJiyf  where- 
fore f 

ciira,  ae,  f.  (quaere  seek),  care. 

Cures,  Curium,  f.  pL,  chief  town 
of  the  Sabines. 

ciiria,  ae,  f.,  curia  or  ward;  senate- 
house. 

Curiatii,  oriim,  m.  ph,  the  name 
of  an  Alban  tribe.  Three  broth- 
ers belonging  to  this  tribe  fought 
with  the  Horatii. 

euro,  are,  avi,  atiim  (cura  care), 
care  for,  attend  to,  cause  some- 
thing to  be  done.     Curate. 

cust6s,cust6dis,m.andf.,  guard, 
watch.     Custodian. 


178 


DJMNO  —  BESTITUO 


damno,  are,  avi,  atum   (dam- 
num penalty)^  condemn. 
de,  prep.  w.  abl.,  down  from^  from ; 

of:  about,  concerning ;  for, 
dea,  ae,  f.  [see  IJ],  goddess, 
debeo,  ere,  ui,  itum  (de  from, 

habeo  have),  owe. 
de-cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  cessum 

(de  away,  cedo  go),  go  away, 

depart,  retire. 
de-certo,   arg,   avi,    atiim    (de 

intensive,  certo  contend),  fght, 

contend. 
decimiis,   a,   urn    (decem    ten), 

tenth. 
de-cipio,  cipere,  cepi,  ceptiim 

(de  intensive,   capio   ensnare), 

DECEIVE.    Deception. 
declare,   are,  avi,   atiim,   show, 

declare. 
de-duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductum 

(de   down,  away,   duco   lead), 

lead  down   or  away,  withdraw, 

lead.    Deduce,  deduct,  etc. 
de-fatigo,   arS,   avi,   atum    (de 

denoting    completeness,    fatigo 

weary) ,  weary  completely,  fatigue. 
de-fendo,  fender^,  fcndi,  fen- 

siim,  defend. 
deformitas,  atis,  f.,  deformity, 

ugliness. 
deinde,  adv.,  then,  after  that. 
de-jicio,   jicere,    jeci,   jectum 

(de  down,  ^d^oio  throw),  throw  or 

cast  down.     Dejection. 
delectus,  a,  um  (deligo  choose), 

chosen. 


deleo,  delere,  delevi,  delettim 
destroy.    Deleterious. 

de-libero,  arg,  avi,  atum  (de 
denoting  completeness,  libro 
tveigh  in  one's  mind),  weigh  well 
in  mind,  deliberate.  Delib- 
eration. 

de-ligo,  ligere,  legi,  lectum  (de 
apart,  lego  gather),  select,  choose. 

Demaratiis,  i,  m.,  a  Corinthian, 
father  of  Tarquinius  Priscus. 

de-mitto,  mittere,  misi,  mis- 
sum  (de  down,  mitto  let  go), 
let  go  down ;  capite  demisso, 
with  bowed  head. 

de-monstro,  arS,  avi,  atiim  (de 
intensive,  monstro  shoio)^  point 
out,  show,  demonstrate;  de- 
clare.   Demonstration. 

deni,  ae,  a,  num.  adj.  pi.,  ten  each. 

denique,  adv.,  at  last,  finally. 

dens,  dentis,  m.,  tooth.  Dental. 

de-pono,  ponere,  p6sui,  posi- 
tum  (de  down,  pono  put),  put 
down,  lay  aside,  get  rid  of.  De- 
posit, deponent. 

de-scendo,  scendere,  scendi, 
scensiim  (de  doivn,  scando  go), 

DESCEND. 

de-scribo,  scribgre,  scripsi, 
scriptiim,  describe  ;  divide. 
Description. 

de-sigiio,  are,  avi,  atiim  (de 
intensive,  signo  mark),  desig 
NATE,  describe,  mec^n. 

de-spero,  are,  avi,  atiim  (de 
denoting  negation,  spero  hope) 
despair.     Desperation. 

de-stituG,  stituere,  stitui,  stitii- 


SESUM—DOMUS 


179 


tttm    (de   away,  statuo  put), 
forsake,  abandon.     Destitute, 

DESTITUTION. 

de-sum,    de-esse,     de-fui    (de 

aivay,  sum  be),  be  wanting. 

deteriSr,  deteriiis  [see  55], 
worse. 

detrimentum,  i,  n.  (detero  fr. 
de  away,  tero  rub),  loss ;  dam- 
age, injury ;  detriment.  Det- 
rimental. 

deiis,  i,  m.  [see  201,  god;  deity. 

de-veho,  vehere,  vexi,  vectum 
(de  awayy  veho  carry),  carry 
away,  bring. 

de-v6ro,  are,  avi,  atiim  (de 
down,  voro  swalloio),  devour, 
eat  up. 

dextSr,  dextra,  dextrum,  right ; 
dextra  (sc.  manu  hand),  on 
the  right.     Dexterous. 

dico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictum,  say, 
tell,  speak  ;  appoint ;  call,  name ; 
causam  dicere,  to  plead  one's 
cause.     Dictum. 

dies,  diei,  m.,  day. 

dif-fgro,  dif-ferre,  dis-tiili,  di- 
latiim  (dis  in  different  direc- 
tions, fero  carry),  carry  different 
icays;putoff;  differ. 

difficHis,  e  (dis  negative,  facilis 
eauy),  difficult;  impractica- 
ble. 

dignitas,  atis,  f.  (dignus  worthy), 
DIGNITY,  rank;  honor,  office. 

dignus,  a,  iim,  worthy.  Dignify. 

di-mitto,  mittere,  misi,  missum 
(dis  hither  and  thither,  mitto 
send),  dismiss. 


di-ruo,  ruSrS,  rui,  rutum   (dis 

asunder, xViO  hurl  down),  destroy; 

overthrow;  raze. 
dis,  m.  and  f .;  dite,  n. ;  gen.  ditis 

[ditibr,  ditissimiis],  rich. 
dis-cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  cessiim 

(dis  away,  cede  go),  go  away, 

depart,  leave. 
dissidiiim,  i,  n.  (dissideo  fr.  dis 

apart,  sedeo  sit),  dissension, 
dis-tribuo,  tribuere,  tribui,  tri- 

butiim.  (dis  amo?ig  several,  tri- 

buo  give),  distribute,  divide. 
ditio,  ditionis,  f .,  dominion,  power. 
diu,    diutiiis,  diutissime,  adv., 

a  long  time. 
dives,  gen.  divitis,  adj.,  rich. 
Divico,  onis,  m.,  a  distinguished 

man  among  the  Helvetii. 
di-vido,    videre,    visi,    visiim. 

(dis  asunder,  root  vid  separate), 

DIVIDE ;  separate.     Division. 
Divitiaciis,  i,  m.,  a  chief  of  the 

Aedui. 
divitiae,  artim,  f.  pi.  (dives  rich), 

riches,  wealth. 
do,  dare,  d^di,  datiim,  give. 
ddceo,  d5cere,  ddcui,  doctiim 

teach,   instruct;   inform.     Doc- 
tor. 
dolbr,   d51oris,   m.    (doleo  feel 

pain),    grief,     sorrow,     trouble. 

Dolorous. 
d51iis,  i,  m.,  fraud,  deceit,  strata^- 

gem. 
domo,   arg,  d5mui,   d5mitiim, 

subdue,  conquer. 
domtis,  us  and  i  [see  97],  house. 

ddmii,  at  home  ;  domiim,  home^ 


180 


BUBITATIO  —  ETIAM 


hotneward ;  dSmo,  from  home. 
Dome. 

diibltatio,  onis,  f.  (dublto  waver 
in  opi?iion),  doubt,  hesitation. 

diibius,  a,  um,  doubtful.  Dubi- 
ous. 

ducenti,  ae,  a,  num.  adj.  pi.  (duo 
two,  centum  hundred),  two  hun- 
dred. 

diico,  ducere,  duxi,  ductum, 
lead,  draw;  suppose,  consider; 
put  off.     Duct,  aqueduct. 

dulcis,  dulce,  sweet,  pleasant. 
Dulcet. 

dum,  conj.,  while,  as  long  as ;  un- 
til. 

Dumn5rix,  Dumndrigis,  m.,  one 
of  the  Aedui. 

du6,  ae,  6,  num.  adj.  [see  iOS], 
two. 

dux,  ducis,  m.  and  f.,  leader, 
guide ;  commander,  general. 

E. 

ediico,  are,  avi,  atum  (educo 
bring  up  a  child),  educate. 
Education. 

e-duco,  ducere,  duxi,  ductum 
(ex  out,  duco  lead),  lead  out, 
lead  forth.   Educe,  eduction. 

effemmo,  are,  avi,  atum  (ex 
denoting  change  of  nature,  fe- 
mina  woman),  enervate.  Ef- 
feminate. 

ef-ficio,  ficere,  feci,  fectiim 
(ex  out,  facio  make),  effect, 
accomplish. 

ef-fundo,  fundere,  fudi,  fusiim 


(ex  out,  fundo  pour),  pour  out^ 

overflow.     Ep^fusion. 
Egeria,  ae,  f .,  a  nymph,  celebrated 

in  Roman  mythology  as  the  wife 

and  instructress  of  Numa. 
eg6,  pers.  pron.  [see  112'~\,  I. 
e-gredior,  gredi,  gressus  sum 

(ex   out,  gradior  go),  go  out^ 

depart.    Egress. 
e-labor,  labi,  lapsus  sum  (ex 

out,    labor    slip),    glide    away, 

escape.     Elapse. 
e-mineo,  minere,  minui  (ex  out, 

mineo  jut),  rise  above ;  appear. 

Eminent. 
Smo,  Sm^rg,  emi,  emptdm,  buy. 
guim,  conj., /or. 
e-nuncio,   are,   avi,   atiim    (ex 

out  of  a  place,  nuncio  carry  a 

report),  divulge,  report. 
eo,  ire,  ivi,  itiim  [see  12G],  go. 
eo,   adv.,    to    that    place,   thither, 

there ;  eo  —  quo,  the  —  the. 
gques,  equitis,  m.  (equus  horse, 

eo  go),  rider,  horseman;  cavalry- 
man;  pi.,  cavalry. 
equester,  tris,  tre  (eques  horse- 
man), of  horsemen,  of  cavalry. 

Equestrian. 
equitatus,  us,  m.  (equito  to  be  a 

horseman),  cavalry. 
equus,  i,  m.,  horse. 
e-ripio,   ripgrS,   ripui,   reptiim 

(ex   out,  rapio  tear),  tear  out 

or  from,  take  from. 
St,  conj.,  and,  even ;  St  —  St,  both 

—  and. 
Stiam,  conj.  (et-jam),  and  also, 

also,  even. 


ETSI  —  FJCVLTAS 


181 


et-si,  conj.,  even  if,  although, 

Iltruria,  ae,f.,  a  country  of  Italy, 
modern  Tuscany. 

e-verto,  vertere,  verti,  versiiin 
(ex  out,  verto  turn),  turn  out; 
overturn,  destroy. 

e-v61o,  are,  avi,  atum  (ex  out, 
volofly),  fly  out,  fly  away. 

ex,  e,  prep.  w.  abl.  [see  Ln.  IV., 
Vy.,  1],  out  of,  from  among; 
from;  of. 

exempltlm,  i,  n.  (eximo  fr.  ex 
out,  emo  take),  Example. 

ex-eo,  ir§,  ii,  ittiin  (ex  out,  eo 
go),  go  out,  go  forth,  depart; 
pass.,  be  gone. 

exercitatio,  onis,  f.  (exercito 
to  exercise),  practice. 

exercittis,  us,  m.  (exerceo  exer- 
cise), army.     See  agxnen 

ex-igo,  Igere,  egi,  actum  (ex 
out,  ago  drive),  drive  out,  lead 
out,  spend;  aestas  exacta  est, 
the  summer  vi  gone.  Exac- 
tion. 

existimo,  are,  avi,  atiim,  think, 
suppose;  believe,  imagine. 

exitiiim,  i,  n.  (exeo  go  out),  de- 
struction, ruin. 

ex-oro,  are,  avi,  atum  (ex 
effectually,  oro  entreat),  move  by 
entreaty  ;  obtain  by  entreaty. 

expgditfis,  a,  iim  (expedio  fr. 
ex  away  from,  pes  foot),  unin- 
cumbered, passable.  Expediti- 
ous. 

ex-plico,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (ex  out, 
plico  fold),  unfold,  explain, 
spread.     Explication. 


exploratSr,  oris,  m.  (explSro 
explore),  spy,  scout. 

ex-pugno,  are,  avi,  atiim  (ex 
effectually,  pugRoflght),  take  by 
assault;  storm,  capture. 

ex-specto,  arg,  avi,  attim  (ex 
very  much,  specto  look  for), 
expect,  long  for ;  wait.  Ex- 
pectation. 

extra,  prep.  w.  ace,  without, 
beyond. 

ex-traho,  traherg,  traxi,  trac- 
tiim  (ex  out,  traho  draw),  draw 
out,  extract.     Extraction. 

extremtis,  a,  tim  [see  85'],  fur- 
thermost, most  distant,  extreme. 

ex-urb,  iirgre,  ussi,  ustiim  (ex 
entirely,  uro  burn),  burn  up. 

F. 

fabiila,  ae,  f.  (fari  to  speak). 
story,  FABLE. 

facilS,  facHiiis,  facillime,  adv. 
(facilis  easy),  easily,  readily ^ 
without  difficulty, 

facilis,  facilS  (facie  do,  ilis  de- 
noting capability),  easy,  practi- 
cable.    Facile. 

facio,  facere,  feci,  factum,  do, 
make ;  incite,  furnish  ;  iter  fa- 
c6re,  to  march,  to  journey. 

factio,  factionis,  f.  (facie  take 
part  with  one),  faction,  politi- 
cal party. 

factiim,  i,  n.  (facie  do),  deed,  act. 

facultas,  atis,  f.  (facilis  which 
see),  ability,  opportunity.  Fac- 
ulty. 


182 


FJMILIA  —  FRATER 


famflia,  ae,  f.  (famulus  servant), 

household^  family. 
familiaritas,  atis,  f.  (familiaris 

intimate),  intimacy,   friendship, 

FAMILIARITY. 

famtila,  ae,  f.,  maid,  maid-ser- 
vant. 

fauce,  abl.,  f.  sing.,  throat;  fau- 
ces, faucitiin,  f.  pL,  throat, 

Fausttlliis,  i,  m.,  the  shepherd 
by  whom  Romulus  and  Remus 
were  brought  up. 

i^veo,  favere,  favi,  fautum,  fa- 
vor, show  favor. 

files  and  fells,  fells,  f.,  cat. 
Feline. 

feliciter,  adv.  (felix  happy),  hap- 
pily, successfully. 

felix,  gen.  felicis,  adj.  (fee  pro- 
duce), happy,  fortunate.  Fe- 
licitous. 

femina,  ae,  f.,  female,  woman. 
Feminine. 

fere,  adv.,  almost,  nearly. 

fgro,  ferrg,  tiili,  lattim,  bear, 
bring,  carry;   endure. 

fSriis,  a,  iim,  wild,  uncultivated; 
fSr^  ae,  f.,  wild  beast. 

ferrtiin,  i,  n.,  iron ;  sword. 

festtiin,  i,  n.,  feast. 

fides,  fidgi,  f.  (Mo  trust),  faith, 
confidence ;  pledge,  promise ; 
protection.     Fidelity. 

filia,  ae,   f.  [see  li^,  daughter. 

filiiis,  i,   m.,  son. 

finio,  finirS,  finivi,  finitiim 
(finis  end),  end,  finish. 

finis,  finis,  m.,  end,  limit,  boun- 
dary ;  pL,  territory.     Final. 


finltXmtis,  a,  iim  (finis  boun. 
dary),  neighboring;  finitimi, 
or  iim,  m.  pi.,  neighbors. 

fio,  fieri,  factiis  siim  [see  126], 
be  made;  become;  occur,  hap- 
pen. 

firmitgr,  adv.  (fiiTnus/r?7i),/rm- 
ly,  securely. 

flagito,  arg,  avi,  atiim,  demand. 

flamma,  ae,  f.,  flame. 

fleo,  flerS,  flevi,  fletiim,  weep. 

flens,  gen.  flentis,  v)eeping. 

flos,  floris,  m.,  flower.     Floral 

iliimgn,  fluminis,  n.  (flue  flow), 
river. 

fluo,  flugrg,  fluxi,  fluxiim,  flow. 
Fluent,  fluency. 

f5dio,  fbdSrS,  fodi,  fossum, 
dig.    Fossil. 

foediis,  foederis,  n.,  league,, 
treaty.     Federal. 

formido,  formidinis,  f.,  fear, 
terror. 

formositas,  atis,  f.,  beauty. 

fortassS,  adv.  (fors  chance),  per^ 
haps. 

forts,  adv.  (fors  chance),  acci- 
dentally, by  chance.  -^ 

fortis,  fortg,  brave,  bold,  coura- 
geous, valiant ;  strong. 

fortitgr,  fortiiis,  fortissune,  adv. 
(fortis  brave),  bravely,  valiantly. 

fortiina,  ae,  f.,  fortune. 

fSriim,  i,  n.,  market-place;  fo- 
rum; court  of  justice. 

fossa,  ae,  f.  (fodio  dig),  ditch, 
trench. 

fratgr,  fratris,  m  ,  brother.  Fra- 
ternal. 


FRIGUS—  GRUS 


183 


frigtis,  frigoris,  n.,  cold,  frost. 
frumentariiis,   a,  iim   (frumen- 

timi  corn),  of  corn ;  res  fru- 

mentaria,  supplies, 
frumentum,  i,  n.,  corn,  grain. 
fruor,  frui,  fructus  sum,  enjoy 

[see  104:]. 
fiiga,  ae,  i.,  flight. 
fugio,  fiigere,  fiigi,  fTigitiim,/ee; 

escape.     Fugitive. 
fulmgn,    fulminis,    n.     (fulgeo 

flash),     thunder-holt,     lightning. 

Fulminate. 
funiis,  fungris,  n.^  funeral  proces- 
sion, burial,  funeral. 


G. 

Gabiniiis,  i,  m.,  Aulus  Gahinius, 
a  Roman  consul. 

Gallia,  ae,  f.,  Gaul;  it  embraced 
modern  France,  Belgium,  that 
part  of  the  Netherlands  south 
of  the  Rhine,  the  provinces  of 
Germany  west  of  the  Rhine, 
and  a  large  part  of  Switzer- 
land; all  this  was  known  as 
Gallia  ulterior,  farther  Gaul, 
and  as  Gallia  transalpina, 
Gaul  across  the  Alps,  i.  e.  from 
Rome:  the  northern  part  of 
modern  Italy  was  known  as 
Gallia  citerior,  hither  Gaul, 
and  as  Gallia  cisalpina,  Gaul 
this  side  the  Alps,  i.  e.  towards 
Rome. 

gallina,  ae,  f.,  hen. 

Gallils,  i,  m.,  a  Gaul. 


Garumna,  ae,  f.,  a  river  of  Gaul, 

the  Garonne. 
gSminiis,  a,  iim,  double  ;  gemini 

filii,  twin-sons. 
gener,  ggnSri,  m.,  son-in-law. 
Genava,  ae,  f.,  a  town  of  the  Al- 

lobroges,  on   Lake   Lemannus, 

modern  Geneva. 
gens,   gentis,   f.    (gigno    beget), 

nation,  tribe.     Gentile. 
genus,   generis,   n.,   birth,  kind 

race. 
Germani,    orum,    m.    pi.,    the 

Germans. 
gSro,  gSrere,  gessi,  gestilm,  bear^ 

carry;    carry   on,  wage;    pass. 

happen,  take  place. 
gigno,  gignerg,  gSnui,  ggnitiim, 

beget ;  bear ;  pass.,  be  bora. 
gloria,  ae,  f.,  glory,  renown, 
glorior,   ari,  atiis  siim   (gloria 

glory),  boast,  glory. 
gratis,  us,  m.  (gradior  to  ste])), 

step,  stair.     Grade. 
Graeciis,     a,     tim,     Grecian, 

Greek. 
gratia,    ae,    f.    (gratus    beloved, 

dear),  favor;    influence,  popu- 
larity;   grace:   pi.,  thanks. 
gratiilor,   ari,   a^^iis   siim,  con- 
gratulate. 
gravis,    gravS,     heavy,    burden^ 

some;    grievous,  painful,   se^ 

vere.     Grief. 
gravitSr,  graviiis,   gravissime, 

adv.    (gravis   heavy),    heavily; 

grievously,  severely. 
griis,  gruis,  m.  and  f.,  crane  (a 

bird). 


184 


HABEO  —  IMPEDIMENTUM 


h^beo,  ere,  ui,  itiiin,  have,  liold; 
regard^  consider  ;  delive?\ 

Harudes,  iim,  m.  pi,  a  people  of 
Southern  Germany. 

hast^,  ae,  f.,  spear,  lance. 

haud,  adv.,  not  at  all,  hy  no 
means. 

haediis  and  hoedu3,  i,  m.,  HJ,  a 
young  goat. 

Helvetii,  or  iim,  m.  pi.,  an  an- 
cient people  occupying  a  large 
part  of  the  country  now  called 
Switzerland. 

Helvetiiis,  S,  um,  of  the  Helvetii. 

herbidiis,  a,  iim  (herba  grass), 
grass?/. 

hIbernS,  oriim,  n.  pi.  (hiems 
winter),  winter-quarters  ;  [prop- 
erly an  adjective  with  castra 
understood.]     Hibernate. 

hic,  haec,  hoc,  this;  pi.,  these 
[see  irs\ 

hie,  adv.  (hic  this),  here,  in  this 
place. 

hiemo,  are,  avT,  atiim  (hiems 
winter),  pass  the  winter. 

hinc,  adv.  (hic  this),  hence,  from 
this  place. 

Hispania,  ae,  £.,  Spain. 

h5die,  adv.  (contracted  fr.  hoc 
and  die,  on  this  day),  to-day. 

h5m6,  hbminis,  m.  and  f.,  human 
being,  person,  man.  [See  Ln. 
XXV.,  Note  1.] 

h6n6r,  h5noris,  m.,  honor. 

h5r^,  ae,  f.,  hour. 

Horatii,  orum,  m.  pi.,  three  Ro- 


man brothers  who  fought  against 
the  Curiatii. 

hortor,  ari,  atiis  siim,  exhort, 
urge.     Hortatory. 

hospitiiim,  i,  n.  (hospes  guest), 
hospitality.  Hospital,  hos- 
pitable. 

hostis,  hostis,  ni.  and  f.,  enemy, 
public  enemy;  [inimicus  is  a 
personal  enemy.']     Hostile. 

hue,  adv.  (hic  this),  hither,  to  this 
place. 

humanitas,  atis,  f .  (humanus  of 
or  belonging  to  man),  HUMANI- 
TY, refinement,  culture, 

I. 

ibi,  adv.  (is),  there,  in  that  place , 
then. 

ico,  icere,  ici,  ictiim,  strike; 
foedus  icSre,  to  ratify  or  make 
a  treaty.     Ictus, 

idem,  e^dem,  idem  (is  and  dem. 
suffix  dem),  the  same  [se^e  113]. 

idoneiis,  S,  iim,//,  suitable. 

igitiir,  conj.,  therefore. 

ignis,  is,  m.,  /re. 

ille,  ilia,  illiid,  that,  he;  pi.,  those, 

immeritiis,  S,  iim  (in  negative, 
meritus  deserving),  not  deserv- 
ing ;  not  deserved. 

immortalis,  immortale  (in  neg- 
ative, mortalis  mortal),  immor- 
tal. 

immortalitas,  atis,  f.  (immorta- 
lis immortal),  immortality. 

impedimentiim,  i,  n.  (impedio 
fr.  in  in  the  way  of,  pedes /ee/)^ 


IMPENBEO  —  INLULGEO 


185 


hindrance  pi.,  baggage  of  an 
army,  including  beasts  of  bur- 
den and  their  drivers;  [sar- 
cinae  are  packs  carried  by  the 
soldiers.]     Impediment. 

im-pendeo,  pendere,  no  perf. 
nor  sup.  (in  over,  pendeo  hang)^ 
overhang;  impend. 

impgratdr,  oris,  m.  (impero 
com mand),  comm a n der-in-chief, 
ge?ieral. 

imperittis,  5,  um  (in  negative^ 
peritus  skilled) ^  unskilledy  in- 
experienced. 

imperiiim,  i,  n.  (impero  com- 
mand)^ command;  government; 
EMPIRE,  supreme  power, 

impero,  arg,  avT,  atiiin  (in  upon, 
pare  put),  give  orders,  order; 
command;  rule, 

impetus,  us,  m.,  attack,  assault. 
Impetus. 

im-pl6ro,  are,  avi,  atiim,  beseech, 
entreat,  implore. 

im-pono,  pongrg,  pSsui,  p5si- 
tum  (in  upon,  pono  place), 
place  upon ;  levy  upon.   Impose, 

IMPOSITION. 

im-porto,  arg,  avT,  attim  (in 
into,  porto    bring),   bring   into, 

IMPORT. 

In,  prep.  w.  ace  and  abl. ;  w.  ace, 
into,  to,  towards,  against;  w. 
abl.,  in,  on,  upon,  among. 

inanls,  inan^,  empty;  vain,  in- 
effectual. 

incendo,  incendSrg,  incendi, 
incensum,  set  on  Jire,  burn. 
Incendiary. 


inchoo,  arg,  avi,  atiim,  begin. 
in-cido,   cid6re,    cidi   (in  into, 

cado  fall),  fall  into  or  upon; 

chance  to  meet  with.    Incident, 

INCIDENTAL. 

in-cito,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (in  with- 
out additional  force,  cito  put  in 
quick  motion)^  instigate,  en- 
courage;   INCITE. 

in-colo,  colgre,  c61ui,  cultiim 
(in  in,  colo  dwell),  inhabit, 
dwell. 

incolumis,  6,  unhurt,  safe. 

incommbdum,  i,  (incommodus 
fr.  in  negative,  commodus  con- 
venient), inconvenience,  misfor- 
tune, defeat. 

incredibilis,  e  (in  negative,  credo 
believe,  bills  denoting  capabil- 
ity), INCREDIBLE ;  extraordi- 
nary, 

incursio,  on  is,  f.  (incurro  fr.  in 
into,  against;  curro  run),  at- 
tack;   INCURSION. 

in-cuso,    are,    avi,    atum    (in 

against,  causa  cause),  censure, 

blame. 
in-dico,   dicSrS,   dixi,  dictiim 

(in  among,  dice  speak),  declare, 

proclaim. 
indigniis,  S,  tim  (in  negative,  dig- 

nus  worthy),  unworthy. 
indoles,  is,  f.,  disposition,  nature. 
in-duco,  ducgrg,  duxi,  ducttim 

(in  into,  duco  lead),  lead  into; 

INDUCE. 

indulgeo,  indulgerS,  indulsi, 
indultum,  favor,  show  favor i 

INDULGE. 


186 


INBUO  —  INTERNECIO 


in-duo,  duerS,  dui,  dutiim,  put 

on^  dress ;  clothe. 

inermis,  S  (in  negative,  arma 
arms),  unarmed;  defenceless. 

inferior,  inferiiis,  lower.  Infe- 
rior [see  Sa^. 

in-fgro,  in-ferrS,  in-tiili,  il- 
lattiin  (in  into,  upon,  feio 
bring),  bring  into  or  upon,  make 
upon.     Infer,  inference. 

in-fluo,  flugrg,  fluxi,  fluxtini  (in 
i7ito,  ^\xo  flow),  flow  into,  emptij. 
Influence,  influx. 

in-frendeo,  freiiderS,  gnash  with 
the  teeth. 

ingens,  gen.  ingentis,  vast,  enor- 
mous, large. 

in-haereo,  hae-rerg,  haesi,  hae- 
stim  (in  to,  in;  Yid^QXQO  stick), 
stick  or  cleave  to  or  in. 

In-hio,  arg,  avi,  atilm  (in  for, 
hio  gape),  gape  for,  desire. 

inimicus,  S,  um  (in  negative, 
amicus  friendly),  unfriendly, 
hostile ;  inimical.    See  hostis. 

initium,  i,  n.  (ineo  fr.  in  upon, 
eo  enter),  beginning.     Initial. 

in-jicio,  jicerg,  jeci,  jecttiin  (in 
into,  jacio  throw),  throw  into ; 
inspire,  infuse.     Inject. 

injuria  ae,  f.  (injurius  fr.  in 
negative,  jus  right),  injury, 
ivrong ;  injustice,  damage,  in- 
sult. 

in-nascor,  nasci,  natiis  siim  (in 
in,  nascor  be  born),  spring  up  in. 

inSpiS,  ae,  f.  (inopes  fr.  in  neg- 
ative, opes  resources),  want, 
scarcity. 


inquam  and  inquio,  defective 
verb,  say. 

insidiae,  ariim,  f.  pi.,  treachery, 
deceit.     Insidious. 

insignis,  insignS  (in  upon,  sig- 
num  mark),  remarkable,  extraor- 
dinary;  insigne,  is,  n.,  sign. 

in-stituo,  stituerS,  stitui,  sti- 
tutiim,  appoint,  institute; 
train  up,  instruct. 

instituttiin,  i,  n.,  custom ;  insti- 
tution. 

in-struo,  struSre,  struxi,  struc- 
tiim  (in  without  additional 
force,  strUG  arrange),  arrange, 
form,  draw  up.  Instruct,  in- 
structive, instruction. 

intel-ligo  (lego),  ligSrg,  lexi, 
lectum  (inter  between,  lego 
choose),  understand,  know.  In- 
telligent. 

inter,  prep.  w.  ace,  between, 
among. 

inter-cedo,  cedgrg,  cessi,  ces- 
siim  (inter  between,  cedo  go), 
intervene.  Intercede,  inter- 
cession. 

inter-cipio,  ciperS,  cepi,  cep- 
tiim  (inter  between,  capio  take), 
usurp ;  take  away  fraudulently ; 
intercept. 

inter-ficio,  ficSrS,  feci,  fecttim 
(inter  between,  facio  make),  kill, 
slay. 

inter-imo,  imSrS,  emi,  empttim, 
kill,  put  to  death. 

internScio,  onis,  f.  (intem^co 
fr.  inter  completely,  neco  kill), 
slaughter. 


INTERREGiniM  —  JURA 


187 


interregnum,  T,  n.  (inter  between^ 
regnum  reign),  interregnum. 

inter>sii£a,  esse,  fui  (inter  be- 
tween, sum  be),  be  between,  inter- 
vene. 

intervalliini,  i,  n.  (inter  between, 
vallum  rampart),  interval, 
distance. 

intro,  arg,  avi,  atiim,  enter. 

in-tueor,  tueri,  tuitiis  siim  (in 
upon,  at;  tueor  look),  look  at  or 
upon. 

intiis,  adv.,  within. 

invidia,  ae,  f.  (invideo  look 
askance  at),  envy,  hatred. 

invitiis,  S,  tim,  unwilling  ;  se  in- 
vito, against  his  will. 

ipsg,  ips^  ipsiim  [see  IIS],  self; 
himself,  herself,  itself;  very; 
ipse  rex,  the  very  king. 

irretio,  irS,  ivi,  itum  (in  in,  rete 
net),  entangle,  ensnare. 

ir-rideo,  rid  erg,  risT,  ristini  (in 
at,  rideo  laugh),  laugh  at,  deride, 

irrito,  arS,  avi,  atiiin,  provoke, 
incite,  irritate.    Irritation. 

Is,  eS,  id,  he,  her,  it;  this;  that 
[see  JIS]. 

Isocr^tes,  is,  m.,  a  celebrated 
Greek  orator  and  rhetorician. 

its,  adv.  (is),  so,  thus,  in  this  man- 
ner, as  follows. 

ItSlia,'"ae,  f .,  Italy. 

ItSliis,  S,  tim,  Italian. 

itS-quS,  conj.,  and  so,  accordingly, 
therefore. 

it^m,  adv.  (is),  in  like  manner, 
likewise. 

it6r,  itinSris,  n.  (eo  go),  journey ; 


march;  way,  road,  route;  iter 
fac€re,  to  march.    Itinerant. 
it^rtim,  adv.  (is),  again,  a  second 
lime. 


jSceo,  erg,  ui,  jScittim,  lie. 
jScio,    jScgrg,    jeci,    jacttbn, 

throw,  hurl,  cast, 

jSm,  adv.,  now,  already. 

Janiciiltim,  i,  n.,  a  hill  across  the 
Tiber  from  Rome. 

jtibeo,  jiiberg,  jussl,  jusstim, 
command,  order. 

judicitim,  i,  n.,  (judex  judge), 
judgment;  trial;  sentence;  de- 
cision.   Judicial. 

judico,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (jus  law, 
dico  point  out),  judge;  deter- 
mine, conclude;  think.  Ad- 
judicate. 

jiigtim,  i,  n.  (jungo  join),  yoke; 
ridge,  summit:  in  war  a  frame 
made  of  two  upright  spears  sup- 
porting a  third  in  a  horizontal 
position,  under  which  a  con- 
quered army  was  made  to  pass 
in  token  of  subjection. 

jumenttim,  i,  n.,  bea^t  of  burden 
as  a  horse  or  an  ox. 

Juppiter  and  Jupiter,  JSvis,  m., 
son  of  Saturn,  father  of  gods 
and  king  of  men. 

JurS,  ae,  m.,  the  Jura,  a  chain  of 
mountains  extending  from  the 
Rhine  to  the  Rhone  and  form- 
ing the  western  boundary  of 
Switzerland. 


188 


JVS—LIBEUO 


jus,  juris,  n.,  righl^  laio.   Jurist. 
jusjurandtim,  jurisjurandi,  n., 

oath  [see  110\, 
jussu,  m.  abl.  (jubeo  command), 

hy  command. 
justiis,  a,  tlm  (jus  law,  suflix  tus 

denoting /M^nes5),  just,  right. 
jtivo,  jiivarg,  juvi,  jutiim,  help, 

aidj  assist    Ad-jutant. 

L. 

L.,  abbreviation  of  Lucius,  a  Ro- 
man praenomen. 

Ij^bientis,  i.  m.,  one  of  Caesar's 
lieutenants  in  tbe  Gallic  war. 

I^b5r,  l^boris,  m.,  labor,  toil. 

lacrim^  ae,  f.,  tear. 

l^ciis,  us,  m.,  lake. 

laetor,  ari,  attis  stiin  (laetus 
joyful),  rejoice,  exult. 

laettls,  S,  Huif  joyful. 

l^inio,  arS,  avi,  atiim,  tear  in 
pieces. 

l^pis,  l^pidis,  m.,  stone.  Lapid- 
ary. 

l&queiis,  i,  m.,  noose,  snare. 

Larenti^,  ae,  f.     See  Acca. 

largitio,  onis,  f.  (largior  give 
bountifully),  liberality. 

late,  adv.  (latus  broad),  widely, 
extensively, 

L^tiniis,  i,  m.,  an  ancient  king  of 
the  Laurentes,  a  people  of  Italy. 

latro,  latrdnis,  m.,  robber. 

latro,  arS,  avi,  atiim,  bark,  bark 
at. 

l&ttis,  l&tgrls,  n.,  side;  flank. 
Lateral. 


latiis,  S,  tiin,  broad,  vnde ;  large^ 
spacious.     Lat-itude. 

Lavinia,  ae,  £.,  daughter  of  Lati- 
nus  and  second  wife  of  Aeneas. 

Lavinitun,  i,  n.,  a  city  in  Italy 
built  by  Aeneas. 

legatio,  onis,  f.  (lego  send  on 
an  embassy),  embassy.  Lega- 
tion. 

legatiis,  i,  m.  (lego  send  as  a  rep- 
resentative), ambassador,  envoy, 
legate;  lieutenant. 

Iggio,  ISgionis,  f.  (lego  levy), 
LEGION,  a  body  of  infantry  va- 
rying in  number  from  4000  to 
6000,  and  generally  accompa- 
nied by  about  300  cavalrymen. 

Iggo,  Igggrg,  legi,  lectiim, 
choose. 

Lexaanntis,  i,  m.,  Lake  Leman  or 
Geneva  in  Switzerland. 

lenitas,  atis,  f.,  smoothness. 

leo,  le5nis,  m.,  lion. 

letalis,  6  (letum  death;  suiBx 
alls,  belonging  to),  fatal,  deadly. 

levltas,  atis,  f.  (levls  smooth), 
smoothness. 

Ig vitas,  atis,  f.  (ievis  light)^ 
lightness.     Levity. 

lex,  legis,  f.,  law.    Legal. 

libgr,  libSr^  lib^riim,  free. 

libSralitas,  atis,  f.  (liberalis  fr. 
liber  free),  liberality,  gen-* 
erosity. 

libgre,  ITbgrifts,  adv.  Qiherfree), 
freely,  unreservedly. 

libg.ri,  ortlni,  m.  pi.,  children. 

libgro,  arg,  avi,  attun  (libel 
free),  to  free,  liberate. 


LICEOR  —  MANEO 


189 


liceor,  llceri,  Hcitiis  siiin,  hid 
at  an  auction. 

licSt,  lie  erg,  licuit  or  licittim 
est,  it  is  permitted^  allowed;  one 
may  [see  128  and  Ln.  LXIX., 
Examples  2  -  5]. 

licSt,  although. 

Lingones,  iim,  m.  pi ,  a  people 
in  Northeastern  Gaul. 

lingua,  ae,  f., tongue;  language. 
Linguist,  lingual. 

Lisotis,  1,  m.,  a  magistrate  among 
the  Aedui. 

littSr^  and  litgrS,  ae,  f.  (lino 
besmear),  letter  of  the  alpha- 
bet ;  pi.,  letter,  epistle.  Litera- 
ture. 

Idctls,  1,  m.  [pi.  loci  and  loca], 
place.    Local,  locality. 

longe,  longiiis,  longissime,  adv. 
(longus  long),  far,  by  far;  often 
used  to  strengthen  superla- 
tives, 

longissime.  adv.,  very  far. 

longitudo,  inis,  f.  (longus  long), 
length.     Longitude. 

longtis,  a,  ilm,  long. 

15quor,  15qui,  15cuttls  stlm, 
speak,  talk.    Loquacious. 

Lucius,  i,  m.,  a  Roman  prae- 
nomen. 

Lucretia,  ae,  f.,  a  Roman  matron, 
wife  of  CoUatinus. 

ludiis,  i,  m.j  play^  game. 

Itip^,  ae,  f.,  she-wolf. 

liiptis,  1,  m  ,  wolf 

lustro,  arg,  avi,  attim,  review. 

lux,  lucis,  f.  (luceo  shine),  light. 

lyr^  ae,  f.,  lyre. 


M. 

M.,  abbreviation  of  Marcus,  a 
Roman  praenomen. 

M'.,  abbreviation  of  Manius,  a 
Roman  praenomen. 

magis,  maxime,  adv.,  more,  rather. 

m^gistratiis,  us,  m.  (magister 
fr.  mag-,  root  of  magnus. 
signifying  to  be  great),  magis- 
trate. 

magnitude,  Inis,  f.  (magnus 
great),  size,  magnitude. 

magniis,  S,  tim,  great,  large,  big, 
mighty.     Magni-. 

majestas  atis,  f.,  majesty, 
dignity. 

majbr,  majiis,  gen.  majoris 
(comp.  of  magnus),  larger, 
greater,  bigger;  majores,  iim, 
m.  pL,  ancestors.     Major. 

mSle,  pejiis,  pessime,  adv.,  bad- 
ly, ill,  wickedly. 

mSlg-dico,  dic6r6,  dixi,  dicttim 
(male  27/,  dico  speak),  speak  ill 
of,  revile,  rail  at;  [with  dat.] 
Malediction. 

mSlSficitim,  i,  n.  [maleficus  do- 
ing evil),  mischief,  damage. 

mSlgficiis,  S,  tim  (male  wicked- 
ly,  facie  do),  icicked;  m^gfi- 
ctis,  i,  m.,  an  evil-doer. 

malo,  mallg,  maluT  (magis  more, 
vole  be  willing),  he  more  willing, 
choose  rather,  prefer  [see  125], 

m^iis,  S,  iim,  had,  wicked,  evil, 
destructive. 

m^eo,  mSnerS,  mansi,  man- 
stun,  stay,  re- main. 


190 


MANDATUM  —  MINOR 


mandatiim,  i,  n.  (mando  fr.  ma- 
nus  hand^  do  pu* ;  put  in  one^s 
hand),  charge,  order,  command. 
Mandate. 

TU^iis,  us,  £.,  hand;  force  of 
soldiers.    Manufacture. 

Maniiis,  i,  m.     See  M'. 

Marciiis,  \  m.,  a  Roman  name. 

Marciis,  i,  m.     See  M. 

marS,  maris,  n.,  sea. 

m^ittis,  i,  m.  (marita  wife),  be- 
longing to  a  wife,  husband. 

Mars,  Martis,  m,,  son  of  Jupiter 
and  Juno,  and  god  of  war. 
Martial. 

mass  a,  ae,  f.,  mass,  lump. 

matSr,  matris,  f.,  mother  ;  ma- 
tron. 

matrlmonium,  i,  n.  (mater 
mother),  marriage;  in  miatri- 
monium  dare,  to  gioe  in  mar- 
riage; in  matrimonium  du- 
cgre,  to  marry.    Matrimony. 

Matr5na,  ae,  m.,  a  river  in  Gaul, 
the  modern  Marne. 

mature,  adv.  (maturus  ripe), 
early,  soon. 

maturo,  arg,  avi,  atiim,  hasten, 
make  haste. 

matiirtis,  S,  tim,  ripe,  mature. 

mSdiocriter,  adv.  (mediocris  fr. 
medius  denoting  a  middle  stale), 
moderately ;  non  mediocriter, 
exceedingly. 

mg dills,  a,  iim,  in  the  middle  or 
midst ;  vfMhe  middle  of;  middle, 
central. 

mSl,  mellfa,  n.,  honey.  Melli- 
fluent. 


mSlior,  mSliiis,  gen.  mgliorls 
(comp.  of  bonus),  better. 

mSmini,  meminissS,  remember 
[see  127\ 

mSmSr,  gen.  mSmbris,  mindful 
of,  mindful. 

mgmSri^,  ae,  f.  (memor  mind- 
ful of),  MEMORY,  recollection, 
remembrance. 

mens,  mentis,  f.,  mind.  See 
animus.    Mental. 

mensis,  mensis,  m.,  month. 

mercat5r,  oris,  m.  (mercer  to 
trade),  trader,  merchant. 

merces,  mercedis,  f.,  wages j 
hire,  reward,  price, 

mgreo,  erg,  ui,  itiim,  deserve, 
acquire. 

mSritiim,  i,  n.,  desert.    Merit. 

Messala,  ae,  m.,  a  Roman  name. 

metior,  metiri,  menstis  siim, 
MEASURE,  deal  out. 

Mettiiis,  T,  m.,  Mettius  Fufetius, 
an  Alban  general,  put  to  death 
by  Tullus  Hostilius. 

metis,  S,  iim,  my,  mine. 

mil^s,  militis,  m.,  soldier. 

militaris,  S  (miles  soldier,  aris 
belonging  to),  military;  res 
militaris,  military  science. 

mills,  pi.  m.Tlia,  militlm,  thou- 
sand [see  IDS']. 

milvitis,  i,  m  ,  kite  (a  bird). 

minime  [parve,  miniis,  mlni- 
me],  adv.,  least,  by  no  means. 

mlnimiis,  a,  tim,  least  [see  S5}. 

m.in6r,  minus,  smaller,  less  [s§e 
S5]  ;  minor  natu,  younger. 


MINUO  —  NEMO 


191 


mlnuo,  mXnugrS,  minui,  minii- 
tiim,  Di-MiNiSH.  Diminution. 

minus,  adv.  less.     See  minime. 

miror,  ari,  atiis  stiin,  ad-mire  ; 
wonder  at. 

miriis,  &,  ttm  (miror  wonder  at), 
wonderful. 

mis^r,  misgr^,  misSrtim,  wretch- 
ed, pitiable,  lamentable,  miser 

ABLE. 

mitto,  mittSrS,  misi,  missiim, 

send. 
xnoenia,  moeniiiin,  n.  pi.,  walls 

of  a  city. 
mollio,   irg,   ivi,   ittim  (mollis 

soft),  soften,  subdue. 
mdueo,  erS,  ui,  itiiin,  remind ; 

advise,  ad-monish. 
mens,  montis,  m.,   mountain, 

MOUNT.  * 

monstro,  arg,  avi,  attiin  (mon- 
strum  a  divine  omen),  show, 
point  out.     De-monstrate. 

morbtis,  i,  m.,  disease.   Morbid. 

mbrior,  mbri  and  mSriri,  mor- 
tuiis  Slim,  die. 

m6ror,  ari,  attis  stim,  tarry,  de- 
lay, hinder. 

mors,  mortis,  f.,  death.  Mortal. 

mos,  moris,  m.,  custom,  manner ; 
usage ;  pL,  character.    Moral. 

m6veo,  m6verg,  movi,  motiim, 
MOVE ;  excite :  castra  movere, 
to  break  up  camp. 

miiligr,  muliSris,  f.,  tcoman. 

multitudo,  inXs,  £  (multus 
much),  multitude. 

multils,  S,  lim,  much^  many  a; 
pVmany.     Multi-ply. 


munio,  Irg,  ivi,  itiim  (moenia 

wall,  rampart),  fortify, 
miinitio,  onis,  f .  (munio  fortify), 

fortification.     Munition. 
m.uniis,  munSris,  n.,  gift,  reward- 

Re-muner-ate. 
mils,  muris,  m.,  mouse. 
musciiltis,    m.    (mus),    a    little 

mouse, 

N. 

nam,  conj.,  ybr. 

nascor,  nasci,  natus  stun,  he 
born.    Nascent. 

natu,  abl.  sing,  m.,  by  birth;  mi- 
nor natu,  younger, 

natura,  ae,  f.  (nascor  he  horn), 
nature. 

natiis,  S,  tim  (nascor  he  horn), 
old. 

navis,  navis,  f.,  ship,    Nav-al, 

NAVI-GATE. 

ne,  adv.,  not ;  conj.,  that  not ;  that. 

n6,  interrog.  particle ;  is  appended 
to  first  word  of  the  question  and 
asks  for  information. 

n6c.     See  ngquS. 

nSco,  arg,  avi,  attim,  kill,  put  to 
death. 

nggo,  arS,  avi,  atiim,  deny,  re- 
fuse.    Negation. 

nSgotiiim,  i,  n.  (nee  not,  otium 
leisure),  business;  quid  nego 
ti?    what  business  f     Negotiv 

ATE. 

nemo,  neminis,  m.  and  f.  (ne 
not,  homo  a  man),  no  one,  no- 
body. 


192 


NEFOS -- NUTRIO 


nSpos,  nepotis,  m.5  grandson. 

NepotisMc 
Neptuntls,  i,  m.,  Neptune,  god  of 

the  sea. 
nequaquSm,  adv.,  by  no  means, 
nSqug,     nSc,     conj.,    and    not; 

nSqug   —  ngqug,   neither  — 

nor, 
nervtis,  i,  m.,  nerve,  vigor,  en- 

nescio,  irg,  ivi  and  ii,  ittim  (ne 
not,  scio  know),  not  know. 

neuter,  neutra,  neutrilni  (ne 
not,  uter  one  or  the  other),  nei- 
ther [see  24'],    Neuter. 

nihH,  n.  indecL,  nothing. 

nihilS  miniis,  adv.,  none  the  less, 
nevertheless^ 

nihiltun,  i,  n.,  nothing, 

nisi,  conj.  (ne  not,  si  if),  if  not, 
unless,  except. 

niter,  niti,  nisiis  or  nizus  stlm, 
strive,  endeavor. 

nobilis,  nobilS  (nosco  know, 
bills  denoting  capability),  well 
known,  noble,  of  high  rank, 

nobilitas,  atis,  f.  (nobilis  noble), 

NOBILITY. 

nolo,  nollS,  nolui  (non  not,  volo 

willing),  be  unwilling. 
nom^n,  nominis,  n.,  name. 
non,  adv.,  not. 
nonnS,  interrog.  particle,  expects 

the  answer  yes. 
non-null tis,    S,    tim,    some   one; 

nonnuUi,  oriini,  m.  pi.,  several 

persons. 
NoreiS,  ae,  f.,  a  town  in  Noricum. 
Noriciis,  S,  tini,  of  Noricum,  a 


country  lying  between  the  Up- 
per Danube  and  Eastern  Alps. 

nos,  pers.  pron.,  we  [see  ll^]. 

nost^r,  nostra,  nostrtlm,  our, 
ours. 

noto,  ar€,  avi,  atilm  (nota,  a 
mark),  mark.  Note,  nota- 
tion. 

Novioduntini,  i,  n.,  the  name  of 
Several  cities  in  Gaul. 

n5viis,  S,  iim,  new,  strange;  re- 
cent, fresh;  novae  res,  revolu- 
tion ;  agmen  novissimum,  the 
rear.     Novel. 

nox,  noctis,  f .,  night. 

nubes,  nubis,  f.,  cloud. 

nubo,  nubgrg,  nupsi,  nuptiim, 
veil  herself  for  the  bridegroom, 
marry  [of  a  bride].     Nuptial. 

niidils,  S,  iim,  naked,  bare;  nude. 

nuUtis,  a,  iim  (ne  not,  ullus  any 
one),  no,  none,  not  any  one. 

niim,  ivhether ;  in  direct  questions 
to  be  omitted  in  translation. 

Niima,  ae,  m.,  Numa  Pompilius, 
the  second  king  of  Rome. 

niimgriis,  i,  m.,  number. 

Ntimitor,  oris,  m.,  father  of 
Rhea  Silvia. 

nunc,  adv.,  now. 

nuncio,  arg,  avi,  atilm  (nuncius 
messenger),  an-nounce,  report. 

nunciipo,  ar6,  avi,  atiim.  to  name, 

nunquSm  and  numquSm,  adv. 
(ne  not,  unquam  ever),  never. 

niiper,  adv.  (novus  neio),  newly, 
recently. 

nutrio,  irS,  ivi,  itiim,  nourish. 
Nutrition,  nutriment. 


NYMPHA  —  OFFICIUM 


193 


nymph^,  ae,  f.,  a  nymph;  the 
nymphs  were  demi-goddesses 
inhabiting  the  sea,  rivers,  foun- 
tains, woods,  trees,  and  moun- 
tains. 


6b,  prep.  w.  ace,  on  account  of, 
for, 

5bedio,  irg,  ivi,  ittim  (ob  with- 
out any  additional  force,  audio 
listen  to),  listen  to,  obey  ;  be  sub- 
ject to.     Obedient. 

6b-eo,  irg,  ivi  and  ii,  ittim  (ob 
towards,  eo  go)^  die. 

6b-erro,  Srg,  Svi,  attim  (ob 
about,  erro  wander),  wander 
about,  wander. 

ob-jicio,  jicerg,  jeci,  jecttim 
(ob  before,  at;  jacio  throw), 
throw  before,  at,  or  against; 
throw  up.  Object,  objec- 
tion. 

obliviscor,  oblivisci,  oblittis 
siim,  forget. 

ob-ruo,  ruSrg,  rui,  riitiim  (ob 
without  additional  force,  mo 
cast  down  with  violence),  over- 
whelm; cover. 

ob-secro,  arg,  avi,  atiiin  (ob  on 
account  of,  sacra  sacrifices),  be- 
seech, implore. 

obsgs,  obsidis,m.  (obsideo  stay), 
hostage. 

ob-testor,  ari,  atiis  sum  (ob 
with  no  additional  force,  tes- 
ter bear  witness),  conjure,  be- 
seech. 


ob-tineo,  tinerg,  tlnui,  tentiim 

(ob  with  no  additional  force, 
teneo  hold),  hold,  obtain,  pos- 
sess. 

obviam,  adv.,  in  the  way,'  ob- 
viam  irg  or  figri,  to  meet. 

occasiis,  us,  m.  (occldo  fall), 
going  down;  soils  occasu,  at 
sunset. 

oc-cido,  cidSrg,  cidi,  cisiim 
(ob  against,  caedo  cut,  strike), 
kill,  slay. 

oc-culto,  arg,  avi,  atiim,  hide, 
conceal.     Occult. 

oc-ciipo,  arg,  avi,  attim  (ob 
with  no  additional  force,  capio 
take),  seize,  take  possession  of, 
OCCUPY.    Occupation. 

oc-curro,  currgrg,  cticurri  and 
curri,  curstim  (ob  towards, 
curro  run),  meet.  Occur,  oc- 
currence. 

Oce^iis,  i,  m.,  ocean. 

Ocgliim,  i,  n  ,  a  town  in  the  west- 
ern part  of  Cisalpine  Gaul. 

octaviis,  S,  tim,  eighth.   Octave. 

octo-dgcim,  num.  adj.,  eighteen. 

octo-ginta,  num.  adj ,  eighty. 

bctiltis,  i,  m.,  eye.     Oculist. 

odi,  odissg,  hate  (see  127']. 

of-fendo,  fendgrg,  fendi,  fen- 
stim,  OFFEND,  wound.  Of- 
fence. 

of-fgro,  of-fgrrg,  ob-ttili,  ob- 
1  attim  (ob  towards ^  fero  bring), 
offer,  present. 

officium,  i,  n.  (opes  aid,  facio 
render),  service,  duty;  obedienc€> 
allegiance.     Office. 


194 


OMNINO  —  PASCOR 


omnino,  adv.  (omnis  all),  alio- 

(jether,  at  all. 
omnis,  omnS,  all,  every,  the  whole. 

Omni-science,  omni-potent, 

omni-present. 
bniis,   SnSris,  n.,  load,  burden; 

weight;  size.     Onerous. 
opis,  dpSm,  6pS  [nom.,  dat.,  and 

voc.  sing,  not  used  ;  pi.  entire]  ; 

pl.^  5pes,  6piiin,  5pibiis,  etc. ; 

f .,  power ;  means,  resources. 
6port6t,  Sporterg,  oportuit,  it 

behooves,    it    is    necessary,    one 

ought  [see  12S  and  Ln.  LXIX., 

Examples  6  -  8]. 
oppidiiin,     1,     n.,     town,    walled 

town. 
op-pugno,  arg,  avi,  atiiin   (ob 

against,   pugno  fight),    attack, 

besiege,  assault. 
optio,    onis,    f.    (opto    choose), 

choice,  OPTION. 
5p'ls,  6p6ris,  n.,  ivork,  labor. 
oratio,  oratidnis,  f.  (ore  speak), 

speech,  harangue ;  oration. 
orator,  oratoris,  m.  (ore  plead), 

ORATOR. 

ordino,  arg,   avi,   atiim    (ordo 

arranging),  arrange,  order. 
Orgetorix,  igis,  m.,  the  noblest 

and  richest  among  the  Helvetii. 
6riens,  gen.  orientis   (part.  fr. 

orior),  rising.     Orient. 
6rior,    Sriri,    orttis    stim,   lise, 

arise,  begin. 
ornamentuin,  i,  n.  (omo  adorn), 

ornament,  distinction. 
ore,  arS,  avi,  attiin  (os  mouth), 

beseech,  beg  ;  implore,  pray. 


OS,  oris,  n.,  mouth  ;  face.     Orai.. 

6s,  ossis,  n.,  bone.     Ossi-fy. 

os-tendo,  tendgrg,  tendi,  ten- 
tiim  (ob  bef or e,teTL(}iO  spread), 
show,  point  out,  exhibit.  Osten- 
sible. 

Ostia,  ae,  f.,  a  town  at  the  mouth 
of  the  Tiber,  built  by  Ancus 
Marcius. 

ostitiin,  1,  n.,  mouth  of  a  river. 

oviim,  i,  n.,  egg.     Oval. 


P.,  abbreviation  of  Publius,  a  Ro- 
man praenomen. 
pabtilatio,  onis,  f .,  foraging. 
pabtillim,    i,    n.    (pasco  feed), 

food. 
paco,  arg,  avi,  atflm  (pax  joeace), 

pacify  ;  subdue. 
paeng,  adv.^  almost,  nearly, 
pagiis,  i,  m.,  district,  canton. 
par,  gen.  pSris,  equal,  like.    Par. 
paratiis,   a,  iim   (part,  of  pare 

prepare),  pre-pared,  ready. 
parco,    parcere,    pgperoi    and 

parsi,  parcitum  and  parsiim 

(parous  spare),  to  spare. 
p§.rio,  pSrgrg,  pgpgri,  pSxitiiin 

and  parttim,  bear,  bring  forth ; 

ovum  parere,  to  lay  an  egg. 
pars,    partis,    f.,   part,    share;. 

side ;  direction. 
parviis,    S,   tim   [comp.,  minor, 

superl.,  minimus],  small,  little, 

insignificant. 
pascor,  pasci,  pasttis  s^jn,feed, 

graze. 


PASSUS  —  PERSUADEO 


195 


passtis,  us,  m.  (pando  stretch  out 
the  feet),  step,  pace  ;  as  a 
measure  of  length,  about  five 
feet. 

past5r,  past  oris,  m.  (pSiSCO  feed), 
shepherd.     Pastor. 

pStS-facio,  fScere,  feci,  factum 
(pat^o  be  open,  facio  make), 
make  open,  open. 

pStgr,  p^tris,  m.,  father. 

p^ternus,  a,  um  (pater  father), 
paternal. 

potior,  pSti,  passiis  stim,  let, 
allow;  suffer.  Passion,  pas- 
sive. 

p&tria,  ae,  f.  (pater  father), 
native  land,  fatherland.  Pa- 
trial. 

pauci,  ae,  S,  adj.  YA.,few. 

paulus,  a,  um,  little;  paulo,  n. 
abl.  sing.,  by  a  little,  little. 

pavo,  onis,  m.  and  f.,  peacock. 

pax,  pacis,  f.,  peace.     Pacify. 

pellis,  pellis,  f.,  skin. 

pello,  pellere,  pgptili,  pulsum, 
drive  out  or  away,  banish  ;  rout. 
Re-pdlse. 

pennS,  ae,  f .,  feather.     Pen. 

per,  prep.  w.  ace.,  through;  by 
means  of,  by. 

per-ciitio,  ctitgre,  cussi,  cussum 
(per  through,  quatio  strike), 
strike  through,  strike.  Percus- 
sion. 

per-do,  dere,  didi,  ditiim  (per 
through,  do  put),  lose.  Perdi- 
tion. 

per-duco,  ducSre,  duxi,  duc- 
tum  (per  through,  duco  lead). 


lead  through  or  to,  conduct ;  fos- 
sam  perduc6re,  to  extend  or 
make  a  trench. 

per-fScilis,  g  (per  very,  facllis 
easy),  very  easy. 

per-ficio,  ficere,  feci,  fectiixa 
(per  completely,  facio  make), 
accomplish.     Perfection. 

perfidi^,  ae,  f.  (perfidus  one  who 
breaks  his  promise),  perj^idy. 

perictQosus,  a,  iim  (periculum 
danger;  suffix  osus  full  of), 
dangerous. 

pgrictiliim,  i,  n.,  danger,  risk, 
peril. 

pgritiis,  S,  iim,  skilful,  experi- 
enced. 

per-mitto,  mittere,  misi,  mis- 
sum  (per  through,  mitto  let 
go),  permit,  allow.  Permis- 
sion. 

per-m6veo,  mSvere,  movi,  mo- 
tiim  (per  completely,  moveo 
move),  prevail  upon. 

pernicies,  perniciei,  f .  (pemeco 
fr.  per  completely,  neco  kill), 
ruin,  destruction.    Pernicious. 

perpauci,  ae,  S  (per  very,  pauci 
few),  very  few. 

per-sgquor,  s6quT,  sScutiis  siim 
(per  perse oeringly,  sequor  fol- 
loio),  pursue.    Persecute. 

per-severo,  are,  avi,  atiim  (per- 
severus  i^ery  strict),  perse- 
vere, continue. 

per-suadeo,  suaderg,  suasi, 
suasiim  (per  thoroughly,  sua- 
deo  advise),  persuade,  prevail 
upon.    Persuasion. 


196 


PERTERREO  —  POSTERUS 


per-terreo,  ere,  ui,  itiim  (per 
thoroughly,  terreo  frighten), 
thoroughly  frig  J.  ten,  terrify. 

per-tineo,  tinere,  tinui,  tenttiDi 
(per  thoroughly,  teneo  hold,  lay 
hold  of),  extend;  reach,  tend; 
PERTAIN,  belong. 

per-turbo,  are,  avi,  atiiin  (per 
thoroughly,  turbo  disturb),  great- 
ly disturb,  disturb.    Perturb, 

PERTURBATION. 

per-vgnio,  venire,  veni,  ven- 
tiim  (per  quite  through,  venio 
come),  come  through,  come  to; 
arrive;  reach. 

pes,  pgdis,  m.,  foot.     Pedal. 

peto,  petgrg,  pgtivi  and  p6tii, 
pStitiim,  (isk,  request;  beseech, 
beg  for ;  seek ;  attack.  Peti- 
tion. 

pgttilantiS,  ae,  f.  (petiilans 
saucy),  sauciness ;  insolence; 
petulance. 

piletis,  1,  m.,  hat ;  cap, 

pilum,  i,  n.,  javelin. 

Piso,  onis,  m.,  a  Roman  consul. 

pistrintim,  T,  n.  (pistor  miller), 
mill. 

pl^ceo,  plScerg,  plScui,  plScX- 
tum,  please  ;  plScSt,  impers., 
it  pleases,  it  seems  good. 

pl^g^  ae,  f.,  hunting-net,  toil. 

plebs,  plebis,  f.,  commons,  com- 
mon people. 

plurimiis,  S,  iim  [superl.  of  mul- 
tus],  most. 

plus,  pluris  [compar.  of  multus, 
see  *5],  more. 

poen^  ae,  t,  punishment.  Penal. 


polliceor,  polliceri,  poUicitiis 
sum  (insep.  prefix  pot  largely, 
liceor  offer),  promise. 

pono,  ponere,  p6sui,  pQsitum, 
place,  put;  castra  ponSre,  to 
pilch  a  camp.    Position. 

pons,  pontis,  m  ,  bridge, 

p5piilatlo,  onis,  f.,  ravaging. 

populor,  ari,  attts  stim  (popu- 
lus  people),  ravage,  lay  waste. 
De-populate. 

p6ptiltis,  1,  m.,  people  ;  pL,  na- 
tions, tribes. 

ports,  ae,  f.,  gate.     Portal. 

por-tendo,  tendere,  tendi,  ten- 
ttLm,  fortell,  predict,  presage; 
betoken;   portend. 

porto,  arS,  avi,  attim,  carry,  bear, 

TRANS-PORT.      Ex-PORT. 

portoritim,  i,  n.  (porto  carry), 
duty  paid  on  goods  imported  or 
exported. 

posco,  poscerg,  pdposci,  no 
sup.,  demand. 

possessio,  onis,  f.  (possideo 
possess),  POSSESSION. 

pos-sideo,  sidere,  sedi,  sessum 
(potis  powerful,  sedeo  sit),  be 
master  of;  possess. 

pos-stim,  pos-sS,  pot-ui  (jiotis 
able,  sum  be),  be  able,  can  [see 
681. 

post,  prep.  w.  ace.,  after. 

postea,  adv.  (post  after,  ea  that), 
after  that,  afterwards. 

post-ea-quam,  after  that,  after. 

postertis,  S,  ttm  [comp.,  pos- 
terior; superl.,  postr emus  and 
posttimus],  following,  ensuing. 


POSTQUAM—  PREMO 


197 


succeeding;  postero  die,  on 
the  following  day;  poster!, 
oriim,  m.  pi.,  descendants, 

post-quSm,  conj.,  after,  as  soon 
as. 

postridie,  adv.  (postero  follow- 
ing, die  on  the  day),  on  the  fol- 
lowing day. 

posttilo,  are,  avi,  atiini,  ask  for^ 
demand. 

p5tens,  gen.  potentis  (possum 
be  able),  able,  powerful,  influen- 
tial.    Potent. 

pbtestas,  atis,  f.  (potens  able), 
ability, power ;  opportunity;  Sli- 
cui  p5testatgm  fac6r§,  to  give 
any  one  an  opportunity. 

p6tior,  p6tiri,  p6tittis  stim  (po- 
tis  able),  acquire,  obtain,  get 
possession  of 

p5titLS,  adv.,  rather,  sooner. 

prae-cedo,  cedSre,  cessi,  ces- 
siim  (prae  before,  cedo go),  sur- 
pass, excel;  precede.  Pre- 
cedence, PRECEDENT. 

praecipito,  are,  avi,  atiim  (prae- 
ceps  headlong),  throio  violently, 
throw.    Precipitate. 

praecipue,  adv.  (praecipuus  fr. 
praecipio  fr.  prae  before,  capio 
take),  especially,  chiefly. 

prae-dico,  arg,  avi,  atum  (prae 
publicly,  dico  tell),  proclaim,  de- 
clare;  boast.     Predicate. 

prae-fgro,  ferrg,  ttili,  latiim 
(prae  before,  fero  bear),  prefer. 

prae-ficio,  ficere,  feci,  fectum 
(prae  over,  facto  place),  place 
over,  put  in  command  of. 


prae-mitto,  mitterS,  misi,  mis- 
sum  (prae  forward,  mitto 
send),  send  forward, 

praemiiim,  i,  n.  (prae  beyond 
others,  Qvao  take), profit,  reward. 
Premium. 

prae-pono,  ponerS,  pdsui,  p6- 
sitiim  (Y)r3ie  before,  first ;  pono 
put),  put  before  or  first ;  prefer. 
Preposition. 

praesepe,  is,  n.  (praesepio,  to 
fence  in  front),  manger. 

praesidium,  i,  n.  (praesideo  fr. 
prae  before,  sedeo  sit),  defence, 
protection ;  guard,  garrison. 

prae-sto,  stare,  stiti,  stitiim 
and  statiim  (prae  before,  sto 
stand),  stand  before,  excel;  se 
praestare,  to  show  one's  self. 

prae-sum,  esse,  fui  (prae  over, 
sum  be),  be  over,  rule  over,  be  in 
command  of 

praetgr,  prep.  w.  ace.  (prae  he- 
fore  and  suffix  ter),  past,  by; 
besides,  except. 

praeter-eo,  irg,  ii,  itiim  (prae- 
ter  by,  eo  go),  go  by.  Pre- 
terit. 

praeter-quam,  adv.,  except. 

praet5r,  praet5ris,  m.,  praetor, 
a  Roman  magistrate,  next  in 
rank  to  a  consul  and  elected 
annually. 

pr atiim,  i,  n.,  meadow. 

precT,  precgm,  preog  [nom.  and 
gen.  sing,  not  used],  pi.,  pri- 
ces, preciim,  etc.,  request, 
prayer. 

prSmo,  prSmerg,  pressi,  pres' 


198 


FRETIUM—  FROFINQUUS 


sum,  PRESS,  press  upon.  Op- 
pression. 

prStiiiin,  i,  n.,  worth,  value,  price. 
Ap-preciate. 

pridie,  adv.,  on  the  day  before. 

primo,  adv.  (primus),  at  first. 

primum,  adv.  (primus),  at  first; 
quam  primum,  as  soon  as  pos- 
sible. 

primus,  S,  um  [see  85'],  first; 
primiim  (agmgn),  the  van  of 
an    army.       PrimE;     primal, 

PRIMARY. 

princeps,  gen.  principls,  adj. 
(primus /rs^  capio  take),  first, 
chief;  princeps,  ipis,  m.,  chief, 
leader.     Prince,  principal. 

principatiis,  us,  m.  (princeps 
chief ),  first  place ;  pre-eminence; 
principatum  tenere,  to  be  at 
the  head. 

pribr,  prius  [superl.  primtis,  see 
^.5],  the  former;  first. 

Priscus,  1,  m.,  a  surname  of  the 
elder  Tarquin. 

pristiniis,  a,  iim,  former ;  pris- 
tine. 

priusquam,  adv.,  before. 

privatim,  adv.  (privus  single), 
as  a.  private  citizen. 

privates,  a,  ttm  (part,  of  privo 
deprive),  private. 

pro,  prep.  w.  abl.,  before,  for,  in- 
stead of. 

pr6bo,  are,  avi,  atiim  (probus 
good),  show;  prove.  Proba- 
tion. 

PrScas,  ae,  m.     See  Silvius. 

pro-cedo,  cederS,  cessi,  cessiim 


('pro  forward,  cede  go),  go  forth, 
PROCEED,  advance.  Proces- 
sion. 

prSctil,  adv.  (procello  drive  for- 
ward), afar  off,  far. 

pro-ciiro,  are,  avi,  atiim  (pro 
for,  euro  care),  care  for,  take 
care  of,  manage.     Procure. 

prodigiiim,  i,  n.  (pro  beforehand, 
root  dAc  point  out),  prodigy. 

proelitim,  i,  n.,  battle. 

prbfectio,  onis,  f.  (proficiscor 
set  out),  departure. 

pr6-ficiscor,ficisci,  fectiis  stim 
(pro  forwards,  facio  put  one's 
self),  set  out,  depart ;  go,  march, 
travel. 

prb-fiigio,  fiiggrg,  fugi,  ftigittim 
(pro  before,  fugio  flee),  flee  be- 
fore, flee. 

pr6-hibeo,  hiberg,  hibui,  hibi- 
tiim  (pro  in  front,  habeo  hold), 
restrain,  prevent,  keep  from ; 
PROHIBIT.     Prohibition. 

pro-jicio,  jicgrg,  jeci,  jecttim 
(jpro  forward,  idk,cio  throw),  throw 
forward,  cast  away;  se  pro- 
jicSrS,  to  throw  one's  self  for- 
ward or  down.    Project. 

pro-m6veo,  m6verS,  movi, 
motiim  (pro  forward,  moveo 
move),  move  forward,  advance. 
Promotion. 

propg,  propiiis,  proxime,  adv., 
near,  almost. 

pr6pgro,  are,  avi,  atiim  (pro- 
pSrus  speedy),  hasten. 

pr6pinquils,  i,  m.  (prope  not  far, 
hinc  hence),  relative;  prSpin- 


PROPIOR  —  QUJRTUS 


199 


qua,  ae,  f.,  kinswoman.  Pro- 
pinquity. 

pr6pi6r,  prSpiiis  [superl.  proxi- 
mus,  see  «5],  nearer, 

pro-pono,  pongrS,  p6sui,  p6si- 
tiim  (pro  before,  pono  place), 
expose  to  view ;  propose.  Pro- 
posal,  PROPOSITION. 

proptSr,  prep.  w.  ace,  on  account 

of. 

propter-ea,  adv.,ybr  this  reason. 

proterea  qu6d,  because. 

pro-spicio,  spicerg,  spexi, 
spectum  (pro  forwards,  spe- 
cie look),  look  forwards ;  look 
out  for.  Prospect,  prospec- 
tive. 

pro-Slim,  prod-essS,  pro-fui 
(pro(d)  for,  sum  be),  be  for, 
be  useful ;  benefit,  profit. 

provinciS,  ae,  f.,  province. 

proxime,  adv.  [positive  pr6pS, 
compar.  propitis],  very  near, 
very  recently,  last, 

proximus,  S,  iim  [see  85'],  next, 
nearest ;  ensuing ,  last.  Prox- 
imity, approximate. 

public  e,  adv.  (publicus  fr.  po- 
piilus  people),  in  the  name  of 
the  state, 

Publius,  i,  m.,  a  Roman  name. 

ptidSr,  piidoris,  m.  (pudeo  feel 
shame),  sharne,  feeling  of  shame. 

puella,  ae,  f.,  girl. 

pugr,  pugri,  m.,  boy,     Puer-ile. 

puSritia,  ae,  f.  (puer  boy),  boy- 
hood, childhood. 

pugna,  ae,  f.,  battle.  Pugna- 
cious. 


pugno,  arS,  avi,  attim,^^^^ 
pulchgr,     pulchra,     pulchriiin 

(polio  polish),  beautiful. 
punio,    irg,    ivi,    itiim   (poena 

punishment),  punish. 
piipillus,  1,  m.  (puptUus  a  little 

boy),  pupil,  ward. 
piito,  arS,  avi,  attim,  think,  be^ 

lieve, 
Pyrenaeiis,    a,    tini,   Pyrenean  ; 

Pyr  enaei  montes,  the  Pyrenees. 

Q. 

qua,  adv.  (qui)  where. 
quadragesimiis,  a,  iim  (quadra- 

ginta  forty) ,  fortieth. 
quadraginta,    num.   adj.   indecl. 

(quattuor  four),  forty. 
quaere,  quaerSre,  quaesivi  and 

quaesii,  quaesittim,  see,  ask, 

IN-QUIRE.       In-QUEST,   IN-QUI- 
SITION. 

qualis,  qualS,  of  what  sort ;  as. 
quam,  conj.  and  adv.,  than;  as. 
qu§.m-ob-rgm,  adv.,  on  account 

of  liihich  thing ;  for  which  rea- 
son; wherefore, 
quam-qu^m,  conj.,  although, 
quamvis,   conj.    (quam   as,  vis 

you  will),  as  you  will;  however 

much ;  although. 
quantiis,  S,  iim,  how  much ;  hoio 

great;     as;     quantum    boni, 

how  much  good, 
quare,   adv.   (abl.  of  quae  and 

res),  for  which  thing,  for  lohich, 
quartiis,  S,  tun  (quattuor  four)^ 

fourth.     Quart. 


200 


qUATTUOR  —  REBIMO 


quattuSr,  num.  adj.  indecl.,yc>wr. 
quS,  conj.,  and  [see  Ln.  XXI II., 

Vy.,  1]. 
quSror,    quSri,    questtis    siiiii, 

complain.     Querulous. 
qui,  quae,  qu6d,  rel.  pron.,  v^hoj 

which,  what;  that  [see  114^. 
qui,  quae,  qu6d  [interrog.  pro- 
noun used  adjectively,  see  Ji6], 

which  f    what  f   what  sort  of  a? 

what  kind  of  a? 
quid,     why?     [see    Ln.    XCIL, 

Note  1]. 
quidam,    quaed^m,    quoddam 

or  quidd^m;  gen.  cujusdam; 

[indef.  pron.  declined  like  qui], 

a  certain, 
quidam,    adv.,    indeed;    ne    — 

quidem,  not  —  even. 
quin,  conj.  (qui  by  which,  ne  not), 

hut  that,  that  not, 
quindgcim,    num.    adj.    indecl. 

(quinque  fve,  decern  ten),  fif- 
teen, 
quingenti,  ae,  S  (quinque  five, 

centum  hundred)^  five  hundred. 
quini,  ae,  S  (quinque  five),  five 

each, 
quis,  quae,  quid,  interrog.  pron., 

who?  what?  [see  lie\. 
quis,    indef.    pronoun,    anybody, 

anything  [see  IIG]. 
quisquam,    quaequam,     quid- 

qu^m  or  quicquSm ;  gen.  cu- 

jusquSm;  [indef.  pron.  declined 

like  quis],  ai^y  one,   anything, 

any. 
quo,  adv.,  that,  in  order  that. 
qudd,  conj.,  because,  that. 


qu6m6d6,  adv.  (qui  ivhat,  mo- 

dus  manner),  in  ivhat  manner, 

by  what  means,  how. 
qu6que,  conj ,  also. 
quStidie,  adv.  (quot  every,  dies 

day),  every  day,  daily. 
quiiia  and  ciim,  rel.  adv.,  when, 

as;     conj.,     since;     although; 

quiim  —  turn,  both  —  and. 


radix,  radicis,  f.,  root ;  radix  or 
radices  montis,  the  foot  of  a 
mountain.     Radish. 

rSpin^,  ae,  f.  (rapio  seize),  plun- 
dering;  RAPINE. 

rapio,  rSpSrg,  rapui,  raptiim, 
seize,  plunder.     Rapture. 

rapt6r,  oris,  m.  (rapio  seize), 
one  who  seizes;  robber. 

Rauraci,  oriiin,  m.,  a  people  in 
Northeastern  Gaul,  neighbors 
of  the  Helvetii. 

rgcens,  gen.  rScentis,  recent, 
fresh,  new. 

rS-cipio,  ciperS,  cepi,  ceptiira 
(re  back,  capio  take),  take  back ; 
receive;  se  recipere,  to  be- 
take one's  self  withdraw.  Re- 
cp:ption. 

red-do,  dgrg,  didi,  dittim  (re(d) 
back  again,  do  give),  return. 
Render,  rendition. 

rgd-eo,  Trg,  ii,  itiim  (re(d)  back, 
eo  go),  go  hack,  return. 

rSd-imo,  imerg,  emi,  emptiim 
(re(d)  back,  emo  hwj),  buy  hack, 
release,  ransom ;  purchase ;  hire, 


REBITIO  —  REVERTO 


201 


farm.  Redeem,  redemp- 
tion. 

rgditio,  onis,  f.  (redeo  go  back), 
going  back,  return, 

r6-duco,  ducgrg,  duxi,  ducttim 
(re  back,  duco  lead),  lead  back, 
lead.     Reduce,  reduciion. 

rg-fgro,  ferrg,  ttili,  latiim  (re 
back,  fero  bear),  bear  or  bring 
back,  restore.  Refer,  re- 
late. 

re-fluo,  flugrS,  no  perf.  nor  sup. 
(re  back,  11  ao  Jlow),  flow  back. 
Refluent,  reflux. 

regio,  onis,  f.,  region. 

regius,  a,  iim  (rex  king),  royal. 

regno,  arg,  avi,  atum  (regnum 
ruh),  reign,  rule. 

regntun;  i,  (rego  to  rule),  royal 
power,  sovereignty ;  government ; 
kingdom. 

re-jicio,  jic6rg,  jeci,  jectiim  (re 
back,  jacio  throw)  ^  throw  back, 
hurl  back.  Reject,  rejec- 
tion. 

rgligio,  onis,  f.,  religion,  sanc- 
tity. 

rS-linquo,  linqugrS,  liqui,  lic- 
tiim  (re  behind,  linquo  leave), 
leave  behind,  leave;  quit,  aban- 
don.    Relinquish. 

reliquiis,  a,  iim  (relinquo  let  re- 
main), remaining,  rest  of. 

rg-maneo,  m^erg,  mansi, 
mansiim  (re  behind,  maneo 
stay),  stay  behind,  remain. 

rgminiscor,  rgminisci,  recall  to 
mind,  recollect.  Reminiscence. 

re-ni6veo,  mdverg,  movi,  mo- 


ttim  (re  back,  moveo  move), 
remove.     Remote. 

Rgmtis,  i,  m.,  twin  brother  of 
Romulus. 

rS-nuncio,  arg,  avi,  attlm  (re 
back,  nuncio  bring  word),  re- 
port.   Renounce. 

rgpentg,  adv.  (repens  sadden), 
suddenly. 

rg-pgrio,  pgrirg,  pgri,  pertiim 
(re  again,  pario  produce),  find, 
discover. 

rg-pono,  p5ngrg,  p6sui,  p5si- 
tiim  (re  again,  pono  place), 
]ilace  again,  restore.     Repose. 

res,  rgi,  f.,  thing,  affair. 

re-scindo,  scindgrg,  scidi,  scis- 
siim  (re  away,  scindo  cut),  cut 
away,  destroy.     Rescind. 

re-spondeo,  sponderg,  spondi, 
sponsTim  (re  in  return,  spon- 
deo  promise),  reply,  answer. 
Respond. 

responstim,  i,  n.  (respondeo  re- 
ply), ansioer.     Response. 

respublicS,  reipublicae,  f.  (res 
affair,  publica  belonging  to  the 
people),  republic,  common- 
wealth [see  no]. 

re-stituo,  stitugrg,  stitui,  sti- 
tTitiim  (re  again,  statuo  set 
up),  restore.     Restitution. 

rg-tineo,  tinerg,  tinui,  tenttim 
(re  back,  teneo  hold),  hold  back, 
restrain,  prevent.     Retention. 

rgvgrentiS,  ae,  f .  (revereor  stand 
in  awe  of),  reverence. 

rg-verto,  vertgrg,  verti,  ver- 
stim  and 


202 


REVERTOR  —  SEDES 


re-vertor,  verti,  versiis  sum 
(re  hack,  verto  turri)^  turn  back, 
return.     Revert,  reversion. 

rS-v6co,  are,  avi,  atiim  (re  hack, 
voco  call),  call  hack.   Revoke. 

rex,  regis,  m.,  king.     Regal. 

Rhea,  ae,  f.,  Rhea  Silvia,  the 
mother  of  Romulus  and  Remus. 

Rheniis,  i,  m.,  the  Rhine. 

HhddantiS;  i,  m  ,  the  Rhone. 

ripa,  ae,  f.,  hank  (of  a  stream). 

rixor,  ari,  atiis  stim  (rixa  quar- 
rel), to  quarrel. 

r6go,  are,  avi,  atiim,  ask,  de- 
mand, request. 

Roma,  ae,  f.,  Rome. 

Romaniis,  a,  tim,  Roman;  R6- 
maniis,  i,  m.,  a  Roman. 

Romiilus,  i,  m.,  the  founder  and 
first  king  of  Rome ;  Romiilus 
Silvius,  a  king  of  Alba. 

riipes,  rupis,  f.  (rumpo  break), 
rock,  cliff. 

S. 

SSbini,  oriim,  m.,  the  Sabines, 
an  ancient  Italian  people  ad- 
joining the  Latins. 

sScer,  sacra,  sacriiih,  sacred  ; 
sacr^,  orum,  n.  pL,  sacred  rites, 
sacrifices. 

s^cerdos,  otis,  m.  and  f.  (sacer 
sacred,  do  give),  priest;  priest- 
ess. 

saep^,  saepius,  saepissime, 
adv.,  oftefi. 

saepS-niim^ro,  adv.,  oftentimes, 
frequently. 


saluto,  are,  avi,  atiim  (salus 
greeting) ,  greet,  salute.  Salu- 
tation. 

sangius,  sanguinis,  m.,  blood. 
Sanguine,  sanguinary. 

SantSnes,  iim  and  SantSni, 
oriim,  m.  pi.,  a  people  of  Aqui- 
tania. 

s^pientiS,  ae,  f.  (sapiens  wise), 
icisdom. 

sarcinS,  ae,  f.  (sarcio  to  patch), 
bundle;  pL,  baggage  carried  by 
soldiers.     See  impedimenta. 

s^tis,  adv.,  enough,  sufficiently; 
used  adjectively  in  the  sense  of 
suffcient. 

sS.tis-facio,  fScSrg,  feci,  factiim 
(satis  enough,  facio  do),  do 
enough,  satisfy,  give  satis- 
faction. 

Saturnia,  ae,  f.,  a  town  built  by 
Saturn  on  the  Capitoline  Hill. 

Saturniis,  i,  m.  (sero  sow),  Sat- 
urn, the  father  of  Jupiter ;  hon- 
ored as  the  god  of  agriculture. 

scSliis,  scSlSris,  n.,  crime,  guilt, 
wickedness. 

scio,  scirS,  scivi  and  scii,  sci- 
tiim,  know,  understand.  Sci- 
ence. 

scribo,  scriberg,  scripsi,  scrip- 
tiim,  write.  Scribe,  de-scribe, 
script,  scripture. 

scutiim,  i,  n.,  a  shield;  [scutum 
was  an  oblong  shield,  made  of 
wood,  and  covered  with  leather; 
clipeus,  a  round  brazen  shield."] 

sSd,  conj  ,  but. 

sedes,  sedis,  f.  (sedeo  sit),  seat; 


SEGUSIANI  —  SONITUS 


203 


dwelling-place ;    sedes    regni, 

fieat  of  gooernment. 
Sggusiani,  oriim,  m.  pi.,  a  people 

of  Gaul,  neighbors  of  the  Allo- 

broges  and  Aedui. 
sSmgl,  adv.,  once. 
semper,  adv.,  always,  continually. 
senat5r,   oris,  m.   (senex  old), 

SENATOR. 

sSnatus,    us,    m.    (senex    old), 

SENATE. 

seni,  ae,  a  (sex  six),  six  each. 
sententia,  ae,  f.  (sentio  think), 

opinion.     Sentence. 
septum,      num.      adj.      indecl., 

seven. 
septentriones  (septemtriones), 

iim,  m.  pi,  the  north;  sub  sep- 

tentrionibus,  towards  the  north. 
septimiis,  a,  um  (septem  seven), 

seventh. 
Sequ^a,  ae,  m.,  a  river  of  Gaul, 

the  modern  Seine. 
Sequani,  orum,  m.  pi.,  a  people 

of    Gaul,  dwelling  on  the  Se- 

quana. 
Sequ^us,  a,  um,  of  the  Sequani. 
B§quor,    sSqui,    secutils   sum, 

follow;  accompany.   Sequence. 
sermo,  sermonis,  m.,  discourse, 

conversation.     Sermon. 
servitus,  utfa,  f.  (servus  slave), 

slavery,  bondage. 
Serviiis,  i,   m.,   Servius   Tullius, 

the  sixth  king  of  Rome, 
servus,  i,m.,  sZaye,  servant. 
sex,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  six. 
SI,  conj.,  if;  whether ;  see  whether. 
sic,  adv.,  so,  thus. 


siccus,  a,  iim,  dry ;   sicciim,  i, 

n.,  dry  land. 
sic-tit  and  sic-uti,  adv.,  as;  as 

if- 

significo,  arS,  avi,  atum  (sig- 
num  sign,  facie  make),  mean, 
signify.     Significant. 

signum,  i,  n.,  sign,  mark;  sig- 
nal. 

silva,  ae,  f.,  woods,  forest.  Sil- 
van. 

Silvia,  ae,  f.,  Rhea  Silvia,  the 
mother  of  Romulus  and  Remus. 

Silvitis,  i,  m.,  name  of  several 
kings  of  Alba;  Silvius  Pro- 
cas,  a  king  of  Alba  and  father 
of  Numitor  and  Amulius. 

similis,  simile,  like,  similar. 

sin,  conj.  (si  if,  ne  not),  but  if, 

sing,  prep.  w.  abl.,  without. 

singuli,  ae,  a,  single,  one  by 
one ;  each, 

sinister,  sinistra,  sinistrum,  left. 
Sinister. 

s5cer,  sdcSri,  m.,  father-in-law. 

sdcius,  i,  m.,  ally.    As-soci-ate. 

sol,  solis,  m.,  sun.     Solar. 

sdleo,  s51erg,  s51itus  stim,  be 
wont,  be  accustomed. 

solitude,  inis,  f.  (solus  alone), 
desert;  solitary  place;  soli- 
tude. 

soliim,  adv.  (solus  alone),  only, 
alone. 

s61um,  i,  n.,  ground,  soil. 

soliis,  S,  iim,  alone,  only  [see 
24']. 

s5nitus,  us,  m  (sono  make  a 
noise),  sound,  noise. 


204 


SONUS— SUMO 


s5nus,  i,  m.  (sono  make  a  noise), 

noise. 
sdr5r,  sdroris,  f.,  sister. 
spatiiim,   i,   n.,    space;    oppor- 
tunity. 
specto,  are,  avi,  atum   (specio 
look),  look  at,  behold,  see  ;  face, 
front,  be  situated. 
spes,  spei,  f.  hope,  expectation. 
spiritiis,  us,  m.  (spiro  breathe), 

breath ;  pride ;  lofty  airs. 
sponte,  f.  abl.  [gen.  spoutis ;  no 
other  cases  found],  of  free  will; 
sua  sponte,  of  his  own  free  ivill. 
Spontaneous. 
st^tuo,  stStuere,  stS.tui,  statu- 
tum  (status  standing),  set  up; 
put;  establish;  decide.      Stat- 
ute. 
sterilis,  e,  unfruitful,  sterile. 
stipenditim,  i,   n.  (stips  contri- 
bution, pendo  pay),  tax,  tribute. 
Stipend. 
sto,  stare,  steti,  statiim,  stand; 
nobis  sanguine  stat,  it  costs 
us  blood.     State,  station. 
stdlidus,  a,  um,/ooZi,s^.    Stolid. 
strenuiis,    S,    um,    bold,    brave. 

Strenuous. 
stiideo,  stiidere,  stiidui,  no  sup., 

be  eager  or  zealous,  desire. 
studium,  1,  n.  (studeo  be  eager), 

zeal,  desire.     Study. 
suadeo,    suadere,    suasi,    sua- 

sum,  advise,  per-suade. 
siib,  prep.  w.  abl.,  under,  beneath; 
in  the  time  of;  sub  monte,  at 
the  foot  of  a  mountain. 
sub-duco  ducerg,  duxi,   duc- 


tiim  (sub  from  under,  duco 
draw),  draw  from  under ;  with- 
draw;  take  away. 

sub-eo,  irg,  ivi  and  ii,  itiim  (sub 
under,  eo  go),  go  under;  en- 
dure, 

stibito,  adv.  (subitus  sudden), 
suddenly,  quickly. 

sub-levo,  are,  avi,  atum  (sub 
from  beneath,  levo  lift  up),  raise 
up,  support;  help,  aid. 

sub-rideo,  riderS,  risi,  risiim 
(sub  a  little,  rideo  laugh),  smile. 

sub-silio,  silire,  silui  and  silii, 
no  sup.  (sub  up,  salio  leap), 
leap  up,  jump, 

sub-vSho,  vehgrS,  vexi,  vec- 
tum  (sub  from  below,  veho 
carry),  bring  up,  transport. 

suc-cedo,  cedSre,  cessi,  ces- 
siim  (sub  behind,  cede  come), 
svccKKD,  follow.   Succession. 

Suevi,  oriim,  m.  pi.,  a  powerful 
people  of  Germany. 

sui,  of  himself,  herself,  itself, 
themselves  [see  112'].  Sui- 
cide.    See  caedo. 

SuUa,  ae,  m.,  Lucius  Cornelius 
SuUa,  a  celebrated  Roman. 

siim,  essg,  fui,  be  [see  6^J. 

summS,  ae,  f.  (summus  highest), 
amount,  sum  total.     Sum. 

summus,  a,  tim,  highest  [positive 
supgrus,  comparative  supe- 
rior, superlative  supremus 
and  summus]. 

sumo,  sumgre,  sumpsi,  sump- 
tum,  fake,  as-sume.   As-sump^ 

TION. 


SUPER  —  TJRQUINIUS 


205 


siipSr,  prep.  w.  ace.  and  abl.,  over, 
above,  upon.     Super-. 

siiperbio,  ire,  no  perf.  nor  sup. 
(superbus  proud),  be  proud  of. 

stiperbiis,  a,  yXra, proud;  Super- 
bus,  i,  m.,  the  Proud,  a  surname 
of  the  younger  Tarquin,  the  last 
king  of  Rome. 

siipgriSr,  siipSriiis,  upper,  high- 
er;  former.  Superior.  See 
supgrus. 

giipgriis,  a,  um  [comp.  superior, 
superl.  supremus  or  summus] 
(super  over,  above),  above,  on 
high,  upper, 

siipero,  are,  avi,  atum  (super 
over),  surmount,  surpass,  over- 
come,  subdue. 

stiper-siiin,  esse,  fui  (super 
over,  beyond ;  sum  be),  be  over ; 
survive. 

Bupplicium,  i,  n.,  punishment. 

sus-cipio,  ciperg,  cepi,  ceptum 
(sub  under,  capio  take),  under- 
take, take  upon;  engage  in;  re- 
ceive; sibi  suscipere,  to  take 
upon  one's  self 

suspicio,  onis,  f.  (suspicor  sus- 
pect), SUSPICION. 

suspicor,  ari,  attis  stim  (suspi- 
cio fr.  sub  secretly,  specie  look 

at),   SUSPECT. 

sus-tineo,  tinerg,  tinui,  ten- 
tiim  (sub  up,  teneo  hold), 
hold  up,  sustain;  endure; 
withstand. 

suiis,  a,  tim  (sui),  his,  his  oivn; 
her,  her  oion  ;  its,  its  own  ;  their, 
their  own. 


T. 

T.,  abbreviation  of  Titus,  a  Ro- 
man praenomen. 

tSbtiia,  ae,  f.,  board;  writing- 
table;  muster-roll.    Table. 

talentiiin,  i,  n.,  a  talent,  a  sum 
of  money  equal  to  about  $  1 200. 

tarn,  adv.,  so,  so  very. 

t^mSn,  adv.,  nevertheless;  yet, 
still. 

tamquam  and  tanquam,  adv. 
(tarn  so,  quam  as),  as  much  as ; 
as  if. 

Tanaquil,  ills,  f.,  wife  of  Tarqui- 
nius  Priscus. 

tandSm,  adv.,  at  length  ;  at  last. 

tantiis,  §.,  iiin,  so  great,  such,  so 
large. 

tarditas,  atis,  f.  (tardus  slow), 
slowness,  tardiness  ;  heavi- 
ness. 

Tarpeia,  ae,  f.,  Tarpeia  [pro- 
nounced Tar-pe-ya~\,  daughter 
of  Spurius  Tarpeius. 

Tarpeiiis,  a,  tim,  Tarpeian  [pro- 
nounced Tar-pe-yan'] ;  mons 
Tarpeius,  the  Tarpeian  Rock, 
the  name  of  a  rock  on  the 
Capitoline  hill  from  which 
criminals  were  thrown  head- 
long;   the  Tarpeian  Mount. 

Tarquinii,  oriiin,  m.  pL,  an  an- 
cient town  of  Etruria. 

Tarquiniiis,  i,  m.,  Tarquin,  the 
name  of  an  illustrious  Ro- 
man family,  of  which  two, 
Priscus  and  Superbus,  were 
kings. 


206 


TECTUM—  TRANSILIO 


tectiim,  i,  n.  (tego  to  cover), 
roof. 

telum,  1,  n.,  weapon,  missile. 

tempero,  arg,  avi,  atum  (tem- 
pus  a  piece  cut  off),  abstain. 
Temper,  temperate. 

tempestas,  atis,  f.  (tempus 
time),  storm;  tempest. 

templiini,  i,  n.,  temple. 

tempiis,  tempbris,  n.,  time. 
Temporal. 

tSneo,  tSnerS,  tSnui,  tenttiin, 
hold;  have,  possess;  keep;  re- 
strain ;  inein6ria  tenerg,  /  to 
remember. 

tSngr,  tgngra,  tengriim,  ten- 
der, delicate. 

tento,  arg  avi,  attiin,  tri/.  Ten- 
tative. 

tsrrS,  ae,  f.,  earth,  land,  ground. 
Terrace. 

terreo,  erS,  ui,  ittlin,  frighten, 
terri-fy. 

territo,  arg,  avi,  atiim  (terreo 
frighten),  terrify. 

territoriiim,  I,  n.  (terra  earth), 
territory. 

tertio,  adv.  (tertius  third),  the 
third  time. 

testis,  testis,  m.  and  f.,  witness. 
Testify. 

Ti.,  abbreviation  of  Tiberius,  a 
Roman  praenomen. 

TibSris,  is  [ace.  im,  abl.  i],  m., 
the  Tiber,  a  river  in  Italy  on 
which  Rome  is  situated. 

Tibgriiis,  i,  m.     See  Ti. 

tlmeo,  erS,  ui,  no  supine,  to 
fear. 


timidtis,  S,  iim,  (timeo  to  fear), 
timid  ;  cowardly. 

timSr,  timoris,  m.,  fear.  Tim- 
orous. 

tintinnabiiliiin,  i,  n.  (tintinno 
to  ring),  bell. 

Titiis,  1,  m.     See  T. 

toUo,  tollere,  sustiili,  subla- 
ttiin,  lift,  raise;  pick  up;  re- 
move, take  away  ;  destroy. 

tbnitriis,  lis,  m.,  and  tonitrti,  n. 
indecl.  (tone  to  thunder),  thun- 
der. 

t6no,  tdnare,  t6nui,  t6nitiiin, 
thunder. 

tottts,  S,  tlin,  whole,  entire. 

tra-duco  and  trans-duco,  du- 
cerS,  duxi,  ductiim  (trans 
across,  duco  lead),  lead  across  • 
lead;  lead  from  one  place  to  an- 
other.   Traduce. 

trans,  prep.  w.  ace.,  across,  over; 
beyond.     Trans-. 

trans-eo,  irg,  ii,  itiiin  (trans 
across,  over  ;  eo  go),  go  across  or 
oi^er;  cross.  Transit,  tran- 
sitive,   transient,    TRAISSI- 

tion. 

trans-fSro,  ferrg,  tilli,  IStiiin 
(trans  across,  fero  bear),  bear 
across;  transfer.  Transla- 
tion. 

traH»-igo,  iggrg,  5gi,  acttim 
(trans  through  to  the  end,  ago 
bring),  bring  to  an  end;  spend. 
Transact,  transaction. 

tran-sllio  or  trans-silio,  silirg, 
silivi,  sllii,  or  silui,  sultum 
(trans  over,  salio  leap),  leap  over. 


TRANSPORTO  —  UNUS 


207 


trans-porto,  Srg,  avi,  atiim 
(trans  across,  porto  carry), 
carry  across,  transport. 
Transportation. 

tres,  trigi  [see  108],  three. 

Treviri,  ortim,  m.  pi.,  a  people 
of  Northern  Gaul. 

tribuniis,  i,  m.  (tribus  tribe), 
tribune;  tribuni  militum, 
military  tribunes,  of  which  offi- 
cers each  legion  had  six. 

tribuo,  tribugrg,  tribui,  tribu- 
tiiin,  give,  grant,  bestow.  Trib- 
ute, CON-TRIBUTE,  CON-TRI- 
BUTION. 

tricesimtis,  S,  iim  (triginta  thir- 
ty), thirtieth, 

triduum,  i,  n.  (tres  three,  dies 
day),  three  days, 

trigemmi,  oriim,  m.  pi.  (tres 
three  gignor  be  born),  three 
brothers  born  at  a  birth. 

triginta,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  thirty. 

tristis,  tristg,  sad,  sorrowful. 

triumpho,  ar6,  avi,  atiim  (tri- 
umphus  a  triumph),  to  triumph. 

Troj^  ae,  f.,  Troy,  a  city  in  the 
northwestern  part  of  Asia  Mi- 
nor. 

Trojaniis,  S,  tim,  Trojan. 

tu,  pers.  pron.,  thou,  you  [see  112~\. 

ttib^  ae,  f.  (akin  to  tubus,  a 
tube),  trumpet. 

tiibicSn,  inis,  m.  (tuba  trumpet, 
cano  to  sound),  trumpeter. 

Tulingi,  oriim,  m.  pL,  a  people 
of  Southern  Germany,  neigh- 
bors of  the  Helvetii. 

TulUus,  i,  m.     See  Servius. 


TuUiS,  ae,  f.,  daughter  of  Servius 
Tullius,  and  wife  of  Tarquinius 
Superbus. 

Tulliis,  1,  m.,  Tullus  Hostilius,  the 
third  king  of  Rome. 

tiini,  adv.,  then;  also. 

tiimuliis,  i,  m.  (tumeo  swell)^ 
mound. 

turris,  turris,  f.,  tower.  Tur- 
ret. 

tut6r,  oris,  m.  (tueor  pi^otect), 
guardian;  tutor. 

tutiis,  a,  iim  (tueor  protect), 
safe. 

tulis,  a,  tim,  poss.  pron.  (tu  thou, 
you),  thy,  thine  ;  your,  yours. 

tyranniis,  i,  m.,  monarch ;  tyrant. 


ubSr,  uberis,  n  ,  udder ;  teat. 
tibi,  adv.,  ichen,  where. 
ulciscor,    ulcisci,    ulttis   siim, 

take  revenge;   avenge. 
uUiis,  S,  tim,  any  [see  24]. 
ultgriSr,  ultgriiis  (ulter  that  is 

beyond),  farther  [see  85].    Ul- 
terior. 
ultra,     prep.     w.    ace,     beyond. 

Ultra-. 
una,    adv.    (unus    one    and    the 

same),   at    the    same   time;    in 

company,  together. 
undS,    adv.,   from    which   place, 

lohence. 
undique,     adv.     (unde,     que), 

from  all  parts;   on  all  sides. 
untis,  S,  tim,  one,  single;  one  and 

the  same;  pi.,  alone  [see  24], 


^^08 


URBS  —  VESTALIS 


urbs,  urbis,  f.,  city.     Sub-urbs. 
tisus,  us,  m.    (utor   use),    use  ; 

advantage. 
usquS,  adv.,  even;  till. 
XLt  and  iiti,  conj.,  that^  in  order 

that;  as. 
litgr,  utra,  utriim,  which  of  two, 

which  [see  ^4]. 
iiterqug,    iitraque,   litrumqug ; 

gen.  utriusque,  etc.  [declined 

like  iitgr,  see  ;34],  each,  both. 
utilis,  utilg  (utor  use,  suffix  ills 

denoting  capability)^  useful,  ben- 
eficial, profitable. 
utor,  uti,  usiis  stiin,  use,  make 

use  of;  adopt. 
utriim,  adv.  (uter  which  of  two), 

whether. 
uvS,  ae,  f.,  a  grape;  a  bunch  oj 

grapes. 
ux6r,  uxoris,  f .,  wife. 


vSco,  arg,  avi,  attim,  be  unoccu- 
pied. Vacate,  vacant,  va- 
cation. 

vadiim,  i,  n.  (vado  go),  ford, 
shallow. 

vagittis,  us,  m.  (vagio  cry, 
squall),   crying,  squalling. 

vSgor,  ari,  atiis  stim  (vagus 
roaming  about),  roam  about, 
wander  about.     Vaga-bond. 

vSleo,  erg,  uT,  ittim,  pre-vail. 

valliim,  i,  n.  (vallus  the  line  of 
palisades,  stakes,  set  about  an  in- 
trenchment),  rampart,  intrench- 

.  meat. 


vasto,  arg,  avi,  atiiin  (vast  as 
empty,  desolate),  lay  waste,  de- 
vastate. 

vectigal,  vectigalis,  n.  (veho 
carry),  toll  paid  for  carrying 
goods  into  a  country  ;  tax ;  rev- 
enue. 

vehementer,  vShgrnentius,  vg- 
hgmentissinie,  adv.  (vehe- 
mens  violent),  violently,  severely; 
furiously;  vehemently. 

vgl,  conj.,  or;  vgl  —  vgl,  either 
—  or. 

vendo,  vendgrg,  vendidi,  ven- 
ditiim  (venum  sale,  do  give), 
sell.     Vend. 

vgnio,  vgnirg,  veni,  ventiim, 
come;   arrive  at. 

verbgr,  gris,  n.,  blow.  Re-ver- 
ber-ate. 

verbtLm,    i,    n.,    ivord.      Verb, 

VERBAL. 

vgreor,    vgreri,    vgritiis   siim, 

fear. 

vero,  adv.  (varus  true),  in  truth, 
truly;  indeed;  but. 

vescor,  vesci,  fill  one's  self  with  ; 
live  upon;  eat. 

Vgsontio,  onis,  f.,  tlie  chici 
town  of  the  Sequani. 

vespgr,  vespgris  and  vesper,  i, 
m  ,  evening  star;  evening;  ad 
vespgrtim,  till  evening.  Ves- 
per,  VESPERS. 

Vest^,  ae,  f.,  Vesta,  the  goddess 
of  the  hearth,  to  whom  a  per- 
petual fire  was  kept  burning. 

Vestalis,  g,  of  or  belonging  to 
Vesta,  Vestal. 


FESTER  —  rULPES 


209 

;  6  > 


vestgr,  vestrS,  vestriim,   poss. 

pron.,  your,  yours. 
vgttis,    gen.    vStSris,    old,    long 

standing,    ancient.      Veteran, 

IN-VETER-ATE. 

vexilliim,  i,  n.  (velum  sail), 
standard;  flag. 

vexo,  are,  avi,  attiin  (veho  car- 
ry), trouble,  annoy,  harass.   Vex, 

VEXATION,    VEXATIOUS. 

viS.,    ae,    f.,    way,    road;    path; 

march. 
vicesimiis,  S,  iim  (viginti  twen- 
ty), twentieth, 
victor,  oris,  m.,  conqueror, 
victoria,  ae,  f . ,  victory. 
viciis,  i,  m.,  village 
video,     viderg,    vidi,    visiim, 

see. 
videor,  videri,  vistis  siim,  pass. 

and  deponent,  he  seen;  seem; 

seem  good  or  proper. 
vigilia,  ae,  f.  (vigilo  to  loaich), 

watch;   de   tertia   vigilia,    in 

the  third  watch.     See  Ln.  LV., 

Note  5. 
viginti,  num.  adj.  indecl.,  twenty. 
vinco,   vincgrg,  vici,   victiim, 

conquer. 
vinciiliini,  i,  n.  (vincio  hind),  a 

chain;  in  vinctila  conjicgre, 

to  throw  into  prison. 


vindico,  arS,  avi,  attim,  cla{m. 
Vindicate,  vindication. 

vir,  viri,  m.,  man ;  hero ;  hushand. 
See  Ln.  XXV.,  Note  1. 

virgd,  inis,  f.  (vireo  flourish, 
hloom),  virgin. 

virtiis,  virtatis,  f.  (vir  man, 
hero),  valor,  courage;  virtue. 

vis,  vis,  [ace.  vim,  dat.  and  abl. 
vi;  pi.,  vires,  viriiim,  viiX- 
btis,  etc.]  f.,  strength,  power. 

vita,  ae,  f.  (vivo  live),  life. 
Vital. 

vitis,  IS,  f.,  vine. 

vito,  arg,  avi,  attim,  shun,  avoid. 

vix,  adv.,  with  difficulty  ;  scarcely^ 
hardly. 

v6co,  arS,  avi,  attini,  call,  sum- 
mon, invite.  Vocation,  voca- 
tive. 

v61o,  vellg,  v61ui,  he  willing; 
wish;   desire  [see  125^ 

vbluntas,  atis,  f.  (volo  to  wish), 
wish,  consent.     Voluntary. 

vos,  pers.  pron.  pi.,  you  [see 
112'}. 

vox,  vocis,  f.,  voice.    Vocal. 

vulngro,  arS,  avi,  attim  (vulnus 
icound),  to  wound. 

vulntis,  vulngris,  a  wound. 
Vulner-able. 

vulpes,  is,  Ljfox, 


II.   English-Latin. 


The  words  given  in  this  Vocabulary  are  more  fully  described  in  the  preceding. 
See  that  Vocabulary  also  for  the  Proper  Names. 


A. 

able,  be  able,  possum. 

about,  w.  numerals,  ad,  circiter. 

abundance,  copia. 

accuse,  accuso. 

across,  trans. 

adopt,  utor. 

advancing,  veniens. 

advise,  moneo. 

affair,  res. 

after,  prep. post ;  conj. postquam. 

afterwards,  postea. 

against,  in,  contra. 

aid,  ^qxilfum ;  to  aid,  juvo. 

all,  ewery,   omnia;    pi.   omnes ; 

aU,  the  whole,  totus. 
ally,  socius. 
almost,  paene,  prope. 
alone,  solus. 
also,  etiam. 
although,  quum,  etsL 
ambassador,  legatus. 
among,  apud,  inter,  in. 
and,  et,  atque,  que ;  both  —  and, 

et  —  et. 
animal,  animal. 
announce,  nuncio. 
any,  quis,  uUus. 
anything,  quid,  aliquid  {116,  a), 
appoint,  creo. 


arms,  arma. 

army,  exercitus,  agmen. 

around,  circum. 

arrive,  pervenio. 

arrival,  adventus. 

ascertain,  cognosce. 

as  soon  as,  postquam ;  as  soon  as 
possible,  quam  primum. 

as^,  quaere;  ask  for,  xo^o. 

assemble,  convenio. 

assembly,  concilium. 

assist,  adsum. 

at  home,  domi. 

attack,  impetus;  to  attack,  op- 
pugno. 

attempt,  conor. 

at  Caesar's  feet,  Caesari  ad  pe- 
des. 

auxiliaries,  auxilia. 

avoid,  vito. 

away,  take  away,  toUo. 

B. 

bad,  malus. 

baggage,  impedimenta. 

bank,  rip  a. 

battle,  proelium,  pugna. 

be,  sum;    be  present,  adsum;   be 

from  or  distant,  absum. 
beautiful,  pulcher. 


212 


BECAUSE— CORN 


because,  quod,  quia. 

become,  lio ;  become  master  of,  po- 
tior. 

before,  ante,  pro ;  priuaquam. 

beg  for,  peto. 

beginning,  initium. 

besiege,  oppugno. 

best,  optimus. 

betake  myself,  me  confero,  me 
recipio. 

better,  melior. 

between,  inter. 

big,  magnus. 

bold,  audax. 

born,  be  born,  nascor. 

both,  uterque ;  both  —  and,  et — et. 

boy,  puer. 

brave,  fortis. 

bravely,  fortiter. 

hreak  up  {camp),  (castra)  moveo. 

bridge,  pons. 

bring,  fero ;  bring  upon,  infero. 

broad,  latus. 

brother,  f rater. 

building,  aedilicium. 

burn,  incendo,  cremo ;  burn  up, 
exuro,  combiiro. 

but  if  sin. 

buy,  emo. 

by,  a,  ab ;  by  no  means,  minime. 

O. 

call,  summon,  voco;  call,  name, 
appello;  call  together,  convo- 
co ;  call  to  mind,  commemoro. 

camp,  castra;  pitch  a  camp,  cas- 
tra pono ;  break  up  camp,  cas- 
tra nioveo. 


can,  possum. 

capture,  expugno. 

carry,  carry  on,  gero ;   carry  on 

war,  bellum  gero ;  bello. 
cart,  carrus. 
cause,  causa. 
cavalry^    equitatus;    of  cavalry^ 

equester. 
cavalryman,  eques. 
censure,  accuse. 
character,  natura. 
chief,  princeps. 
choose,  creo. 
citadel,  arx. 
citizen,  civis. 
city,  urbs. 
cliff,  rupes. 
cold,  frigus. 
collect,  comporto,  confgro,  con- 

diico. 
come,  venio ;  come  together,  con- 

venio  ;  come  to,  pervenio. 
comitium,  comitium. 
command,  be  in  command  of  prae- 

sum. 
company,  in  company,  una. 
complain,  queror. 
conceal,  occulto. 
concerning,  de. 
confidence,  fides. 
congratulate,  gratiilor. 
comjuer,  vinco. 
consent,  voluntas. 
consider,  habeo,  duco. 
conspiracy,  conjuratio. 
consul,  consul;  in  the  consulship 

of  Caesar,  Caesare  consule. 
continually,  continenter. 
corn,  frumentum. 


COULD  —  EXPECTATION 


213 


could,  past  tense  of  possum. 
council,  concilium. 
counsel,  consilium. 
country,  fatherland,  patria. 
cowardly,  ignavus. 
cross,  transeo. 


danger,  perictilum. 

dangerous,  periculosus. 

daughter,  filia. 

dawn,  at  the  earliest  dawn,  prima 
luce. 

day,  dies;  at  daybreak,  prima 
luce ;  on  the  day  before,  pridie. 

death,  mors. 

deceive,  decipio. 

decide,  statuo. 

decision,  judicium. 

deep,  altus. 

defend,  defendo. 

delay,  moror. 

deliberate,  delibero. 

demand,  postiilo,  posco. 

depart,  discedo. 

departure,  profectio. 

describe,  designo. 

design,  consilium. 

desire,  studium,  cupiditas. 

desirous,  cupidus. 

destroy^  deleo. 

destruction,  pernicies. 

determine,  judico. 

devastate,  vasto. 

die,  morior. 

differ,  differo. 

difficulty,  angustiae;  with  diffi- 
culty, vix. 


dig,  fodio. 

direction,  pars. 

distance,  spatium. 

distant,  be  distant,  absum;    most 

distant,  extremus. 
distinguished,  nobilis. 
disturb,  commoveo. 
ditch,  fossa. 
divulge,  enuncio. 
do,  facio. 
draw,  duco. 
dwell,  incolo. 


B.       , 

each,  to  each  other,  inter  se. 

easily,  facile. 

easy,  facilis;  very  easy,  perfacilia 

either  —  or,  aut  —  aut. 

elect,  creo. 

embassy,  legatio. 

empire,  imperium. 

empty,  influo. 

encamp,  castra  pono ;  consido 

encompass,  contineo.  / 

encourage,  confirmo. 

end,  finis. 

endeavor,  nitor. 

endure,  subeo. 

enemy,  hostis. 

enervate,  effemino. 

entire,  totus. 

entreat,  imploro,  oro. 

equal,  par,  aequus. 

establish,  confirmo. 

even,  not  even,  ne  —  quidem. 

excel,  praecedo,  praesto. 

exhort,  hortor. 

expectation,  spes. 


£14 


EXTRAORLtNJRY  —  GUARD 


extraordinary,  incredibilis. 
eye,  ociilus. 


far,  hy  far,  longe ;  very  far,  lon- 
gissime. 

farther,  adj.,  ulterior;  adv.,  lon- 
gius. 

father,  pater. 

father-in-law,  socer. 

fatherland,  patria. 

favor,  faveo. 

fear,  timor ;  to  fear,  timeo,  ve- 
reor. 

few,  pauci. 

field,  ager. 

fifteen,  quindgcim. 

fifth,  quintus. 

fight,  pugno. 

find,  reperio. 

fire,  ignis ;  set  on  fire,  incendo. 

first,  primus ;  in  the  first  part  of 
the  night,  prima  nocte. 

five,  quinque. 

flight,  fuga. 

flee,  fugio. 

flow,  fluo. 

follow,  sequor. 

fond,  cupidus. 

foot,  pes ;  at  the  foot  of  the  moun- 
tain, sub  monte. 

for,  de  w,  abl.,  ad  w.  ace;  for 
this  reason,  hoc,  eo. 

foraging,  pabulatio. 

forest,  silva. 
forget,  obliviscor. 
former,  pristinus,  vetus. 
forth,  lead  forth,  educo. 


fortify,  munio. 

fortune,  fortuna. 

forward,  send  forward,  praemitto  ; 

move  forward,  prorooveo. 
free,  liber;  of  one's  own  free  icill, 

sua  sponte. 
friend,  am.icus. 
friendly,  amicus. 
friendship,  amicitia. 
from,  from  near,  a,  ab ;  from  out 

of,  e,  ex. 
furiously,  vehementer. 
furnish,  facio. 
furthermost,  extremus. 
future,  in  the  future,  in  reliquum 

tempus. 

G. 

garrison,  praesidium. 

general,  imperator. 

generosity,  liberalitas. 

get  possession  of  potior. 

get  rid  of,  depono. 

girl,  puella. 

give,   do;    give  orders,  impSro; 

give  satisfaction,  satisfacio. 
glory,  gloria. 
go,  eo ;  go  forth,  exeo. 
god,  deus. 
goddess,  dea. 
gone,  perf .  part,  of  exigo. 
good,  bonus. 
government,  imperinm. 
grandfather,  avus. 
grant,  concede. 

great,  magnus ;  so  great,  tantus. 
grievous,  gravis. 
guard,  custos. 


HAPPEN  —  LETTER 


215 


happen,  accido,  fio. 

happy,  felix. 

harass,  vexo. 

hasten,  mature,  contendo,  ac- 

curro. 
have,  habeo. 
he  says,  dicit. 
hear,  audio. 
heif/ht,  altitude. 
help,  juvo. 
hem  in,  contineo. 
high,  altus. 
highest,  summus. 
hill,  collis. 

hindrance^  impedimentum. 
his,  his  own,  suus. 
hither^  citerior. 
hold,    habeo,    obtineo,    teneo; 

hold  a  conference,  coUbquor. 
home,  at  home,  domi;  homeward, 

domum ;  from  home,  doxno. 
hope,  spes. 
horse,  equus. 
hostage,  obses. 
hour,  hora. 
house,  domus. 
hurl,  conjicio. 
husband,  vir. 

I. 

/,  ego. 

if,  si. 

implore,  imploro. 

import,  importo. 

in,  into,  in. 

incite,  facio. 


influence,  auctoritas. 
influenced,  adductus. 
inform   Caesar,   Caes^exn 

tiorem  facio. 
infuse,  injicio. 
inquire,  quaero. 
insult,  contumelia. 
intervene,  intersum. 
invite,  arcesso. 


Just,  Justus. 


K. 


keep,   teneo;    keep  from,    pro- 

hibeo. 
kill,  caedo,  interficio. 
kindness,  beneficium. 
king,  rex. 
know,  scio ;   know,  find  out,  co- 

gnosco ;  not  know,  nescio. 


land,  terra. 

language,  lingua. 

large,  magnus. 

late  in  the  day,  multo  die. 

law,  lex,  jus. 

lay  waste,  vasto. 

lead,  duco ;  lead  forth,  educo. 

leader,  dux. 

leave,  relinquo. 

left,  sinister. 

legate,  legatus. 

legion,  legio. 

letter,  epistdla. 


216 


LEVY—  ONE 


levy  on,  Inrijono. 

lieutenant,  legatus. 

like,  similis. 

line  of  battle,  acies. 

little^  paulus ;  a  little,  paulo. 

lofty  airs,  spiritus. 

long,  for  a  long  time,  diu;   longer, 

diutius. 
look  at,  intueor;    look  out  for, 

prospicio. 
love,  amor ;  to  love,  amo. 


M. 

make,  facio ;    make  or  deliver  a 

speech,     orationem     habeo ; 

make    haste,    maturo;     make 

upon,  infSro. 
man,  vir,  homo. 
mariner,  in  such  a  manner,  ita. 
many,  multi- 
metre^,  iter;  to  march,  iter  facSre.. 
marriage,  matrimonium ;  to  give 

in  marriage,  in  matrimonium 

dare. 
master^  become  master  of  potior. 
means,  hy  no  means,  minime ;  by 

means  of,  see  54, 
memory,  memoria. 
mile,  mille  passuum. 
mind,  animus,  mens. 
misfortune,  incommodum. 
missile,  telum. 
month,  mensis. 
more,  magis,  amplius;    be  more 

willing,  malo. 
mother,  mater. 
mountain,  mons. 


move,  moveo ;  move  forward,  pro- 

moveo. 
much,  multus. 
multitude,  multitudo. 
murder,  caedes ;  to  murder,  cae- 

do,  occido. 
my,  my  own,  meus. 

N. 

narrow  pass,  angustiae. 

nature,  natura. 

near,  circum,  ad. 

nearest,  proximus. 

nearly,  fere. 

neighbors,  finitimi. 

neither  —  nor,  neque  —  neque. 

nine,  novem. 

no,  none,  nuUus. 

nobility,  nobilitas. 

noble,  nobilis. 

not,    non;    not  —   even,   ne   — 

quidem. 
none  the  less,  nihilo  minus. 
nothing,  nihil. 
notice,  animadverto. 
number,  num^rus. 

O. 

obtain^  obtineo,  consgquor 

occupy,  occiipo. 

often,  saepe. 

old,  vetus,  natus. 

on,  upon,  in. 

on  account  of  propter. 

on  all  sides,  undique. 

on  the  day  before,  pridie. 

one,  unus. 


ONE  — REMOVE 


217 


one  by  one,  singiili. 

one  party  —  the  other,  altgri  — 

altgri. 
opinion,  sententia. 
opportunity,  potestas,  facultas. 
or,  aut,  vel,  an. 
order,  give  orders,  impSro. 
other,  alius ;    to  each  other,  from 

each  other,  inter  se. 
ought,  oportet,  debeo.     See  also 

Ln.  LXX. 
our,  our  own,  noster. 
out,  set  out,  proficiscor;  out  of, 

e,  ex. 
overcome,  supero. 
oion,   his   own,    suus ;     my    own, 

mens;    your  own,  tuns,  ves- 

ter;   their  own,  suus. 


pace,  passus. 

part,  pars. 

party,  one  party  —  the  other,  al- 
tSri  —  alteri. 

pass  the  winter.  Memo. 

peace,  pax. 

people,  popiilus. 

peril,  periculum. 

persist,  persevere. 

persuade,  persuadeo. 

pitch  a  camp,  castra  pono. 

place,  locus ;  place,  put,  pono. 

plan,  consilium. 

please,  placeo. 

pledge,  fides. 

poor,  pauper. 

possession,  possessio ;  get  posses- 
sion of,  potior. 


power,  royal  power,  sovereign  pow- 
er, regnum 
practicable,  facilis. 
practice,  exercitatio. 
praetor,  praetor. 
prepare,  comp^o. 
present,  be  present,  adsum. 
j)ress,  press  upon,  premo. 
prevail  upon,  permoveo. 
prevent,  retineo. 
price,  pretium. 
private,  privatus. 
proceed,  procedo. 
promise,  polliceor. 
protection,  praesidium. 
province,  provincia. 
provisions,  commeatus. 
pursue,  persSquor. 
put  offj  confSro. 


R. 

ready,  paratus. 

rear  of  an  army,  agmen  novis- 

simum. 
reason,  causa. 
recall  to  mind,  reminiscor. 
recent,  recens. 
refinement,  humanitas. 
reign,  regno. 
rejoice,  laetor. 
relief,  subsidium. 
remain,  maneo. 
remaining,  reliquus. 
remember,     memini ;     memoria 

teneo. 
remembrance^  memoria. 
t^move,  moveo,  removeo. 


218 


REPLY—  STRENGTHEN 


reply,  responsum;    to  reply,  re- 

spondeo. 
report,  enuncio. 
resolve,  constituo. 
rest,  the  rest,  cetSri ;  rest  of,  relX- 

quus. 
restrain,  retineo,  prohibeo 
return,  reverter,  reverto. 
revenue,  vectigal. 
reward,  praemium. 
rich,  dives. 
ridge,  jugum. 
right,  dexter. 
ripe,  maturus. 
river,  flumen. 
road,  via, 
rout,  pello. 
route,  iter. 

royal  power,  regnum. 
ruin,  pernicies. 

S. 

sad,  tristis. 

sake,  for  the  sake  of  causa. 
same,  the  same,  idem. 
satisfaction,  give  satisfaction,  satis- 

facio. 
satisfy,  satisfacio. 
say,  dico  ;  he  says,  dicit. 
sea,  mare. 
see,  video. 
seein,  videor ;  it  seems  good,  vide- 

tur. 
seize,  occiipo.  [-- 
select,  deligo. 
sell,  vendo. 
senator,  senator. 
send,  mitto;  send  forward,  prae- 

mitto. 


separate,  divido. 
set  on  fire,  incendo. 
set  out,  proficiscor. 
severely,  graviter,  vehemienter. 
ship^  navis. 

short,    brevis;    shortest    way    or 
route,  proximum  iter. 

show,  probo. 

shun,  vito. 

side,  this  side  of,  citra. 

sides,  on  all  sides,  undique. 

sight,  conspectus. 

signal,  signum. 

since,  quum. 

single,  unus. 

sister,  soror. 

skilful,  peritus. 

slave,  servus. 

slavery,  servitus. 

small,  parvus. 

so,  ita ;  with  adjectives,  tam ;  so 
great,  tantus. 

soldier,  miles. 

some,    some    one,    aliquis.       See 
116,  a. 

son,  filius ;  son-in-law,  gener. 

soon,  mature. 

sovereignty,  sovereign  power ^  reg- 
num. 

Spain,  Hispania. 

speak,  loquor. 

speech,   oratio ;    make,   deliver  a 
speech,  orationem  habeo. 

stand,  sto. 

state,  civitas. 

station,  colloco,  constituo. 

stay,  maneo. 

storm,  expugno. 

strengthen,  conilrmo. 


STRIVE  —  USEFUL 


219 


strive,  nitor. 

such,  tantus. 

sitjicient,  sufficientli/,  satis;  with 
sufficient  ease,  satis  com- 
mode. 

suitable^  idoneus,  commodus. 

summer,  aestas. 

summon,  voco,  conv6co. 

sunset,  occasus  solis. 

supply,  copia;  supplies,  res  fru- 
mentaria,  commeatus. 

surround,  cingo. 

survive,  supersum. 

suspicion,  suspicio. 

swiftly,  celeriter. 

T. 

take,  capture,  capio,  expugno; 
take  away,  toUo ;  take  to  one's 
self,  sumo. 

tarry,  moror. 

teach,  doceo. 

ten,  decem. 

tend,  pertineo. 

territory,  ager,  fines. 

than,  quam. 

that,  ille. 

that,  in  order  that,  ut ;  after  verbs 
oi  fearing,  ne. 

that  not,  ne ;  after  verbs  of  fear- 
ing, ut. 

the  same,  idem. 

there,  in  that  place,  ibi. 

their,  their  own,  suus. 

they,  them,  see  Ln.  LVIIT., 
Note  2. 

thing,  res. 

think,  puto,  abitror 


third,  tertius. 

this,  hie. 

those,  illi. 

three  days,  triduum. 

three  hundred,  trecenti. 

through,  per. 

throw  one's  self,  se  projicSre. 

till  evening,  ad  vespSrum. 

time,  tempus;  for  a  long  time, 

diu. 
to,  ad. 

to-day,  hodie. 

together,  come  together^  convenio. 
tongue,  lingua. 
top    of  the    mountain,   summus 

mons. 
toioards,   ad;    towards   the  north, 

sub  septemtrionibus. 
tower,  turris. 
town,  oppidum. 
trader,  mercator. 
train  up,  instituo. 
tribute,  stipendium. 
troops,  copiae. 
try,  Conor. 
tioenty,  viginti. 
two  days,  biduum. 

U. 

under,  sub. 

unoccupied,  he  unoccupied,  vaco. 

until,  dum. 

unwilling,  he  unwilling,  nolo. 

upon,  in. 

upper,  superior. 

urge,  hortor. 

use,  utor ;  make  use  of,  utor. 

useful,  utilis. 


220 


VALOR  —  YOUTH 


V. 

valor^  virtus. 

very,  valde ;  very  easy,  perfaci- 

lis ;  very  great,  maximus ;  very 

is  often  rendered  by  ipse :  e.  g. 

the  very  city,  urbs  ipsa. 
vicinity,  in  or  into  the  vicinity  of, 

ad  w.  name  of  town  in  ace. 
victory,  victoria. 

W. 

wage,  gero. 

wages,  merces. 

wagon^  carrus. 

y^mt,  exspecto. 

walled  town,  oppidum. 

wanting,  he  wanting,  desum. 

loar,  bellum. 

waste,  lay  waste,  vasto. 

watch,  vigilia ;  in  the  third  ivatch, 

de  tertia  vigilia. 
loay,  via. 

we,  nos.     See  Ln.  LVII. 
wealthy,  copies  us. 
weapon,  telum. 
weep,  fleo ;  weeping,  flens. 
what  ?  quid  ? 
what  sort  of  a  ?  qui  ?      See  Ln. 

LX. 
tchen,  quum. 
where,  ubi. 
whether^  utrum 


which,  quod. 

while,  dum. 

icho,  qui ;  who  f  quis  ? 

whole,  totus. 

whyf  quid? 

wide,  latus. 

willing,  he  willing,  volo. 

win,  concilio. 

wing  of  an  army,  cornu. 

winter,  pass  the  winter,  hiSmo. 

winter-quarters,  hiberna. 

ivish,  volo. 

with,  cum. 

tvithdraw,  se  recipSre. 

without,  sine. 

withstand,  sustineo. 

witness,  testis. 

woman,  mulier. 

word,  verbum. 

worthy,  dignus. 

wound,  vulnus;   to  wound,  vul- 

ngro. 
write,  scribo. 
wrong,  injuria. 


Y. 

year,  annus. 

yet,  tamen. 

yoke,  jugum. 

you,  tu,  vos.     See  Ln.  LVIL 

your,  tuus,  vester. 

youth,  adolescens. 


EDUCATIONAL   PUBLICATIONS 

OF 

S.  C  GRIGGS  &  CO.,  CHICAGO. 


MAILING    PRICE. 


BOISE  —  FIRST  LESSONS  IN  GREEK.  A  new  edition. 
Revised  by  J.  G.  Pattengill.  Adapted  to  Goodwin's,  and  to  Hadley-Allen's 
Grammar,  and  intended  as  an  Introduction  to  Xenophon's  Anabasis.    {^1.25. 

BOISE  — FIRST    THREE    BOOKS    OF    HOMER'S    ILIAD. 

With  Explanatory  Notes,  and  References  to  the  Grammars  of  Goodwin,  Hadley,  and 
Hadley-Allen.     By  James  R.  Boise,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.     lamo.     Cloth.     $1.00. 

BOISE  — FIRST  SIX  BOOKS  OF  HOMER'S  ILIAD.  With 
Explanatory  Notes,  and  References  to  the  Grammars  of  Goodwin,  Hadley,  and 
Hadley  Allen.     Revised  Editioti.     By  J.  R.  Boise,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.     i2mo.    Cloth. 

$1.50. 

BOISE— EXERCISES  IN  GREEK  SYNTAX.  Being  Exercises 
in  some  of  the  more  difficult  Principles  of  Greek  Syntax ;  with  References  to  the 
Grammars  of  Crosby,  Curtius,  Goodwin,  Hadley,  Hadley-Allen,  and  Kuhner.  A 
Sequel  to  '*  Jones's  Greek  Prose  Composition."     By  J.  R.  Boise,  Ph.D.     |5i  25. 

BOISE  AND  FREEMAN— SELECTIONS  FROM  VARI- 
OUS GREEK  AUTHORS.  For  the  First  Year  in  College.  With  Explanatory 
Notes,  and  References  to  Goodwin's  Greek  Grammar  and  to  Hadley's  Larger  and 
Smaller  Grammars.  By  J.  R.  Boise,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  and  J.  C  Freeman,  M.A. 
i2mo.     Cloth      $2.00. 

CHITTENDEN —  ELEMENTS  OF  ENGLISH  COMPOSI- 
TION. A  Preparation  for  Rhetoric.  By  Lucy  A.  Chittenden.  i2mo.  Cloth. 
60  cents. 

*'  Progressive,  suggestive,  and  thoroughly  practical."  — Pro/.  E.  E.  Smithy  Purdiu 
University,  Ind. 

"  After  thorough  trial  in  the  class  I  unhesitatingly  commend  it."  —  F.  S.  Hotaling, 
Prin.  High  School.,  Fraviitighatn,  Mass. 

'*As  an  elementary  book,  I  know  no  work  equal  to  it."  —  A.  Martitt,  LL.D., 
Pres-  of  De  Pauw  University.,  Ind. 

"It  ought  to  be  used  in  every  high  school."  —  A.  V.  Jeweit^  Supt.  of  Schools, 
Abilene,  Kan. 

"  Between  600  and  700  copies  will  be  required  for  immediate  use."  —  E.  A.  Paul, 
Prin.  of  High  School.,  Washington,  D.C 

CROSS  — ECLECTIC     SHORT-HAND.      Writing  by  Principles 

instead  of  Arbitrary  Signs,  for  General  Use  and  Verbatim  Reporting.     By  J.  Geo. 
Cross,  A.M.     Complete  in  one  volume.     i2mo.     Cloth.    $2.06. 

D'OOGE  — DEMOSTHENES  ON  THE  CROWN.  With  Ex- 
tracts from  the  Oration  of  iEschines  against  Ctesiphon,  and  Explanatory  Notes.  By 
M.  L.  D'OoGE,  Ph.D.    Professor  of  Greek,  Universilv  of  Michigan.     Cloth,     j^i-sa 


Edttcatioital  Publications  of  S.  C.  Griggs  &  Co, 


JONES  — EXERCISES  IN  GREEK  PROSE  COMPOSI- 
TION. With  References  to  the  Graramaj-s  of  Hadley  and  Allen,  Gocdwin,  and 
Kiihner  and  Taylor,  and  a  full  English'Greek  vocabulary.  By  Elisha  Jones,  M.A., 
Professor  in  the  University  or  Michigan,     izmo.     Half  leather,     j^i.oo. 

JONES  — FIRST   LESSONS   IN    LATIN.    Adapted  to  the  Latin 

Grammars  of  Allen  and  Greer.ough,  Andrews  and  Stoddard,  Bartholomew,  Bullions 
and  Morris,  Chase,  Gildersleeve,  and. Harkness.  By  Elisha  Jones,  M. A.  i2nio 
Half  leather.     I1.25. 

JONES  — EXERCISES  IN  LATIN  PROSE  COMPOSITION. 

With  References  to  the  Grammars  of  Allen  and  GreenoMgh,  Andrews  and  Stoddard, 
Bartholomew,  Bullions  and  Morris,  Gildersleeve,  and  Harkness.  By  Elisha  Jones, 
M.A.     $1.00. 

MORRIS  — MANUAL      OF     CLASSICAL      LITERATURE. 

Comprising  biographical  and  critical  notices  of  principal  Greek  and  Roman  authors, 
illustrative  extracts  from  their  werks,  etc.     By  Charles  Morris.     i2mo.     Cloth. 

.    $1.50. 

PETERSON  — NORWEGIAN-DANISH     GRAMMAR    AND 

J^EADER.  With  a  Vocabulary  designed  for  American  Students  of  the  Norwegian- 
Danish  language.    By  Rev.  C.  I.  P.  Peterson,  Professor  of  Scandinavian  Literature. 

i2mo.     Cloth.     ^1.25. 

STEVENS  — SELECT  ORATIONS  OF  LYSIAS.  With  Intro 
ductions  and  Explanatory  Notes.     By  W.  A.  Stevens,  A.  M.    i2mo.    Cloth.   $1.25. 

WELSH  — ESSENTIALS   OF   GEOMETRY.    By  A.  H  Welsh, 

Professor  in  Ohio  State  University.     8vo.     Cloth,     jf  i  50. 

WELSH  — DEVELOPMENT  OF  ENGLISH  LITERATURE 
AND  LANGUAGE.  By  Prof.  A.  H.  Welsh.  University  Edition.  Complett 
in  I  vol.,  unabridged.     Crown  8vo.     Cloth.     ^3.00. 

"  It  is  a  work  greatly  needed.  In  plan  and  execution  it  seems  to  me  all  ihat  could 
be  asked  for."  —  John  G.  Whiitier. 

"  Welsh'  '  English  Literature  '  is  unsurpassed  for  usefulness."  —  J.  Ernest  Whit- 
^ley,  histrtictor  i?i  English  in  Yale  College. 

WINCHELL— GEOLOGICAL  EXCURSIONS;  or,  The  Rudi- 
ments of  Geology  for  Young  Learners.  By  Alexander  Winchell,  LL.  IJ.,  Profes- 
sor of  Geology,  etc.,  University  of  Michigan.     Illustrated.     i2mo.     Cloth.     $1.25. 

WINCHELL  — GEOLOGICAL    STUDIES  ;  or.  Elements  of  Ge- 

ology  for  High  Schools,  Colleges,  Normal  and  other  Schools.  By  Alexander 
Winchell,  LL.D.     One  vol.     i2mo.     540  pages,  with  367  fine  illustrations.     ^3.00. 

"  It  abounds  with   most  excellent  points  and  valuable  information,  and  seems  an    . 
American   book  beyond  any  other  I  have  seen." — Pro/.  A.  F.  Kelsey^  Hamilton 
College,  N.  Y.  ^ 

"  1  find  it  full  of  admirable  suggestions  in  the  way  of  conducting  instruction,  and  of 
presenting  the  topics  of  geology  to  a  class."  —  H.  S.  Williams^  Fro/.  0/  Nat.  Sci^ 
Cornell  University. 


Descriptive  Circulars  sent  on  application.      Books  2vill  be  mailed ^  postage 
paid,  on  receipt  of  price. 


562 

54? 

1- 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

